heart & mind expulsion

Fic prompts, Requests & Ideas central

vindicatexo — Tue, 03 Jun 2014 02:25:41 GMT

>> This is a public writing and commenting space for me to share my future fic ideas with everyone, all feedback and suggestions are welcomed

>> It is also a place for fic prompts and or, requests

>> If you have anymore suggestions, ideas, or anything else, leave a comment below or message me privately.
>> Note: In case you're not aware, all my EXO/k-fics will be posted at dualtimefaded from now on!

DISCLAIMER: I do not own any of the characters that I write about, but all ideas and plot lines are mine and SHOULD NOT leave this commenting space for you to steal and copy. If an idea deeply inspires you and you would like to use it, please message me privately and ask politely.

Prompts & Requests:

Right now I'm taking any fic prompts/requests with Kris/Chanyeol, Matthew/Dominic, Jongin/Sehun, or anything exo really as the main pairing; leave your ideas/suggestions in the comments and I'll get back to you.

Note: I'm not the best smut writer... I most likely won't post too much of that, just small snippets here and there in a fic

Constructive criticism and general comments on how I can improve my writing are always welcome

IMPORTANT: If you have a fic idea or prompt regarding any of the sequels for the Fight or Flight series, comment here also!

That's it! happy requesting & suggesting everyone! thank you all for helping me ♥

Muse: Operation Breaking Point (2/?)

vindicatexo — Thu, 01 Aug 2013 21:41:09 GMT

pairing: Matthew/Dominic
rating: general (for now)
genre/au: thriller, action, !Policeman AU
warnings: language, violence
summary: Rookie police officer Matthew Bellamy wasn't expecting a case as twisted as this, especially since falling in love with a criminal was never the right thing to do.
disclaimer: This story is purely fictional, I don't own any of the characters.
author note: wow it's been almost 5 months since I started this story, and this is only my second time updating (I'm terrible, I know) But now that I got a bit more time on my hands and a lot more motivation, I'm excited to finally show some love to this story! Any support would be appreciated, thanks so much everyone ♥

| Part One |

Due to Matthew's "feeble attempt" as a police officer on his first day as Tom called it behind Matthew's back thinking he wouldn't hear, Anderson had no choice but to assign him to patrol around the station instead on the second day, for there was no area safer than his original assignment around a desolate area in central Manchester on day one. Matthew slumped his shoulders as he lightly brushed his fingers over his stained sunglasses, Thomas and Chris discussed the chaser case just this morning with Anderson, in which he then designated Chris and Thomas to both go back to the scene with some investigators and patrol the area. Deep inside, Matthew didn't voice his opinion, but he honestly thought that going back to the area and patrolling the grounds is absolutely useless, any criminal would be smart enough to realize not to go back to the general area, let alone the crime scene. Perhaps sending some more investigators to look for potential evidence would be much more useful.

But in the eye's of the public and the owner of Fisher's bank, any action taken by the police department was seen to be logical and justified, even if it's perfectly useless.

Matthew looked around and sighed, there was practically nothing to do around the station today, unless helping the janitors sweep and the cafeteria ladies cook was considered to be something that a freshly-trained newbie police officer should partake in.

He stuffed his sunglasses back into his uniform pocket, fingers digging around for his policing GPS and cellular device before a sharp edge poked his index finger.

"Ouch." Matthew mumbled as he pulled his finger out and examined the paper cut, he squinted at the piece of paper that cut him before an epiphany suddenly blasted inside his mind.

It was the Sunshine Smiles Day Care Centre business card, complete with phone numbers, contact email, but most importantly, an address.

Matthew didn't even hesitate for one second before he jumped into the nearest police vehicle and sped his way through Highway #4.

- - -

"Good morning sir, can I help you?"

"Uh yes, um- hi. My name is Matthew Bellamy and I work for the Manchester Police Department, is it possible for me to see a list of your current employees?"

The lady at the front desk raised an eyebrow, "May I please ask why? I'm only allowed to give out private information about our employees as requested by an authorized source, is this a special investigation you're conducting officer?"

Matthew scratched his head, guess coming down here by himself with no explanation of what he's even trying to achieve wasn't the greatest idea.

Might as well be honest, right?

"You see...", he started, biting his lip, "I'm not even sure if I'm suppose to be looking for an employee at your day care centre in this investigation. But a crime was committed yesterday morning around McArthur's Trail near the suburbs, after the burglar escaped by shooting several shots in the sky, I found a business card that belongs to this day care centre, and it's basically the only lead we've got. So I figured I might as well start off here."

"Fair enough." The lady clicked her tongue as she looked at Matthew and gave him a small smile. "May I please see the business card?"

"Of course." Matthew mumbled as he searched inside his pants pockets for the business card, before straightening his shoulders and presenting it to the lady.

"Ah, I see..." She muttered before placing the card down on the desk and stretching her hand out. "Oh and, my name is Melody, if you need anything more in this investigation, do not hesitate to ask me."

"Thanks, your cooperation is highly appreciated." Matthew smiled before he dusted his pants and leaned closer to the desk, "So, what do you think Melody?"

"I'm not exactly sure why this business card would be at the crime scene to be quite honest." Melody admitted in a low voice, "This business card was the format that we printed in about a year ago. We updated our business cards to a new format last November, see?" She said as she pushed the business card holder tray closer to Matthew's vision and pointed at it. "It's been this way for awhile now, I'm not exactly sure why you would find this particular card at the crime scene."

"Well, obviously the culprit got a hold of this card before last November when the alternations occurred, is it possible for me to take a look at every employee's profile who's been working here for more than a year?"

"With all due respect, officer--" Melody looked Matthew up and down, trying to find his name tag before raising an eyebrow.

"Is something wrong?" Matthew asked, confused.

"Sort of?" Melody laughed quietly, "Aren't you suppose to be wearing a name tag? Unless you're not an officer in which I highly doubt because..."

"Oi!" Matthew squeaked before he fumbled around within his other pockets and managed to draw out his name tag. "Sorry bout' that," he apologized with flustered cheeks, "I'm kind of... new to this whole police ordeal, the name's Bellamy by the way."

"As I was saying, Officer Bellamy..." Melody smiled lightly, "All of our employees did an updated police check with the Manchester Police Department just around a week ago. Our company requires everyone to refresh their record profiles at the beginning of June every year. Everyone's record is clean, it's highly unlikely that any of our employees would purposely commit a crime only a week after they paid over $200 to get checked. I don't think the solution lies within our employee database."

Matthew sighed and leaned against the counter, "I have absolutely no doubts that the culprit in this case has something to do with this day care, though. As accusing as that may sound, it's the only lead we've got so far, would it be possible that it's someone who has connections with some of the people that work here then? Connections with the employees, the board, perhaps even, connections with the kids?"

"It's possible..." Melody shrugged. "Although it may not be the employees themselves, it definitely could have something to do with people that the employees know, would you like me to check our records for any suspicious relationships that our employees may behold?"

"That would be swell." Matthew smiled, before his police mobile suddenly rang deep within his pockets. "Excuse me."

"Hello, Officer Bellamy speaking."

"Matt! Where the hell are you? Thomas and I comes back from the crime scene to try and find you to go and talk to the investigators as a personal witness, and you're completely gone from your policing post! Anderson's pretty mad..."

"Oh shit..." Matthew gasped to himself before he realized that he completely left his job unattended and still haven't notified anyone in the department regarding his findings about the day care centre.

He racked his head for thoughts, "Tell Anderson that I'm really sorry and that I'll be back right away. Try to make my reasons for leaving sound at least somewhat plausible?"

"Alright... but," Chris hesitated, "What's up with you Matt? Four years of training and this is the best you can do? Anderson and the rest of us are not exactly impressed."

"I know, I know." Matthew reassured Chris over the phone, probably speaking way too quickly for Chris to even remotely understand any of the words he's trying to mutter out to explain, "There's a reason for all of this, trust me. I'll try and explain later."

"Wait, Matt-!" That's all Matthew heard before he cut off the line.

"Well, Officer Bellamy..." Melody's voiced piped up, dumping a huge file of papers onto the countertop. "These are all the files I could find regarding our employees and their family and or friend connections, if you would to take a look at any of this, please feel free to do so."

"Yes, thank you so much for your help Melody. Is it possible for me to come back at a later date with another officer and examine these profiles? Unfortunately I must return back to the station, headquarters isn't too pleased."

"Of course, I understand. Is there a specific date in which I should expect you to show up again Officer Bellamy? Wouldn't want to frighten any of the employees with two handsome policing blokes coming and examine their profiles." Melody laughed.

Matthew blushed at Melody's 'handsome' comment, "I suppose." He chuckled, "And please, call me Matt."

"That seems a little bit too casual for my liking..." Melody teased, "Any other names you go by?"

"Matthew is good too." He smiled.

"Alright then, Matthew, see you next time, good luck with headquarters."

"Thank you." Matthew whispered before turning around and heading back into the car, "I'll need it."

- - -

"Do you want to tell me what you were doing at Sunshine Smiles Day Care Centre Matthew? The GPS tracking system on our police devices showed your precise location, and I'm not exactly prepared to be impressed with anything you say at this point." Anderson was fuming at Matthew despite his usual calm and friendly composure, Matthew gulped in the back of his throat. He desperately wanted to tell the truth and reveal his findings, but he already dug a hole deep enough to get in trouble anyways by not confessing about the business card earlier. Besides, if he could solve big chunks of this case by himself and reveal his findings to the rest of the team later, surely his ranking and respect as a police officer would increase exponentially.

And so, it was in that moment, when Matthew Bellamy made the first major mistake of the many to come.

"I was uhhh... just visiting a friend. Her name is Melody and she works at the day care centre as the receptionist."

"You mean to tell me that you left your patrolling job on post just so you could drive down for 20 minutes along a busy high way and visit, a friend?!" Anderson was practically screaming at this point.

Some of the other officers who've just entered Anderson's office to drop off their protective vests snickered at Matthew's indecency to reply and foolish state as Matthew struggled to answer properly.

"No, no... she's uh, a very special friend. No, no! Not in that way, I mean-- she was having some family emergency problems and called me up to help her out, of course I couldn't say no."

"What kind of family problems?" Anderson narrowed his eyes.

"Her mother, uh, has gone into cardiac arrest, and she couldn't leave her work place so I went down there to reassure her."

And then Matthew realized the irony in his excuse.

Sadly, Anderson noticed too.

"Exactly!" Anderson exclaimed exasperatedly, "Employees simply can't just leave their work place unattended for any type of circumstance. Especially when you have a very important job as a police officer Matt. What if something happened around the police station where you were suppose to patrol it? Who's going to amount to that responsibility then hmm? You should know better than that Matthew."

"Yes, yes. I understand, I sincerely apologize Anderson, I didn't mean for this to go out of hand, it most definitely will not happen again."

Anderson sighed and ran his chapped fingers through his messy hair before looking down at the desk and then looking up at Matthew's concerned face. "Please don't disappoint me again Matthew, I honestly had high hopes for you working at this station, live up to the expectations and do your job properly, please. I would hate to have this kind of conversation with you again."

"Yes, sir." Matthew said quietly as he looked into Anderson's tired eyes, realizing how big of a hole he has already dug himself by lying even more, and worse, lying to his boss. But he just couldn't disappoint Anderson once more, the truth can wait until later when he's figured out more about the case.

"How about you take the day off tomorrow then? Gives you some time to clear your head and your decisions, I'll see you back at work on Thursday. Take this grace day as a very important opportunity Matthew, I expect you to be on your best behavior on Thursday and give it all you got." Anderson spoke out, his eyes never leaving Matthew's unwavering ones.

"Yes, I understand, thank you for the grace day, I will definitely try my absolute best on Thursday." Matthew bowed politely and offered a determined grin to Anderson's disheveled and stressed state.

"Alright then." Anderson replied, looking skeptical. "Knock em' out, Bellamy. See you on Thursday."

- - -

"Drinking, on a Tuesday night? Chris are you out of your mind, you have work tomorrow at 7 in the morning." Matthew protested.

"Yes...." Chris' smile lingered but not for long, "But you don't."

"You say it as if it's a good thing." Matthew mumbled before slouching back into the passenger seat and looking out the window glumly, "I take it as Anderson practically telling me to fuck off for a day so I don't mess up anything else. Second day of work and look where I'm headed."

"Hey cheer up Bellamy." Tom spoke up in between bites of his chocolate bar from the back seat, "We hardly get any day offs, if Anderson gives you a chance to 'rejuvenate' yourself, don't question it. Besides, when was the last time you've been out drinking?"

"Like 7 months ago." Matthew admitted, a little angry, "But that was for a celebratory occasion! We have no special reason whatsoever to head out tonight."

"Well maybe not," Tom shrugged, "But the crime scene investigators sure do, supposedly they actually found evidence at the scene this time."

Matthew's ears perked up at Thomas' words, "They found something else? What is it?"

"Not sure if we're suppose to disclose it to anyone that wasn't at the scene today...."

"Oh come on Thomas, don't be so uptight, I was the only one who actually witnessed the crime as it happened, don't you think I have a right to know?"

"He does have a point." Chris shrugged, "Might as well just tell poor Matty here right?"

"Fine, fine." Thomas jokingly poked Matthew in the ribs from behind as he laughed and sat back comfortably in the back sat. "It's this... rainbow pony keychain, you know, from the TV show My Precious Pony? Super odd how something like that would be at the crime scene, maybe the culprit has a kid or something."

Matthew's mouth suddenly went dry, "Wait, a keychain for kids? Was found at the site?"

"Well... yeah." Thomas blinked a couple times, "Why, do you know something?"

"No, no..." Matthew slurred off as he looked out the window again reclined his seat, "I was just wondering, that's all."

"Yeah well, the investigators are just as confused as we are, so... but at least that gives them something to celebrate right? Another lead is always one step closer to solving the case."

"True, true." Matthew and Chris both agreed as they drove another minute in silence.

"So, Matthew, where did you go today if you just randomly left your post? Anderson was pretty worried about you, you obviously told him where you were, but you didn't tell us mate."

"I was uh... I was no where, it's not that important." Matthew quickly lied.

He can see Thomas and Chris exchange a knowing look from the front mirror as Matthew tried to close his eyes and ignore the fact that his friends are already highly suspicious, he should really work on thinking of better excuses and how he was going to hide this entire day care centre secret any longer.

But on the bright side, now he didn't have a single doubt in his mind regarding the day care centre as being a huge breeding ground for more evidence, Matthew Bellamy could sense that more valuable information was about to come his way, and he wasn't so sure whether he'd be prepared for that or not.

- - -

EXO: Eighteen Steps to Paradise (drabble)

vindicatexo — Sat, 06 Apr 2013 20:25:21 GMT

pairing: Jongin/Kyungsoo
rating: general
genre/au: !angst, fluff
word count: 998
prompt: exoplosion challenge #6
summary: It's eighteen steps to heaven and only three to the parchment ground that surrounds the rotten cobblestones, but Kyungsoo decides to stay.

He's here again, the afternoon droplets of despair lightly hitting his brow bone, as they're furrowed, deeply concentrated and glancing down, fingers scribbling across his mobile device. Brown hair full of consumption, each strand sitting up precociously. A black leather protector hanging loosely around his frame, eyes unreachable, but still swarming, full of emotion and cathartic expression, mouth pressed firmly, and yet open features splaying across an October day.

It was intoxicating.

With no avail Kyungsoo continues to watch, eyes brimming with satisfaction, but threatening to burst with uncertainty since every movement that the other makes merely eighteen steps away are defying every fiber of his human being. It's malevolent, infectious, venomous, and exhilarating. He feels like it's internal suffocation swallowing him whole, but at the same time, it's just a small, and yet strong fascination. Kyungsoo supposes that it could possibly, potentially, conceivably, be love. But what good would assumption do in the current state? He doesn't even know what to call the other boy by, let alone speak to him.

Even when the boy strides onto the bus and leaves behind several droplets of groundwater residue behind him in the pattern of his shoe, Kyungsoo feels this deep infatuation growing all the way from his synapse to his cheek, now tinted a bright, coral pink.

- - -

The skies are frozen above despite cozy mornings, and the east side coffee shop window is now splattered with drying mud splashed by cars from the oncoming roads. Jittering fingers are guiltily leaving behind prints on his steaming Americano, but Kyungsoo was determined that today was the day, the day that he'll walk out of this sphere in the corner of his heart, and enter into the dangerous passing zone that he's been desperately trying to approach for the past month.

He hurriedly gathers his scattered papers and shoves them carelessly inside his satchel, eyes glued onto the black, lean figure on the other side.

Nervous fingers have now fully reached their limit, as the half-finished cup of Americano is spilled and knocked over by Kyungsoo's hurried actions. He yelps, letting out a little hopeless cry before sprinting out of the coffee shop.

The other boy is gone; there are no wet patches of rain, no indication of his presence or anything left on the ground that he's previously stepped on. Kyungsoo slumps his shoulders and can feel stubbles of lint in his jeans pockets, digging around, apprehensive fingers still shaking with uncertainty.

He looks up, just when the white bus was only starting to pull away, the last window beholds the alluring gaze of the other boy staring, dilating pupils perched right upon Kyungsoo's circle of vision from the pavements merely a street away. And it was then, that Kyungsoo decided that the recollection of the boy staring at his shaking figure and eyes twinkling, was the look that changed everything.

- - -

The coffee shop is bustling with endless activity and cheer as the holiday season approaches, weary of all the cacophony that surrounds his observant atmosphere, Kyungsoo decides to walk outside and immerse himself into the falling December snow, the white flakes serving as calming, singing angels for his stressed core.

With head hung low in deep thought and fingers struggling to pull his thick speckled scarf closer to his face, Kyungsoo suddenly looks up and faces the reality that's sated in front of him, in a more breath-taking and queasy way that Kyungsoo would have hoped for.

It's only been a week since Kyungsoo last saw him, but he feels that this time, it's the closest that he'll ever get to the boy, both physically and emotionally. The thought terrifies him to many extents, but he enforces a smile and pushes it to the very back of his mind. Because the boy from the other side of the road just smiled back, with no windows, busses, or anything in between them. This time it was real, authentic and dynamic, it was everything that Kyungsoo has been psyching himself up to; but never had the full courage to accept that perhaps, his assumption of being in love with an absolute stranger had been right, and it was perfectly fine to be obsessive in this unknown state.

The other boy waves, elegant fingers dancing in the chilly air as Kyungsoo's breathing hitches and he struggles to understand what he means. The face on the other side laughs, and he draws out his gloves from his coat's pocket before leaving his firm position inside the glass waiting station and crosses the street to Kyungsoo's side instead.

Everything else that followed, felt as if it was a video game, perhaps a movie, or maybe even a dystopia storybook, Kyungsoo isn't sure which one to pick, but he knows for sure that he will never be completely prepared for this kind of occasion. As the bus that the other boy has been waiting for pulls up and loses control several feet away from where the boy was walking towards, skidding ice and screeching tires embedding itself painfully into Kyungsoo's memory before he realizes that he's running, running towards the falling figure in the middle of the street, running with several others alongside him.

His ears are ringing, eyes are buzzing and brain is short-circuiting with fear and anger. Glaring at the patches of ice and the tumbling bus that has crashed into the stop sign, his eyes are heartbreakingly staring at the boy, whose body is shivering and eyes shut tight with pain. Sirens and cries are sounding around him, and the other boy's jean pockets are glowing with a dim blue light as Kyungsoo shakily fishes out the boy's mobile device from the side of his body, completely blushing as he's doing so.

The screen flashes on, and an electronic reminder note on the screen comes into view.

December 23rd, 2016 -- 2:54 PM

Jongin's To Do List:
- talk to the boy on the other side of the road

- - -

note: Please vote for the story here if you enjoyed it!

Muse: Help Me Define Hopelessly (oneshot)

vindicatexo — Wed, 03 Apr 2013 03:42:18 GMT

pairing: Matthew/Dominic
rating: PG-13
genre/au: romance, fluff
word count: 2,100+
warnings: some language, extreme fluff
summary: Suffering from an extreme lyrical block doesn't seem to chalk up any hope, but Dominic might just be able to help Matthew with that problem.
disclaimer: I don’t own anything except for the storyline and ideas; all characters are property of themselves.

"That's it!"

With a loud bang and an extremely displeased grunt, Matthew Bellamy slammed his thin fingers down upon the piano so loudly that practically all the music sheets stacked on top of the instrument fell off in an infuriatingly calm array, almost as if they were teasing Matthew of his inability to play this song correctly.

Chris then strodes in, one hand holding a huge McDonald's burger and the other a bottle of beer, he takes one look around the disheveled studio and raises an eyebrow at Matt's firm lips pressed deeply against his palm, small frame shaking and almost choking up sobs.

"I leave for 10 minutes and this is what I get." He sighs, pulling up a chair to sit beside Matt and shakes him gently, "Hey, what's wrong?"

"This stupid goddamn cunt wanking ass of a song." Was all that Matt's angry voice managed to sputter out before he stood up and crossed over to the other side of the room, shoving an apple slice inside his mouth and furrows his brows together. "It's mostly piano yeah? And it's basically just an arrangement of different arpeggios within different octaves of the exact same key, so why can't I get it right?"

"Well...how many times have you practiced it?" Chris struggles to not smirk, "We've only been working on this new album for 2 months, don't even have a name for it yet, obviously it's not going to be that easy."

"I know..." Matt whispers, defeatedly, "It's just that, I don't know how this piano introduction, let along the entire scheme of the song will be as grand as New Born's, it seems as if my playing skills just keep decreasing as I age."

"Bullshit." Chris points out, "You're only 23 years old, I'm sure you're just having an off-day, cheer up yeah? How about I go out and buy you a cheesecake?"

"Strawberry with caramel drizzle?" Matt's eyes lit up.

"You know it." Chris smiles.

"Go for it." Matt grins back as he strolls back to the piano and prepares to unleash his fingers once again.

The slam of the door signals Chris's departure, taking another deep breath, Matt complacently places his fingers on the keyboard, and prepares to let them dance once again.

Literally four notes into the song, he messes up.

"MOTHERFUC-"

"Matt?" A groggy voice from the corner sounded.

Matt turns his head, almost irritably as Dominic comes into view and is still rubbing his sleepy eyes.

"S'time is it? Did you sleep well?" He asks.

"One in the afternoon, and yes Dominic, I slept well." Matt snapped back.

"Sa-ssyyyyy." Dominic retorts, with a cheeky smile plastered on, "Why the long face?"

"It's nothing." Matt grumbled, shifting his gaze away and concentrates back on the keyboard, "Just testing out some chords of sorts, think I may have a chorus in mind for a new song."

"Hmmm..." Dominic hums between shoving cereal down his throat, "Let's hear it."

"I'm not even a quarter way finished Dominic, you know that I don't like to show people my work until it's perfection, and I also don't like to sing live in front of you guys either."

"I don't care." Dominic chews mindlessly, "Just take a stab at it."

"Whatever." Matt sighs in defeat, "With the amount of progress I'm making, I don't think I'll end up using this arpeggio and chord for the chorus anyways.

"Mhmm..." Dominic chimes in once again.

"There's.... a part of me... that you'll never know...
The only thing.... I'll never show....

Hopelessly...."

When Matthew finishes, he looks behind him, at Dominic, who now has stood up and left his lazy position at the small dining table near the exit, and walked all the way up to Matthew's side without him even noticing. Matthew looks into Dominic eyes, and he swears that he could practically see tears.

"Well?" Dominic clears his throat.

"That's it..." Matthew admits sheepishly, head hung low, fingers working quickly trying to cover up his last minute scribbles on the music sheet, some of them were from last night anyways, when he somehow got incredibly drunk over absolutely nothing.

Or at least, he thinks that it's nothing.

"Let me see that." Dominic mumbles silently as he snatches the music sheets from Matt's shaking fingers, glancing down and scanning the papers with deep concentration.

"Hopelessly, I'll love you endlessly? Hopelessly, I'll give you everything?" The blonde recites out, with great skepticism.

"Uhh...those are just random lyric scribbles, nothing's finalized." Matthew waves his fingers around, trying to distract Dominic from the lyric that he just recited out loud, "Forget it."

"No wait..." Dominic trails off, "Now hold on... is this song, is this about Gaia?"

"Absolutely not." Matthew shakes his head feverishly, "This has nothing to do with girls, or anyone, or anything... it's just something completely rando-"

"Is it about me?" Dominic whispered, voice barely audible.

"What?" Matthew almost shrieks, eyes wide and staring back at Dominic, body practically frozen. "Why... why would you ask that?"

"There's a part of me... that you'll never know? The only thing that I'll never show? I don't know, just..." Dominic lightly scratches his mop of messy hair, "It kind of reminds me of you and I."

"Well it's not!" Matthew shoots up and shoves the rest of the music sheets beneath the piano bench hurriedly, "Just forget it, leave me alone and let me finish the god damn thing first."

"I'm not trying to accuse you of anything, Matthew." Dominic sits down on the couch gently, "I was only making an observation."

"I know." Matt replies softly, slightly touched by the usage of his full name by Dominic at a time like this, "I don't think you understand the song that much anyways. Haha hell! I wouldn't even say that I understand it myself, it's just all very jumbled you know?"

"Yeah..." Dominic trails off, grey eyes swirling like stormy clouds as he stares at Matthew's ocean blue eyes, "It's jumbled, yeah, extremely, but...I just thought that..."

"Yes?" Matt turns, now a little bit more interested and aware; "You just thought what?" He's now extremely close to Dominic's side without even realizing it, hand almost caressing the blonde's thumbs on the couch.

"The part where you sang 'hopelessly', that kind of reminds me of us, since you know, I think you're something special and I'm just... sorta, 'hopelessly' thinking that."

Matthew breath hitches at Dominic's confessing words, he shifts away from Dominic's reach a little bit, eyes wide and mouth agape, did he really just say that?

"But you know!" Dominic quickly retaliates his words and chuckles a little bit, "I don't expect you to like, return the thought or to even have pondered about it, it's nothing really, forget that I even mentioned it-"

"No." Matthew looks up at Dominic pleadingly as the older boy was getting ready to leave, "I can't just forget something like that Dominic, please don't just stop it here, tell me more?"

"There's nothing to tell." Dominic mutters, voice so quiet that Matthew could hear his shallow breathing better than the actual conversational words.

"There's obviously something." Matthew deadpans, voice almost blood cold as he emphasizes the 'obviously', "Come on Dominic, just spit it out."

Matthew feels like its two thousand years before Dominic finally speaks out, still incredibly quiet.

"I said it already... I said that our situation is hopeless, in a sense, at least for me because here I am, twenty-four years old, can get girls easily every night if I truly wanted to, and I do, most nights, but sometimes, I just, I find myself not desiring females, at all, and I'm not even talking abou-"

Matthew leaned a little bit closer, Dominic was ranting now, he was elated, enthusiastic, passionate.

He was finally opening up.

"And I'm not even talking about the fact that I don't like their body or something..." Dominic continued, "I sometimes honestly feel that I just, can't be emotionally attached to them. And I'm not really emotionally attached to anyone anyways, like Chris? Yeah, good mate. Thomas? Yeah, also good mate, but...you..."

Dominic then stops once again.

"What about me?" Matthew asks, eyes brimming with curiosity and fumbling hands dancing circles on his lap, "Dominic, please tell me." Matthew pleaded, "I...I really want to know. Please."

Dominic takes a deep breath and looks out the window, past the lonely fast food restaurants and falling leaves in the dead of winter as they strutter across the city outside the studio, it takes ages before he finally has the courage to respond.

"You make me feel different Matt. You make me feel... like, like life is worth it, in a way? I wake up and I see you so concentrated at what you do, so dedicated and full of promise, and it makes me smile... I don't usually tell anyone this but yeah, you inspire me Matt."

Matt nods at Dominic words and shifts a little bit closer, Dominic was still hiding the real truth, he could sense it.

"Yes but..." Matt trails off, "That's not what you said earlier? What you just told me doesn't exactly match to the word 'hopelessly' as you mentioned previously."

"Oh that..." Dominic suddenly looks down and turns his head, "That was just a remark about the lyric, it's completely irrelevant to you and-"

"So you're not gonna tell me." Matthew mumbles, eyes still glued to Dominic's despite that the drummer is looking down. Shakingly, Matt stretches his finger out and links it under Dominic's chin, slightly tilting up the flesh tinted with hints of stumble, his breath hitches at the legitimate tears that have now formed along Dominic's shining eyes, eyelashes splayed with tiny droplets of liquid.

"Oh Dominic..." Matt whispers as he lightly touches the older boy's face and embraces him in a tight hug, "Dom..."

"I'm sorry." Dominic quietly sobs out, wet patches of tears now slowly forming on Matt's t-shirt, "I didn't... didn't mean to make this so awkward, let's just... go on and forget about this? Please? Matt, please?"

Matthew suddenly lets go of Dominic's thin frame, and his dark blue eyes are staring determinedly into Dominic's frightened ones, with another quiet sob, Dominic looks down, even more embarrassed, afraid that he's completely ruined everything between them for good.

"I don't want to..." Matthew whispers, both hands now cupping Dominic's cheeks and lifting them up until Dominic is staring squarely into Matt's eyes once again. He clears his throat softly, "I don't want to forget it Dominic, I want to remember this... I want to remember us."

He then leans in, the initial press of lips completely catching Dominic by surprise as Matthew quickly massages his tongue into the roof of Dominic's mouth, kissing him softly and releasing quiet suction noises, the salty tears lingering between their bumping teeth as Matthew reluctantly pulls away.

"Can we... can we make this work?" Dominic looks up, eyes scared, but still slightly hopeful as he bonks foreheads with Matthew and leans forward a little bit more, breath now completely lingering inside Matthew's mouth, "I, you don't know how long I've waited for this, for us..." He then blushes.

Matthew smiles a little crooked grin, lips tentatively reaching up and kissing Dominic's drying eyelashes, "Yeah, yeah, of course we can make it work. I'll make sure of that."

- - One Year Later - -

The release of Absolution was a smashing success, with several praises by NME and Q and various other alternative rock coverage media, Muse was quickly making their way through the alternative scene, and everyone was thrilled as they got ready for the first day of the Absolution Tour.

The burning stage lights are making Matthew light-headed, but he smiles his signature grin and looks into the cheering crowd, the screams of the people and their adrenaline driving him on, practically every single song from their newly released album has been played, but Matthew smirks a little in the back of his mind, knowing that the best has not yet been unleashed.

"This next song..." He shouts into the microphone, sweat dripping down his brow profusely and t-shirt sticking to his chest, "I would like to, dedicate to someone, very special to me." He pulls up his lips into a smile, a delicate twinkle in his eyes, the crowd cheers wildly around him, but Matthew can't see them, or even hear them for that matter. As he's looking back instead, at the man who made this next song possible, the man who taught him what the title of the song actually means.

"but I won't give you up....
I won't let you down...
And I won't leave you falling...."

Matthew could only hope that Dominic caught the little "I love you" that he whispered into the microphone at the end of the song, and even if Dominic didn't catch it, it's alright, because he'll be hearing those three words tonight regardless.

- - -

Muse: Handcuffs and Hyper Music (oneshot)

vindicatexo — Mon, 01 Apr 2013 01:17:28 GMT

pairing: Matthew/Dominic
rating: NC-17
genre/au: smut
warnings: language, sex, !BDSM
word count: 7,500+
prompt: stellarclouds challenge #1: photo #1
summary: In which Dominic gets a little bit too extravagant with his Halloween costume, and Matthew is left in the dark to pick up the pieces of his personal self destruction.
disclaimer: Sex, sex, sex everywhere, extremely suggestive themes and implications of bdsm/sexual torture as well, read at your own risk! I don't own anything except the storyline and ideas.

a/n: I tend to write a lot when it comes to smut as I love to write buildup and foreplay, but I hope you guys will enjoy this regardless!

The last finishing touches to my policeman outfit comprises of a navy blue cap with a golden seal on it, followed by a belt chalked full of fake guns and other weapons, mostly made of plastic of course, there's no possible way that I would have gotten all this stuff for cheap at the secondhand costume shop anyways. I take one last look at myself inside the full length mirror and take a deep breath, surely this costume wasn't anything overly extravagant, but the guys and I have decided that we were going to keep it nice and simple this Halloween, one of the biggest gigs of our lives held in London tonight in celebration of the spooky holiday was going to be hosted at The Bronze Palace, and although the night club does have its fair share of strippers, our job was to provide the music and rally up enthusiasm, not suggest anything overly sexual or provocative.

The drive to the night club is peaceful, despite the fact that it's already half past eight and a light, foggy mist has washed over the streets of London, I shiver a little bit inside my car and struggle to turn up the heat. Trying to focus my attention back on the road and disregarding the chaotic butterflies inside my stomach, for I knew that they'd fuck me up during New Born for sure if I'm not careful. Dom's idea to put that as the opening track was not a good idea, especially since the transition from piano to guitar is so sudden and difficult for me to master completely, even if I practiced it countless times.

Speaking of Dominic, I wonder what he's going to dress up as?

I honestly hope that his costume followed the specified guidelines, last year in 2000 we didn't drop an album and with the crazy amounts of people proclaiming that the world was going to end or something I had wanted to dress up as an alien particularly badly, and Dominic tried to tease me and say that aliens are complete rubbish since I won't come in contact with one, but the fact that I've actually come in contact with a fish during our summer fishing trip with Tom was extraordinary, since fishing is totally not my thing; alias, because of that 'special' moment as Dominic recalled it, he decided to dress up as a giant silver fish with a hologram colored head in order to attract even more unnecessary attention and embarrass the absolute shit out of me.

I grit my teeth and chuckle a little at the memory of last Halloween, that cheeky bastard... but what I can say? I did enjoy his companionship and jokes here and there.

The night club is already jam packed as I make way in through the back door, because our band isn't so terribly well known yet (much to my disappointment), nobody really makes a big scene at my arrival, not that they paid much attention to me anyways, I can tell that a good portion of the crowd was already starting to get a bit tipsy. Setting down my change of clothes for the after party just in case inside a cornered closet, I spot Chris leaning against one of the makeup mirrors, a straw cowboy hat perched upon his hat with loose jeans and some other fake western stampede props. I smiled a bit to myself, at least Chris had followed the simple costume guidelines.

He greets me with a wide smile, playing a few notes on the bass and trying to get it in tune for New Born, as we're due on stage in about five minutes. I sneak a small apple tart into my mouth and chew thoughtfully, perhaps I should check on the grand piano at least once and make sure that my walking space from the piano to the guitar is within reasonable distance, and that the lights will be dark enough so that the crowd won't be able to see me walk-

The sound of a bass string snapping and making possibly the worst instrumental breakage sound I have ever heard stops me in my thoughts, "What the hell Chris? Did you already break your instrument before we even get on stage-"

But before I could even finish my sentence, I turn my head to the source that made Chris snap his bass string, and there, I see Dominic, standing sultrily against the washroom door, hands hanging limply against his sides and dangerous grey eyes swirling inside my ocean blue ones.

He was wearing fucking fishnets.

Actually no, not even, it wasn't just fishnets that Mr. Howard was sporting this evening, he was also wearing a spandex mini skirt so short that I swear to god any person could twist their head a little to the left and totally see his junk, not that the spandex did a good job of hiding the outline of his groin anyways. He was also wearing a sparkly pink tube top, black leather gloves with silver studs along the side and also belted buckled boots stretching just below his knee, but the heels of boots was at least 4 inches, making him even taller than Chris. Who by the way, just started laughing hysterically.

"Dom, mate! What the fuck is that on your face?! Oh lord, I think I'm going to die of laughter oh my god-"

As Chris is having the laugh attack of his life, I can't help but extremely angry, and also... deliriously confused.

"Dom, what the fuck were you thinking?" I manage to spit out between clenched teeth, trying to refrain myself from looking at his crotch for longer than 3 seconds in case suspicion arises.

"What?" Dom smiles cheekily, his perfect white teeth coming into view as a little bit of his upper teeth have red lipstick stains, "I'm just, wearing my costume." And then he bats his fake lashes, he has the nerve to fucking bat his stupid glittery lashes in a moment like this.

"What part of 'simple', 'non-extravagant' and 'effortless' don't you understand? We already went over this last week, this gig is one of the most important ones in our career so far! And with you wearing this ridiculous costume how the fuck is anyone going to take you, or more importantly, take us seriously? Are you fucking out of your mind-"

And then I realized that as Dominic leans down to adjust his skirt, he gives me a perfect view of his stuffed bra, filled to the brim with silicone inserts. Even though they're 100% fake and non-authentic, I'm almost ashamed to admit that it turns me on enormously.

"You done?" Dominic grins as he strokes his long blonde wig and twirls the other finger inside one of his belt loops on the spandex skirt, "We have to be on stage soon anyways."

"Oh no we don't..." I exclaim out exasperatedly, "There's no way that we're going to go on stage with you dressed like a... hooker."

"Hey!" Dominic puts his arms up defensively against his chest, softly massaging his inserts from the outside of his shirt, the action makes my eyes practically bug out of my ears and I can feel Dominic's eyes scanning for my reaction as he smacks his lips together, the red lipstick slightly smearing. He leans awfully close to my face, hands lightly gripping the core of my back an his breath hits the left side of my neck, I lightly cowl to his side, that is my weak spot.

"First of all..." He whispers huskily, oh god, oh god, oh god, I can already feel my erection threatening to break through oh my god... "I'm not dressed as a hooker, I'm dressed as Madonna..." He breaks away from the left side of my head and takes a good look at me, grey eyes twinkling with mischievous want as he lets go of my neck and instead, threads his hands inside my hair and leans towards my right side instead this time, "You shouldn't be complaining about my costume, since...." He trails off, hands lightly dusting the top of my police uniform and popping one of the buttons, "It's making you sweat profusely, Matthew, don't even deny it."

How dare he uses my full name at a time like this.

I stumbled backwards a bit and look at Dominic, his lips are slightly parted open and his lids are beginning to get hooded, the outline of his stomach is barely breaching agains the tube top and I can smell alcohol beginning to linger around my head...

"Jesus, Dom how much did you drink? So first you dress up in this ridiculous 'Madonna' costume and then you decide to fucking get yourself hammered right before the gig? I can't believe what has gotten into you, how could you-"

"Matt we're on, come out already." I whip my head back and sees Chris beckoning for me to come, taking one last look and sighing at Dom, I push him to walk out before me so he can take his place behind the drums in the dark before anyone can him and his stupid costume, and better yet, before anyone can see my giant hard-on.

I then remember that I didn't get a chance to test out the piano or the walk from the bench to the guitar yet, sighing, I quickly slip past the curtain, looking past the now cheering crowd as they can faintly see our shadows walking onstage, and begin the show.

- - -

The first quarter of the show went fairly smoothly, I tripped a little bit over the microphone wire from the transition of piano to electric guitar but I'm sure that the only person who noticed was Dominic, as he's sheathed behind his beloved wooden drum kit, ridiculous outfit completely covered up, except for that stupid long blonde wig and ridiculous makeup. However, the crowd seems to enjoy his costume as they point at him and laugh, I'm sure Dom enjoys the attention as well, since he keeps smacking his lips together and offers whichever sober, squealing girl a flirty grin or a sultry wave of his drumsticks. I roll my eyes and try to focus my attention back on the music, the next couple of songs in the set were going to be fairly challenging, since it's already 10pm and I can feel the electricity buzzing inside the club affecting my performance, I feel hot and bothered, desperate to unbutton the front of my policeman uniform. Sneaking a look to Chris on the right, he already took off his cowboy denim jacket and was wearing nothing but a simple black T-shirt and a cowboy hat, if only I could do the same...

I breathe heavily and pop off two more buttons from my top, lightly exposing my pale chest and subtle chest hair, I hear several girls squeal excitedly at my action and I smile a little bit, I could feel my self confidence rising as the stage lights dance around my sweaty body, flushed with excitement and adrenaline.

"Are you guys having a good time??!!" I scream into the microphone as the crowd cheers feverishly around me, Chris grins at my enthusiasm and nods for my cue to start the next song, I give him a small grin and starts tuning static noises on my guitar, looking behind me, Dominic has already begun smashing his drums, the beginning to Hyper Music is always one of my personal favorites, yes.

"In this forgotten space, race under my control...."
"Who's returned from the dead?"
"Who remains?"

Above the shouts, the screams and dances of those around me and the blaring bass sounding from my right, I pause a little bit and look at Dominic, whose head peaks out a little bit higher amidst the drum set since his hooker boots add an ridiculous amount of height, I absentmindedly strum my guitar, waiting for the exact moment for my lines to arrive.

It is then, that Dominic looks up, I can feel his hungry eyes scanning every single fibre of me, hot pink tongue darting out to lick along the sides of his swollen red lips stained with lipstick, catching tiny drops of sweat as his eyes are glued squarely at my nipples, which are now poking right through the thick fabric of my police uniform, and the three buttons that have already been popped on my shirt are not enough to keep me satisfied due to the bizarre amount of heat resonating around the stage.

Dominic shifts in his seat, the music falters little bit as he stops drumming with this left hand, and sneakily sticks out his leg from the underside of the drumkit and exposes it for my eyes only, bloodshot eyes from the previous amounts of alcohol in which he consumed glued onto mine, lightly exposing this tan thighs by drawing up his skirt with the drumstick, my jaw drops to the floor, and I can almost feel the crowd's confusion as both the drummer and the guitarist stop playing their instruments altogether, and the song has been reduced to nothing but my feverish panting.

"Y-Y-You know that I don-don't want you... And I never did-d..." I managed to croak out into the microphone as my fingers quickly make work of the flimsy guitar strings, my head is spinning hotly and the atmosphere around me is incredibly intoxicating. Dominic went back to drumming with both hands now, but his left leg hasn't shifted at all, I can still see the outline of his groin with the corner of my eyes and a desperate look of want plastered all over his face, he licks his lips again and stares straight into my hazy gaze, that bastard knows exactly what he's doing.

"I-I don't want you.... And I never-r wil-l-l...."

I can practically hear Dominic's voice ringing inside my head as I swiftly walk towards the amp, hoping to cover up my erection that's now threatening to spring up completely if I'm not careful. How much longer was the show suppose to be?

"That's a lie, that's a lie, Matt, Matthew, Matt- baby, you want me, I know you do, it's written all over your face, Matt, Matt, come get me, I'm right here, I..."

Dominic's voice is so prominent inside my head now that it's practically impossible for me to even sing out the lyrics right, I can feel sweat dripping all the way down my backside as I twitch and try my best to not look at Dom right in the eye. On one particular guitar strum, I cry out wantonly as I feel my erection brushing against the amp, delivering an electric shock of endless friction straight to my groin, I needed to get out of here, before I cum hotly inside my pants and completely make a fool out of myself in front of all these people.

"You know I don't love you... and I never did..." This time I wasn't afraid to look at Dominic straight in the eye, I see that he put his left leg back, in case that some of the crowd can catch his filthy act, but now droplets of sweat are starting to cascade down from his head, and I can faintly make out the drip spots that left dark patches along his nipples where the silicone inserts are squeezing his entire chest, I can literally feel my legs turn into jello at this particular sight, and that's when I decided that enough was enough.

"I don't want you... and I never will...." I quickly sing out the lines and cut the ending of the song short, clearly disappointing the crowd and making poor Chris extremely confused as he looks at me and mouths a "What the hell?" I bring my fingers to my lips as I pant into the microphone.

"Thank you uhh... ladies and gents! We will be back right after this... uhh... short break."

The crowd groans and dissipates back into the bar, as some of the younger girls stay in the front and scream "ENCORE! ENCORE! ENCORE!" straight into my poor eardrums, I unclasp my guitar strap and places my guitar directly on top of the ramp, darting as quickly as possible to the dressing room with Chris lingering behind me, hissing out swears and bombaring me with questions.

"What the fuck Matt? We don't have an encore planned for this particular set at all, and we're still three songs away from finishing! Why did you finish randomly-"

"Chris," I cut him off sternly, wincing a bit inside my mind as I never used this tone of voice on our beloved bassist before. "Sometimes, there are just things, that you gotta do."

"What the hell are you talking abou-"

I didn't even wait for Chris to finish his sentence as I book it to the dressing room and lock the door behind me with a loud bang, leaning against the brown frame and closing my eyes, I ran nimble fingers through my bright red hair, and try my best to calm down.

A small giggle in the corner of the room snaps me back into reality.

Dominic.

- - -

There he is, standing all perfectly against the makeup mirrors, hands crossed innocently behind his back, batting his fake glittery lashes and black hooker boots lightly brushing against his thighs, which are covered with that ridiculous, but incredibly sexy pair of red fishnets.

"Matthew." He cooed out.

I gulped, perhaps coming into the dressing room was not the best idea.

"You do realize that it's rude to lie, right Matthew? Especially lying to all those people..."

I shake my head and stumbled backwards towards the sofa leaning against the left side of the wall, shaking my head incredulously, "I... I don't know what you're talking about, I..."

"I don't want you? And I never will?" He mimics my voice with a little hint of sultriness in his voice. "Now come on..." Dominic walks closer to me as he pushes the silicone inserts higher up against his chest, "We all know that isn't true..."

"I...I..."

I was simply at loss for words.

Before I knew it, I had hit the absolute corner of the couch and was forced to tumble backwards, the large cushions sinking in alongside me as Dominic giggles a little bit more, and places his left leg square on my side as he looks at me in the eyes.

"Now, Matty..." He's purposely squishing in the inserts together, and I can't help but to stare at the cleavage that it produces, Dominic grins at my actions, and he sticks out a perfectly manicured finger right below my chin and lifts it up.

"Matt..." He breathed out huskily, oh god, oh god my trousers are threatening to pop open with each passing second. "How much longer are you going to deny the fact that you want me?"

It was then that I finally realized. He was doing all of this on purpose, for me, this costume, this get up, why he specifically promised a couple days ago that he would dress 'simply', but really dress up as a wanton whore instead, it's because he was doing it... all for me.

And you know what? It's working, fuck it. Fuck it all.

"Not much longer." I growl in the back of my throat as I spring up and push Dominic forcefully against the door, he moans out deliciously, eyes rolling to the back of his head as I lace my fingers within his thighs and massages them firmly, lips leeched onto his neck, sucking every single corner and inch that I could get my lips upon.

"Take off the dumb wig." I managed to breathe out as I feel several strands of hair tingle inside my mouth, making my first kiss with Dominic less pleasurable than it really should be. He flings the wig off of his head, light blonde hair beneath the wig sticking up in all directions as he palms me through my navy blue policeman trousers. I moan and move backwards a little bit, flinging his thin frame on the couch and leaning down to devour him wholly, Dominic then wraps his legs around my torso, thrusting upwards a little bit, desperate for friction.

I stop for a second and evaluates the situation that I'm currently in right now, I look down at Dom, with his hair completely tousled and messed up, eyes hazy and mouth agape, black eyeliner smeared everywhere with specks of glitter littering his face, sparkling false lashes fluttering ferociously as he stares back at me, murmuring nonsense and leaning up to capture my lips in a deep and wanton kiss.

"Dom-I, I..." I'm struggling to breathe as Dominic's tongue is tasting every part of my face, his hands are already popping off the last buttons of my uniform and he wastes no time in unbuckling my belt as well, I feel the sharp heel of his boots dig into my back and I cry out partly in pain, but also in frustration, Dominic quietly mutters a "sorry" before he completely removes my belt and tries to unclasp my pants zipper. I then come up with a wicked idea, with no doubt in my mind, I knew for a fact that I wanted my first time with Dominic to be dirty and wild, just like how our friendship always has been in the past, with him teasing me, angering me, and yet... us still making up in the end, this was the perfect time for revenge.

"No." I whisper sternly as I suddenly pry Dominic off my lap, kneeling beneath him on the sofa, Dominic looks down at me confusedly as he stammers a little bit, the alcohol is still lingering in his system as he tries to kiss me once again, but instead, I slap him harshly on the face and tugs his hair so harshly that he cries out, and I bite him nastily on his right ear.

"No... you little whore..." I spit out, my senses were on absolute overdrive, somewhere in the back of mind I felt a huge pane of guilt for speaking to Dom in such a way and hurting him, but seeing as he moans out even louder at the pain that I'm delivering to him, I'm pretty sure that he enjoys it and would like to experience our first time being rough sex just as much as I do.

"You're not fucking sorry... you little whore..." I breathe hotly against Dominic's ears, "You're not fucking sorry for putting on a show back there, exposing your legs and practically massaging your fake boobs for everyone to see... who do you think you are to tease me like that? Hmmm? Answer me dammit!" I slap him on both cheeks, hard, as Dominic cries out and he's practically screaming with pain and pleasure mixed together into this giant cluster, "Please... please, please Matthew...I-"

"Please what?" I sneered, "Beg for it, beg for it you little bitch, beg for it cunt... yeah... that's right..."

I have absolutely no idea where this giant swirl of trash talking and sexual desires boiling inside of me was coming from, but I knew one thing for sure, I knew that I wanted Dominic, every single inch of him, I wanted to fuck him to the very core right on the sofa, I wanted him to cry out the loudest that he has ever cried as I'm sucking his insides, I wanted him to experience the pain of being teased, the pain of wanting something so badly, but it's so out of reach, I wanted him to experience what kind of torture he's been placing upon me all evening.

But most importantly of all, I knew for sure that my promise to the crowd, and also my words to Chris that there was going to be an encore was a lie, there's not going to be a fucking encore, not with Dominic spread out in my lap like this, mouth agape and clothes off, practically begging me, begging for me to take him like I know the little slut that he is.

"Matt... Matthew... Matt..."

"Shut up." I commanded, my voice lowering three octaves as I quickly stand up and pull my pants down to my knees, exposing my black briefs to Dominic as he moans and tries to lick along the visible tent that's situated right in front of him. Taking a deep breath, I quickly pull up my pants and fasten my belt, preparing myself to get into character, as I pull Dominic up to my side, and shove him harshly against the makeup mirror; I spin him around, making him face his own reflection, grabbing his buttocks and slapping it harshly, he groans out loudly and tosses his head back. I watch as the spandex skirt rides up and my breath hitches inside my throat.

Because Dom wasn't wearing any underwear.

His dick is so red and swollen that it actually makes my mouth water, the diamond pattern on the fishnets are digging into the underside of his member as it drips with precum, and the red fishnets are creating deep marks all across his tan legs, a deep, wet patch was visible right where his member was resting at, it probably is the hottest sight that I have ever laid my eyes upon.

Showtime, I grinned to myself.

"Ms. Howard, prostitute, hooker, exhibitionist and strip tease dancer, you are under arrest for public indecency and display of inappropriate nudity." I proclaim huskily into Dominic's ear as he groans once again and struggles to turn around, but I pin him down by applying as much pressure as possible to the small of his back. "What do you have to say for yourself, hmm...?"

"Fuc-fuck...." Dominic stammers out, I can hear the want dripping from his voice, sneaking my hand down to his cock, I squeeze the hot flesh a couple of times, stopping Dominic's words and replacing it with his desperate moans instead.

"What's that?" I shout as loud as I possibly could, "I can't hear you! Say it louder!"

"Fuc-fuck... fuck me." Dominic tries once again as he pistons his hips and thrusts into my groping hand beneath the table.

"LOUDER!"

"FUCK!" Dominic cries out as I stroking him harshly, with each thrust of his hip and drag of my hand, I can tell that he's reaching his absolute maximum.

"FINISH YOUR FUCKING SENTENCE!" I scream out against his red ears as he cried out again, still desperately riding inside my hand.

"FUCK! FUCK ME! MATT PLEASE, FUCKING FUCK ME." He screams, even louder this time if possible, I swear to god I can hear voices from the other side of the door but I didn't care at this point, I didn't care about anything except Dominic, his body pressed flushed against mine, beads of sweat dripping down from his head lightly staining the table as he thrusts into my hand one last time.

I quickly grasp onto his member as tightly as I can, Dominic whimpers, trying to thrust forward but the strength I'm exhibiting on him is limiting him greatly. "Please... please... Matt, Matt... let me cum, I..."

"No, you're not allowed to cum. Everything you say and do may or may not be used against you, you have the right to remain silent, you have the right to call a family member or friend, you have the right to contact a lawyer for you dirty acts... or in this case..." I smile wickedly, I really was enjoying this way too much, "You're going to have to settle for me."

I sense the confusion on Dominic's face as I stare into the mirror, his eyebrows furrowing as he's about to speak, I twist him around as fast as I can and let go of his member, kneeling down in front of him and taking his cock into my mouth instead, wet, deep, and loud, just like how I know that he likes it.

"Fuckkkkkkkk...." Dominic drags out sensually as he twists his hands in my hair and massages my scalp with a little bit of consciousness that's left inside his horny mind, "Yes, fuck yes! Matt! Right there! Fuck..."

He's thrusting into my mouth frantically, his orgasm fast approaching him, working quickly, I immediately remove my mouth and clasps my left hand harshly against his erection, pressing it deeply inside of my hand and squeezing it, preventing Dominic from coming.

"Nghh-Matt..." Dominic groans out helplessly as he fumbles with my hand and tries to pry it off from his leaking cock, "Please..."

"Shut up." I snigger to him as I let go of his erection, and flips him around facing the mirror, I force his hands behind his back and watches him carefully through the mirror, obviously he's still feeling extremely horny as his mouth is agape, sweat dripping down and grey eyes now practically brown, dripping with want.

I fetch out the pair of silver handcuffs inside my trousers pockets and dangles it right in front of Dominic's face, paying close attention to how his eyes become even more clouded with desire as he licks his lips and tries to twist his head around to give me a wink of approval. He looks back at me and grins, the black eyeliner now practically running down his face. I groan at his disheveled state and can't help but to lean forwards and kiss him deeply, hands working quickly at the same time trying to get the handcuffs onto Dominic's frail wrists.

The click of the handcuffs signify the beginning of many new adventures in my mind, as I smile at Dominic's eager tongue lathering around my lips, with him moaning deliciously at the restraints that I've placed upon him. Glancing down, the red fishnets are now digging into his buttocks and leaving red marks everywhere on his tanned flesh, fueling me on even more to be as rough and dirty as possible.

I remove my black leather policeman belt from my belt loops and position my hand right on Dominic's left cheeks, he hitches in his breath a little bit as he feels my fingers softly massaging his swollen flesh, pushing my fingers in and out of the small holes formed by the fishnets, I suddenly pull down his fishnets all together, the roughness of my actions causing the filmsy fabric to snap altogether, now reduced to nothing but a pile of red strings pooling just below Dominic's hole. Licking my lips at the rare sight, I manage to pull down the fishnets all the way down directly above his boots, the fishnets placing constraints on Dominic's legs in conjunction with the handcuffs limiting his arms.

I smirked to myself, perfect.

Lifting the black leather belt all the way up, I then lower it down harshly, creating a loud smacking sound as it abuses Dominic's already redden cheeks, he groans, hissing and shifting a bit so that his ass was placed even closer to my erection. "Harder... harder... Matt, oh god... oh my god..."

I snicker and obey him as I continuously spank him, Dominic's voice raising louder and louder each time as the smacking sounds get louder, causing me to pant out consistently, I could feel my poor neglected cock threatening to pop out of my briefs as Dominic reached his maximum threshold and screamed out so loud that it almost made me jump. I look down at his cheeks that I've hit so many times to a point where I lost count, the left cheek was so swollen that it was actually beginning to form a light purple color, grinning at my masterpiece, I disregarded the belt altogether and bit down harshly at the purple splotches, Dominic howling out the loudest sound that he's made all evening as he starts begging once more.

"FUCK! MATT! OH MY GOD, MATT, MATT, HARDER, HARDER! GET INSIDE OF ME, OH GOD...OH MY FUCKING GOD-" I can hear his wanton moans vibrate and repeat endlessly inside my mind with each passing second, I pause and inspect Dominic's cheeks that have bright red marks and purple bite marks littered everywhere, and his aching swollen cock that's hanging limply against his legs, precum still dripping as I refused to satisfy him previously, it looks like I've tortured him enough at this point, but I still wasn't completely done.

Those silicone inserts have got to go.

I rub the rough fabric of my trousers harshly against Dominic's abused cheeks, hands digging enthusiastically inside his tube top and pulling it down unforgivingly, the inserts spilling out allover the countertop as Dominic cries out and tries to bite down on my arm, I move my hands away and pull his head back by grabbing onto his hair tightly, doing so until his face is positioned directly below mine.

"You want it bad? Ms. Howard?" I spit out at Dom, "You want me to fuck you like the good little whore that you are? You want my cock inside of your tight little pussy? Hmmm?" I slap him on his bruised butt cheeks again for good measure, "Answer me!"

"YES!" Dominic screams out, his eyes now almost completely black, if that was even possible for his original light eye color. "Fuck...fuck me Matthew, fuck me hard."

"Call me officer." I bite down on his ear as I whisper the dirty demand into him, feeling him shiver coldly against me and hanging his head down in shame.

"Fuc-fuck me...officer."

"What's that?" I mock him in a sing-song voice, "I can't fucking hear you."

"FUCK ME OFFICER!" Dominic is shouting now, he desperately grinds back against my erection as he pants with anticipation, "Please, I need, I need to cum."

"Dirty, dirty, dirty whore." I sniggered as I move Dominic's face closer to mine and looks at him square in the eye, he moans at the sight of me licking my lips and tries to lean in and kiss me, I roughly shove him away and leans down to retrieve the plastic toy gun that's around my policeman costume belt.

"Suck." I commanded roughly as I shove the nozzle of the gun down Dominic's throat, he gags a little bit and struggles to swallow it down, lathering the arm of the gun with as much saliva that his mouth can produce. After twirling the fake weapon around his mouth for a good minute, I decided that it was finally wet enough.

"Are you going to-" Dominic managed to breathe out after I removed the gun from his red lips, grinning at the red lipstick stains left where his lips touched the nozzle, I lean downwards until my face was directly in front of Dominic's bruised cheeks, spreading them apart with my shaking fingers, I breathe in the scent before me and behold the sight, this was purely, all 100%, Dominic Howard.

And it was making me feel even more light headed and horny, if possible.

I spread his cheeks until the skin directly above his opening stretches to the max, Dominic moans loudly as my middle finger lightly breeches past his opening. I insert in another finger due to his pleas, and before I knew it, I was kissing him in the most intimate place possible, with Dominic squirming profusely above me.

I tongue fuck him rough and deep, with my tongue licking literally every single inch of him around that certain area, it wasn't long before his opening was thoroughly coated with my saliva, on one particular long lick, Dominic screams above me.

"Fuck! Matt, oh Matt, do that again... lick it again... please."

I smile at his pleas and decide to comply, spreading his cheeks out as far as possible, I delve all the way in and insert my tongue as far as I possibly could, all the while sucking the flesh around his opening with my teeth and roughly biting down.

Dominic screamed out so loud that my ears started to ring.

Quickly pulling out of Dom's core, I grabbed the fake plastic gun coated with his spit and position the slick end directly in front his opening. Biting my lip and furrowing my brows in concentration, I carefully shove the wet end of the gun into Dom, not wanting to hurt him too much with the initial insertion, but at the same time, still wanting to torture him.

I pull the gun out of his hole slowly, and then even more painfully slowly, I plunge it back into him deeply, trying to get the nozzle as deep as possible. Dominic is cooperating with my efforts as he thrusts back desperately, and tries to get the nozzle of the gun to hit his spot. I can tell that he's reaching his limit as his breathing gets heavier and heavier, his eyes are closely shut, hair sticking to his forehead and hands tied back within the handcuffs shaking with each impounding thrust. Dominic struggles against his restraints as he tries to get out of the handcuffs and reach my hands, begging me to plunge it back into his hole even deeper.

I slap him on the face and shoves his hands out of the guns reach, the handcuffs chain jiggling loudly as I thrust the toy gun one last time into Dominic, before he cries out with a piercing scream, only seconds from his most intense orgasm yet.

I hurriedly move my free hand down to his crotch and squeeze his cock as harshly as possible, completely preventing him from coming once again, Dominic groans and shoots me a glare by looking at the mirror. I cackle lowly and lightly massages his erection, "Don't worry Ms. Howard..." I seductively coo into Dominic's ear, with him shivering underneath me, "You get the grand punishment now."

"But first... take these off." I mumbled as I unbuckle the fastenings on Dominic's hookers boots, with him assisting me as he stumbles out of them, finally around the same height as me without the added four inches.

Withdrawing the gun from Dominic's hole, he hisses at the loss of something filling him, but quickly reciprocates when I plunge into him without warning, the handiwork of the gun preparing him combined with all the saliva near that region from me rimming him earlier making it easy for me to thrust into him without it being overly painful. Dominic squealed in front of me, somehow his voice was screeching, but still low at the same time as he bucks backwards passionately against my thrusts. Groaning, I place my hands upon his hips and fuck him harsh and fast, with the red ripped fishnets bunched up against his legs making it hard for him to move a whole lot, allowing me to have most of the control.

I can tell that Dominic wasn't going to last very long as he came close to his release at least two times this evening, but was stopped by me each time, upon the fifth thrust, he cried out, and started riding out his orgasm hard and fast as I rode it out with him.

A loud knock interrupts us, but only momentarily.

I can hear Tom and Chris on the other side of the door, followed by, oh god was that Anderson there as well? Their faint whispers are travelling to my ears, but I didn't care, as Dominic was still coming hotly all over the countertop, his erection shooting his seeds all the way above the table, I desperately wanted to put on a show for them, I didn't even care if everyone in the night club was listening, Dominic was finally mine, and I wanted everyone to know it.

"You whore..." I grunt out as I slap his ass cheek harshly, "Are you a dirty little whore? Huh?"

"Yes, fuck yes! Oh! Matt!" Dominic screams as he's still trying desperately to come for a second time, while I'm still on my first attempt, "Right there! Matt! MATT! I'M-"

"WHAT? What you dirty cunt? Answer me!" I cry out as I feel my orgasm fast approaching, "What do you want?"

"OH GOD..." Dominic moans as he tosses his head back and tries to thread this hands against my member, but the handcuffs are still restraining him. "I'm gonna, I'm gonna cum again, ugh, Matt... MATT!"

Dominic comes again, riding out his orgasm in the most provocative way possible as he's plunging deeply into me by trying to get me to hit his prostate, swiveling his hips in every direction possible as I piston fast and furiously into him, the knocking on the door is louder now, but it only fuels me on as my cries of satisfaction get louder, and Dominic's pleas to come gets louder as well.

"FUCK!" Dominic shrieks as my hands travel down and grabs his spent cock, smearing his release all over his flat stomach and picking up the white liquid as well, I bring the fluid up onto Dominic's face, and smear it all along his red lips and all over his face, Dominic grins a little, and he tosses out his tongue to lick his release all over my fingers and his face.

"Whore." I giggled as I flip him around and kiss him on the nose, the soft action even shocking me despite what we've been doing for the past hour, the knocking on the door finally stopped, but I'm pretty sure that whoever's on the other side are still listening, as I still can hear quiet whispers.

"Let's give them another show shall we?" I wink at Dom cheekily and he giggles, nodding with a lopsided smile, I lean down and remove the bunched up red fishnets from Dominic's legs, tossing the fishnets on the floor as I observe my surroundings.

"Uh...Matt?" I hear Dominic whisper out.

"Yes? Ms. Howard?" I reply sassily, we both laugh at the silly usage of that name as Dominic tries to smother my forehead with chaste kisses, "Are you going to... remove my handcuffs now?"

I shift my attention to Dominic, his red lipstick smeared all over his face with semen as well, and the red fishnets still sitting idly on the floor.

"Not just yet..." I coo out seductively, "Your punishment isn't quite over yet, Ms. Howard."

I see the transition in Dominic's eyes from confused to mischievous, he removes himself from his spot against the makeup table mirror, and slowly walks towards me.

"Oh...?" Dominic grins as he looks at me and leans in to kiss me, I let his tongue lick every where along my face, our tongues dancing a passionate tango before I reluctantly pull away from the wet heat of Dominic's mouth and pull him in even closer, walking backwards to the makeup table, I quickly retrive the red tube of lipstick that Dom used for his Madonna costume, and smear the cosmetic chemical all over my lips.

"Damn." Dominic whispered huskily, "You look good with red lipstick, it matches your sexy hair." I glance at him, he's now leaning against the clothing rack, red ass cheeks pressed directly against the cold silver pole, grinding upon it, seeking for more friction.

"You haven't had enough, have you?" I ask Dominic with a sinful grin as I pick up the ripped red fishnets from the floor and quietly shuffle towards him.

Dominic shakes his head, eyebrows raised, clearly curious as to what I'm going to do next as I pull him closer into me, and shove him forcefully down on the fluffy carpet.

"Ohh..." Dom groans out as lightly massage his cock, fingers digging into his slit as my mouth is placing kisses all over his collarbones, chest, and groin, leaving red lipstick marks everywhere.

"What are you doing?" Dominic absentmindedly questions as he props his elbows up and looks at all the red lipstick marks that I've stained his entire body with, eyes brimming with desire once again and dick twitching with anticipation, hence, commencing round two.

"Gonna fuck you..." I whisper out hungrily as I lean closer to him and grid my ass sensually against his dick, with Dominic moaning hotly and his eyes crawling to the back of his head. "Gonna fuck you deep and hard into the carpet, wanna see your face when you come..."

"Oh god." Dominic moans as he leans up and kisses me once again, and before I knew it, I was thrusting inside of Dominic, fast and hard, just like previously.

But, just before he reaches his orgasm, I grab the red fishnets and fasten them quickly on Dominic's dick, preventing him from release and leaving angry red friction marks on his member, similar as to how I abused his ass cheeks.

"MATT!"

- - -

I'm not exactly sure how many rounds Dominic and I fucked for that night, but all I remember is that when I woke up in the morning, my police officer hat was perched right on top of Dominic's still swollen dick, with a note sticking on top of it that said: 'You two are fucking sick.' courtesy of Christopher's messy handwriting, and a disapproving angry smiley face that can only be of Tom's doing.

I grin wickedly and chuckle, with Dominic shifting beside me slightly on the olive colored couch, Mr. Wolstenholme and Mr. Kirk better get used to this.

- - -

Muse: Operation Breaking Point (1/?)

vindicatexo — Sun, 10 Mar 2013 20:00:26 GMT

pairing: Matthew/Dominic
rating: general (for now)
genre/au: thriller, action, !Policeman AU
warnings: language, violence
summary: Rookie police officer Matthew Bellamy wasn't expecting a case as twisted as this, especially since falling in love with a criminal was never the right thing to do.
disclaimer: This story is purely fictional, I don't own any of the characters. Also, I'm relatively new to the muse fandom, feedback would be appreciated, if you could all tell me how I did writing this, yeah?

Matthew Bellamy wasn't exactly sure what to expect first day on his job as a police officer, but it surely can't be that action packed, right? Seeing as the majority of police officers in Manchester just spent all day chewing away at donuts or engulfing coffee, fulfilling the American stereotype perfectly.

He straightened his shoulders and tried to appear as unfazed as possible, the stories and reports of several homicide and serial killer cases faded into the scene both front and back from several different radios throughout the room. Matthew tried to focus his gaze on the uniforms rack right in front of his peripheral vision, he had to focus, this was no time to back out, especially since it's his first day on the job.

But truth be told, despite that he has received vigorous training for the past four years, the idea of using a gun and actually driving at 130 km/h sometimes to catch suspects on the road still terrifies the absolute wits out of him.

Since it's his first day, headquarters assigned him a fairly desolate and peaceful area around central Manchester, the criminal rate in this designated location ranging from 0.3 - 0.6% per year, needless to say, it was one of the safest locations throughout the city, and Matthew was more than glad of that fact, he wasn't really looking forward to a lot of action packed shooting and chasing, for someone so new and unexperienced.

He drove diligently to his assigned designation, keeping a fairly open eye on the road and turning on the radio, but only to a certain volume though, police officers had to have their ears and eyes open at all times.

Anderson had given him the bait car for his first day, "I know that your nerves are a clusterfuck right now, Bellamy." Anderson had mentioned to Matthew quietly, "So I'm going to assign you the bait car that only second year officers get to use. Do a good job and don't make it obvious that it's your first day, alright?"

Matthew nodded timidly and offered Anderson a small smile, it was a good thing that he was high school friends with Chris, who was able to hook him up at a station like this and be working under such understanding bosses such as Anderson himself.

He promptly shut off the engine and adjusted his mirrors as he stared straight ahead, eyes locking with the gaze of a flower shop keeper, smiling a little bit, Matthew offered the old woman a wave, with her smiling back, showing a toothy grin. Matthew relaxed his shoulders and breathed out slowly, perhaps his first day at a location like this would be peaceful after all.

He quickly got out off the car and locked it, checking to make sure that he has badge and necessary control weapons in his trenchcoat before turning away his heels and searching for the nearest coffee shop, if he was going to work as an officer, might as well get in the habits of munching on donuts and drinking creamy coffee for absolutely no reason.

Upon entering the small cafe, a friendly female worker had greeted Matthew while she mopped the floor, loudly announcing to him "Be careful and don't slip, sugar cheeks!" before resuming back to her tedious job. Matthew ducked his head down and blushed before looking up, and heading straight towards somewhat small line. His eyes perched upon the menu, he wasn't exactly in the mood for anything sweet at the moment so, perhaps just a simple vanilla latte would do?

He quickly found a table by the window and settled down, eyes lazily gazing out of the glass, it was actually a sunny day in Manchester, which is quite rare in the March months, foggy and grey weather was what Matthew was usually accustomed to.

"Matthew?" A small voice called out, Matthew craned his neck towards the source of the voice, it was the lovely barista who had just finished preparing his latte, and was now sprinkling a light coat of vanilla sugar dust over the surface of drink.

"Thank you." Matthew smiled as he took the drink, with the barista grinning in response.

"Oh it's not problem, let me know if--"

However, her reply was cut off by a shrill screaming sound from the outside, followed by the sound of shattering glass and several gun shots, Matthew nearly dropped his entire latte, but still managed to spill a fair amount as he turned around and apologized to the girl.

"Oi! I'm so sorry!" Matthew managed to squeak out before he dashed out of cafe, somehow manging to avoidig tripping over the chair as he took in the scene before him.

A man, extremely skinny wearing light blue denim, was running at top speed to his red BMV, faced completely covered in a black mask and a large burlap sack of some sort, coins spilling everywhere.

Matthew averted his gaze away from the man and at the bank owner who was trying to chase after him in absolute hysterics, with only milliseconds to react, Matthew ran towards his car, fumbling with the keys due to nervousness and sweat lingering on his fingers, before he heard the unfortunate sound of the robber's car speeding away, taking a deep breath and trying to regain his composure, Matthew switched on the engine, the wheels of his car screeching at several miles per hour before he finally managed to pull out of the parking lot and chase after the mysterious stranger.

It was obvious at this point that the man had noticed Matthew chasing after him, for he was constantly switching lanes and trying his best to limit himself ouf of Matthew's gaze, however, Matthew had superior training for police car chases during his time at the academy, so car chasing wasn't too incredibly difficult for him.

His brows frowned in concentration, as several other cars and large trucks wouldn't move and instead, honked at Matthew for cutting them in traffic and dashing over red lights. Matthew frowned, aren't they suppose to make route for police officers, anyways?

Oh right, he forgot to switch his sirens on.

Cursing at his stupidity, Matthew quickly switched on his sirens and turned up the ignition to its fullest power, dashing after the criminal with as much concentration as possible.

He's been driving at top speed for well over 10 minutes, as Matthew and the criminal have now reached territory that will be outside of Manchester's geographical boundaries soon. Matthew frowned, he can't just keep chasing this guy, there had to be some sort of resolve, perhaps calling back-up would be suitable.

He pressed the call button beside the stick shift as quickly as he call, before the call fuzzed into place and a bored "Hello?" sounded to his eardrums.

"Headquarters! I need assistance as soon as possible! I'm chasing a man just outside of central street roughly 10 minutes away from Fisher's Bank, I'm driving along McArthur's trail just outside of Trans-Highway #3, his car is a red BMV, license plate unreadable as of this moment, send as many people as you can!"

"Pronto." Was all the response that he received back before the radio station was cut off, and Matthew found himself surrounded by the shrill siren sounds of his bait car once again.

Suddenly, the red BMV swerved off to the side, without any warning, Matthew could barely stop the car as he nearly crashed into the abandoned vehicle. His eyes darted out across the grass fields, where did the man go?

He sees a lump of black fabric shuffling around near the front of the car, as the man's grayish eyes widened before he spots Matthew watching momentarily, and he dashes into the grass fields spontaneously.

"Hey!" Matthew manages to shout out before he checks to make sure that his gun is well placed around his belt, dashing out into the fields behind the man, whose black high tops are throwing dirt everywhere, staining Matthew's dress pants, he cringed at how muddy his shoes have become, before chasing after the man and trying to shove the tall cattails out of his face.

After running after the man for a good two minutes, Matthew could feel the crepe that he engulfed that morning coming back to haunt him, as his legs are slowly molding into jelly, and the man was just way too fast for Matthew to catch.

Of course, he only had to resolve to the alternate method.

"FREEZE!" Matthew managed to scream out before he positioned himself right behind the man's back, he sees the man 10 metres in front of him, coming to a complete stop as he slowly turns around, and looks at Matthew square in the face.

"Manchester police, put your hands up. You have just been caught red-handed and will be taken in for theft. Any information you may or may not --"

"Heh."

Matthew blinked confusedly at the man before him, did he just laugh?

"I repeat, one last time, Manchester police, put your hands up. You have just--"

"Cut out the bullshit." The man sputtered as he moved forward two inches, with Matthew narrowing his eyes and pointing the gun directly at the man's face. "If I were you, I wouldn't move." Matthew warned.

"What are you going to do?" The man sneered, his eyes now dangerously twinkling into a cloudy and dusty grey colour. "It's not like you're going to shoot me or anything, first day on the job police officers are way too cowardly for that."

Matthew cleared his throat, was it really that obvious?

"That, is none of your concern. Now, I'm going to ask you one last time, please raise your hands above your shoulders and place them above your head, my patience is very limited..."

"So is mine." The man whispered before he drew out a gun of his own from his back pocket and points it directly at Matthew's face. "So you better back off, sir." The man emphasized on the word 'sir' with a mocking tone, he shot twice into the sky, making Matthew avert his gaze to the clouds, before he dashed towards the left and disappeared into the grass fields.

"FUCK!" Matthew cursed at the top of his lungs before he realized that he had just let the man escape because of the distraction, he desperately scrambled around the lone patch of grass, craning his neck to try and see where the man had escaped off to.

It was only seconds later when assistance arrived.

"Bellamy!" Matthew whirled around as he heard his name being called out, with Tom and Chris dashing into view, police uniforms polished and weapons in their hands, ready to use with ease.

"What happened?"

"He escaped." Matthew sighed, pointing towards the direction that the man had escaped off to disappointedly, "That way, I tried to stop him but he had a gun on him as well and when he pointed at me, I kinda panicked and he distracted me by firing two shots into the sky, then he escaped." Matthew hung his head in shame.

Tom heaved a big sigh as he pressed some buttons on his communicator and mentioned for the crime scene investigation team to come and take samples of the grass and ground, with Chris putting a comforting arm around Matthew shoulders and offering him an encouraging smile.

"It's okay mate, you tried, and it's only your first day that you had to deal with something this stressful. Don't beat yourself up for it, I'm sure that the crime scene investigators will be able to dig some information up as well. Come on, let's go examine the license plate."

"Already did," an exasperated voice sounded from behind Matthew, "I checked the license plate as Chris and I pulled in, the red BMV isn't the guys car, it's stolen, see?"

Matthew reached for the special indicator screen from Tom's hands as a picture of Fisher's Bank's owner's face popped up on the screen, the same man who had screamed in hysteria outside his bank after the man had escaped.

"What now?" Matthew sighed in defeat, "Because I got nothing."

"We could try and send a helicopter above the grass fields in attempt to catch the man. I've already alerted the station to keep tight watch among this field area tonight and for the rest of week, but I'm not too sure how far the man has gone, for very well he could have escaped before the patrols come into place." Tom sighed as he ran his through his hair. "There really isn't much for us to do at this point, besides waiting for the crime scene investigators to arrive and then writing a report about it to record back to headquarters later."

Matthew nodded curtly, he could sense the disappointment in Tom's voice, guess he really did screw up on his first investigation.

"It's alright," Tom managed to smile weakly as he took in sight of Matt's upset expression, "The case is still young, we might gather more evidence later. Now come on, watch your step, don't stamper all over the evidence and footprints, let's just go wait for the crime scene team."

"Alright." Matthew murmured as he followed Chris's footsteps and sadly left the crime zone area.

But then, something white and glittering caught in his eye among the yellow and brown maze of dirt and grass. He slowly bent down and grabbed the piece of paper, careful to not step on any other footprints among the grass field, squinting at the small black print, Matthew took in the information before him.

"Sunshine Smiles Day Care Centre.... huh." Matthew wondered out loud, is this something left behind by the criminal? Why would he have the business card of daycare centre? And better yet, why is there glitter on it?

"Bellamy!" Matthew heard his name being called out in Tom's voice, "Come on! The investigators are here already. We have to clear out."

Without thinking twice, Matthew quickly shoved the business card into his pants pocket, not bothering to think about what valuable evidence he accidentally snatched away from the crime scene investigators.

If this was only his first day, Matthew honestly wondered what the rest of his policing career will be like, so far, it's looking pretty grim.

- - -

| Part Two |

welcome to: vindicatexo's journal

vindicatexo — Fri, 26 Oct 2012 17:07:58 GMT

masterlist | fics comm| requests

+ everything except fics are friend locked
+ this is a personal journal kept mostly for personal posts and updates
+ to be added, drop a comment on the introductions page below

*inquiries regarding translations & re-posting? → check out the masterlist for disclaimers. Other writings: wordpress + writing tumblr.

EXO: Airbag (drabble)

vindicatexo — Sun, 14 Oct 2012 03:31:43 GMT

pairing: Kris/Chanyeol
rating: general
genre/au: realism, fluff
word count: 1,800+
summary: And maybe he just needs someone to be there, not necessarily broadcasted to the public, but still someone to save him from this suffocating world, someone to hold onto. Someone who'll give him a reason to smile.

a/n: a complete catharsis of everything I've been feeling since the beginning of october, un-betaed, not edited or whatsoever, and why should I? it's just me, ranting, but in fic form. i will seriously never write anything else like this ever again, so enjoy, if that's even possible.

They were two opposite sides of a spectrum, each sparkling with completely different ideals and delving into activities and subjects that are so unsimilar and terribly foreign to each other that it's almost scary. They had absolutely nothing in common, except for the fact that they were two students taking the same advanced courses in a prestigious and extremely well-off school. Their relationship was based off the premise of it being made public, the tiny invisible of string that held them together was other's whispers, and the exact sam reservoir hat broke them apart was the never-ending conversations in which the latter male believed too much of what others told him.

He's surprised that they even lasted for five months.

He isn't sure why but, Chanyeol always had the feeling, deep inside his core, that Kris wasn't actually into him. He knew well himself that Kris wouldn't be the type of person who'll date him just to play around, because Kris valued his life, or rather, the meaning of life too much and wouldn't care about insignificant people. So yes, Chanyeol was an important element of Kris's life to some extent, the only questions is, to what extent is that assumption actually valid?

It was the middle of November, when Kris held on softly to Chanyeol's gloved hands when they were riding the city metro. The gentle and cute touch even surprising Chanyeol as he was merely trying to find a railing to hold onto, only to be offered Kris's shy hand instead. He took it, thinking it was nothing, thinking that Kris was merely being nice, being the gentlemen he was all along in their little endeavors and first study 'date' at the university library. Remembering how he had put down his pencil and discreetly looked to the side away from taking notes, to sneak a look at Kris, seeing him bury his nose inside an evolution book and then Chanyeol gently smiling to him afterwards at how amazingly interested the older boy was into stuff like that.

Because he sure wasn't, and he doesn't think he ever will be.

Kris likes to ponder existence, human existence, universal existence, philosophical existence. Anything, he was a logical thinker, a whimsical analyzer and a tech-savy computer enthusiast. He was everything that Chanyeol wasn't, everything that Chanyeol knew about somewhat but didn't have a high interest in.

Sometimes, Chanyeol wonders why how this all started. Because really, it started with Kris liking not only Chanyeol, but two other people as well. Chanyeol knew about Kris's old crush on the fight club captain Tao way before he even met Kris, and also the Science Club nation wide representative Jongdae that was a year older than himself, and much smarter.

It's these things that Chanyeol didn't understand about Kris, and he felt like the annoying, eight year-old kid whenever he talked to Kris and was always afraid to start the conversation. Every time that the conversation started rolling and they talk for awhile, Kris has to go do something in the next minute and Chanyeol politely signs off as well, hoping that maybe shooting his 'boyfriend' a text wouldn't be too annoying.

Sometimes he feels as if they're not even dating;

That Kris doesn't even like him.

They went out on a couple of dates, always involving the movies and a dinner afterwards, each time would be Kris insisting on paying for Chanyeol's movie tickets and dinner and Chanyeol would just sit back and blush deeply, thanking Kris in a small voice and subtly curling onto his side. At the end of each date, Chanyeol's fingers would be shaking coldly inside Kris's warm ones, thinking of ways that he could thank Kris for the time they spent together, he's thought of a kiss, a hug, or maybe even a soft peck on the cheek, but each time, he only truly accomplishes the second one.

A hug.

He's not sure how many hugs they've shared, but he knows that it's far too many to be counted since they've already been dating for five months and still haven't kissed. His friends tease him, tell him that Kris is probably getting tired since he wants some action but Chanyeol just shyly refuses each time, saying that he's afraid of kissing and the idea of bonking noses when really, that's the absolute truth and Chanyeol really wants to kiss Kris, but is terribly scared. He wants to kiss Kris's full lips and laugh into his warm smile and draw lazy circles on his biceps as they're lying down on Kris's tiny bed and watching tennis on his computer. He wants to go on cute little dates with Kris when they both have time and wait for each other at the metro station holding hands and drinking a cup of warm coffee; he wants cuddle beside Kris's warm embrace as they're watching a movie in the theatre and Kris holds his hands. He wants to travel to downtown with Kris and just walk around little window shops buying absolutely nothing but an ice cream cone. He wants to do all of these things, but never got the guts or the bravery to actually admit it all.

So when they two of them broke up, Chanyeol wasn't too terribly sad about it. He saw it as something natural, something that was bound to happen since he had always believed that Kris wasn't actually into him and probably cared way more about school anyways.

And then summer started, it took off, with Chanyeol working a stressful job at the local hospital which he applied through his advanced courses program and basically lost touch with all of his friends, not that he minded, though. Fourth year of university was starting, and this is an extremely important year for him in his economics major.

However, approaching October in semester one; Chanyeol was getting tired of having no one, all those people that he ignored over the summer to make space for newer friends that he has never actually met before was proving to be unhelpful and just plain sad. He found himself turning to the oddest people with spilling his darkest desires and didn't seem to pertain any particular interest in anything school or curricular-wise related, it was almost as if, he lost track of who he was completely, and now wasn't a good time for that, now's the time to fully concentrate on what's important, to stick it out for one year and absolutely love or like nothing, right?

It's at the most inconvenient times of the night, and brightest times of day that Chanyeol feels like falling back into the droning black hole known as his bed and just cuddle up completely into the comforts of it and forget it all. He finds himself constantly replaying the moments that he shared with Kris inside his head and thinking about the way that Kris smiled at him the two times he presented his literature essays in front of the whole class even after they broke up. He thinks about the warmth of Kris's hands and his sneaky smiles as Chanyeol finally realizes that, after all this time; Kris has been right about everything and helped him through so much, even though he was too blindly to see it before.

He feels like he's suffocating inside an over-whelming ocean of confused emotions but has no way to swim to the surface. He feels like Kris is the waves eroding across his supple pale skin but the waves just keep crashing onto him and leaving whenever he tries to breathe out and escape within arm's reach. He feels like Kris, the ocean, the suffocating water, won't listen to his pleas and will just continually try to sink him down and drown him into deeper oblivion and despair the more he tries, he feels like there's no way out of this inexplainable loneliness but Kris is still the only solution, yet the only thing that's holding him back from taking any action.

Chanyeol ponders taking a moment to breathe, and maybe ask his ex-best friend Baekhyun to talk with him like old times; but then he remembers that Baekhyun is now irrevocably close with Kyungsoo, his other ex-best friend before Chanyeol chose to ignore him for the nth time in their friend history. He can only tell himself at that point, Baekhyun is probably busy with family issues or talking to his new group of friends, and puts down his phone, fingers never even touching the keyboard.

He doesn't want much, he's not asking for a deep, loving relationship like Sehun's in which he surrounds Luhan's room door every morning and knock on it until Luhan wakes up sleepily and gives him the first bad-breath morning kiss of the infinite ones they have until Sehun slaps Luhan lightly on the back and ushers him to shower while Sehun gets his starbucks. He's not asking for them to make their relationship public on me2day like how they did before and he's definitely not asking Kris to be the best boyfriend or the perfect match, he just wants to Kris to be there. Even though he might have never really been there in their previous relationship, causing Chanyeol to become frustrated with Kris's bland attitude on a daily basis, he now understands that it's all just a part of Kris's personality and that it's the very precise thing that he needs right now. Someone to be there, but with space. He realizes that a big part of him really liked Kris, and Kris liked him too, but he was so busy scrambling around trying to make their relationship perfect like everyone else's that he lost track of their progress and drove Kris away with being too demanding. He regrets all those missed opportunities he had to kiss Kris and how he missed every single other possible act of intimacy by bombarding his mind with childish debates like those in elementary such as "Does he really like me? Yes or no? Will he actually kiss me?" He regrets all these things... but is there really a point? How will things change? They probably won't.

At the end of each and every day, Chanyeol thinks about that moment he deleted Kris from any human contact of him six months prior and now whispering strange things about Kris in class the following weekend after he notices them to the boy who sits beside him in Japanese class. He thinks about how he practically has no way to contact Kris without it being overly creepy or awkward besides the possible face to face discussion that he's absolutely terrified of having. He remembers the restless nights and thoughtless days he's had in the past two weeks pondering about how he should get Kris back, if, that's even possible.

Chanyeol supposes that, he just needs someone to be there, he just needs a release, some to fulfill his purpose and make him happy like the way Kris did with his love.

He needs Kris like he's the life-saving airbag on a disastrous crashing plane.

He needs Kris like he's his airbag. Perhaps not used at all during the flight, but still there for him just in case, ready for him to pour everything into. Maybe Kris isn't the best airbag, maybe he's not always there to listen, but he is still always tucked inside that compartment, ready for his usage, ready for dates, ready for opportunities to hold hands and excuses to cuddle.

His airbag, still has not arrived.

- - -

a/n:

; based solely upon a true story, not saying who's, just thought that it might be unique to know
; this is so heartbreakingly real if you read in between the lines, it almost hurts.
; no scratch that, it actually hurts

EXO: Hate Crime (2/2)

vindicatexo — Tue, 28 Aug 2012 20:57:04 GMT

pairing: Tao/Baekhyun
rating: Restricted
genre/au: realism, angst
word count: 11,000+
summary Discrimination and multicultural assimilation proves to be a daily activity for Byun Baekhyun, until he meets a mysterious student by the name of Tao who helps him escape the racist society he's trapped in, and shows him that people are more than he ever thought out to be.

a/n: un-betaed, warning: coarse language, mentions of racism, and rape, read at your own risk
disclaimer: inspired by the short story 'hate crime' in tablo's book 'pieces of you'; no affiliation with tablo whatsoever or exo, all characters are property of themselves.

Baekhyun looks up with irritated eyes, what do these people want—

The first thing he notices is that there is three of them, three of them towering over him with sharp and prominent features sculpted on their faces, that Baekhyun couldn’t actually make out too much because of the lack of street lights and their hoods covering up their faces. One of them was gently twirling a knife back and forth in his hand, while the other two were staring at Baekhyun questioningly and slowly inching forward.

Baekhyun rolls his eyes and stands up, he should have known that he’d encounter shit like this while walking late out at night in San Francisco; this is his own fault, really.

“Here, take it.” He mumbles as he digs his hands into his pockets and was just about to take out his wallet and give the trio his only fifty-dollar bill, when suddenly the three of them kick him in the shin and sends him tumbling onto the rough pavement, thrashing pain crawling up onto his face as Baekhyun feels more blood trickling from his already swollen lips.

“What are you—“ He starts when suddenly, he feels a bruising force and a tearing pain rip through his lower lip, the skin getting chewed off roughly and vicious teeth biting into his flesh; he yelps, and tries to reciprocate by throwing a few punches but failing as the other two takes his hands and shoves them behind his back.

“Stay quiet and nothing will fucking happen.” The biggest one growls as he smirks and bruises Baekhyun’s lips once again, Baekhyun tries to yelp, feeling the blunt nails digging painfully into his flesh as he bites down furiously on the intruders lips and sends him flying backwards, hands covering his now bloody jaw and glaring at Baekhyun feverishly while sending a straight punch to the side of his face not too different from the way Kris did less than two hours ago. Baekhyun flies backwards into the wall, unleashing himself from the grasp of the other two as he tries to run in another direction, any direction.

He stops at a dead end and looks around, there was a large fence covering the space in front of him. Baekhyun figured that he could probably climb it because of the extra pieces of metal on the gate, possibly supporting his weight and getting to the other side. He sneaks a look behind him, the three men are now picking themselves up from the ground and running heatedly towards him.

Baekhyun panics, he digs his hands into his pockets to try and find his wallet, maybe the three of them will go away if Baekhyun throws them some cash and climbs over the fence; but much to his dismay, he left his wallet behind on the other alley before the largest men practically leached himself onto his lips and...

Suddenly Baekhyun feels a tiny piece of paper scrape against his fingertips, he picks it up and squints at it with his black eye. The piece of paper was yellow in colour, like your regular post-it note with messy hand writing scribbled on the surface, slight smudges around some of the numbers signifying that he had probably brushed against it when the ink was still fresh.

A shocking realization hit him, the same man who punched Kris furiously and stuck up for Chanyeol in the quarrel about a week ago. The same man who challenged Kris by revealing his true cultural state, and the same man who acclaims to be a second language exchange student but actually understands historical sovereignty and hierarchal regimes of totalitarian ruling better than anyone else.

Baekhyun doesn’t hesitate as he fishes out his phone hurriedly and punches the number in, struggling to put the phone to his ear as he kicked his leg up and started climbing on to the fence. He could feel the force of the extreme rattles and shakes from below as the smallest man dressed in all black ferociously shakes the gate as the other two tries to climb up following Baekhyun’s footsteps. One of them caught up to Baekhyun, twirling his converse shoelace in their disgusting fingers, dragging Baekhyun down and sending him flying towards the ground with a man under him.

Baekhyun groans, his head throbs and his back is stinging him uncontrollably as he feels his head hit someone straight on the jaw, sending stars into his vision and blurriness creeping up into his cornea. He froze dead in his thoughts when he felt constraints being shoved against his wrists, and rough hands digging into his jean’s zipper and slowly pulling off his pants.

“Such a pretty Asian boy we have...” The rough voice under him smirks, lips gently biting Baekhyun’s ringing ear as he harshly strokes Baekhyun’s stomach and sends repulsive shivers down his spine. “We don’t see many of you around here, where are you all hiding...”

Baekhyun chokes on his tears as he feels the man slowly rubbing his degrading hands down onto his ass, rubbing his firm flesh a couple of times before smacking it and glowering into his ear: “Your body is so fucking beautiful, supple, and very fuckable, wait until we’re done with you.”

Baekhyun’s eyes widen with extreme grimace we?!

He screams out, the agonizing cry dying on his parched and itching throat as a loud slap is dealt to his face by the man dressed in navy blue, now on top of him, brown hair leaking through his cap and fingers digging onto his chest, pinching his nipple painfully, earning a loud mewl from Baekhyun and another slap dealt to the face.

“Yeah...” The man below him sniggers, “You like that don’t you? You like him pinching your nipple like that and fucking you hard eh? You little Asian slut, we'll teach you a lesson.”

“No, get the fuck off of me!” Baekhyun cries out exasperatedly as he tries to slash around and break the iron grip by the third man on his aching wrists, but quickly failing as another hard slap resonates throughout the alleyway and shuts him up.

“Nghh, nghhh, mhmmm, ehhhh—“ Baekhyun chokes out as the constraints around his wrists only get tighter and tighter with each sound that he makes. Suddenly, he feels a large piece of flesh digging into his lips and trying to poke through. Baekhyun panics and fights back furiously as he’s coming face to face with a huge throbbing organ in front of him, pre-cum leaking onto the bridge of his nose and some even dribbling down his chin. The smallest man leaning down on him from the opposite and trying to shove his member inside Baekhyun’s bleeding lips as he’s sure at this point that he’s going to faint from all the madness.

He cried out again, this time only a small whimpering mewl as the large organ bounced in his lips and he could feel the throbbing flesh expanding around his chapped lips. The intruder tossing his head back and mouth-fucking Baekhyun so forcefully that he’s sure he’s going to pass out. On the other hand, the man below him just shoved two dry digits inside of Baekhyun, searching around his velvety walls harshly and desperately trying to get his fingers out so that he can replace it with his actual dick instead after a good twenty seconds of jabbing Baekhyun’s prostate over and over again.

Unwanted pleasure washed over Baekhyun as the three men were all fucking him at the same time. The biggest one under him trying to push his way through, the second one on top of him by his stomach sucking his member forcefully with grazing teeth and unbearable heat, and the third one kneeling right above him trying to shove his penis further and further down to Baekhyun’s choking throat. Baekhyun felt disgusted, violated, and utterly ashamed as he continued to struggle, soon he could felt his climax approaching easily as all three men groaned out at the same time and started to ooze out white liquid.

Baekhyun shut his eyes, he felt as if this was all a bad dream, a terrible, disgraceful wet dream, or perhaps some sort of messed up sexual fantasy of his that will soon disappear if he just squeezes his eyes shut and wakes up, he’s dreaming, he must be still dreaming from his nap...

“Just look at him.” He hears a mocking voice say close to him, “Look at the way he’s closing his eyes and squirming around my cock, bitch is obviously enjoy this. Sick little fuck, I bet he likes rape, I bet he likes getting creamed in the ass and feeling the quench of cum—”

Suddenly all the force from above him is gone as Baekhyun bites the roof of his mouth extra hard and feels blood gushing out from the inside. He opens his eyes in record time and gazes up, a swift gush of air entering into his lungs as he’s finally able to breathe through his mouth and have the large, disgusting dick removed from his trembling lips. He looks upon his body, the second man that was previously sucking his dick now gone, leaving nothing but a cold string of saliva slowly trickling down his dick; Baekhyun shuddered at the loss of heat, the cold air surrounding his body now making him painfully aware that he was stark naked in the middle of the alleyway.

He twists his head to the side and sees a familiar figure punching the second man furiously, with blood gushing out of his mouth and pus leaking out from his eyes, now groaning atop the man who mouth-fucked him furiously lying on the floor. Baekhyun was about to weakly whimper out and ask for help because shit! There’s still a man underneath his frail body ramming himself into his prostate and it would be nice if he could also leave...

Warm hands are pulling him upwards as Baekhyun glances hurriedly into an earnest pair of feline eyes, dark orbs absorbing the night light and sparkling determination radiating off his savior’s skin. He watches with watering eyes and trembling limbs as the fighter charges forward and kicks the first man so forcefully in the face that Baekhyun could hear the crinkling of his nose structure, he grimaces when peels of skin can be seen removed from the rapist’s face and the oldest intruder is clutching onto his face wailing in agony as he struggles to stand up and charge towards the two of them in revenge.

“Put this on.” Is all Baekhyun hears from the fighter as the struggles to tug on his wet jeans stained with semen and shirt covered in blood, he barely got to put his shoes back on before Tao dragged him away frantically, with the three screaming voices behind their trails, echoing inside that agonizing alleyway.

- - -

The two of them didn’t speak or exchange a single word as they ran along the midnight streets of San Francisco, clutching onto each other’s hands tightly and occasionally turning corners and nearly bumping into streets lights as they made it back to campus, swiping their student ID cards in before they stopped at the largest dorm, party lights and the reeking smell of sex and alcohol leaking profusely from the windows. With music cranked up high and provocative dancers grinding along to the beat; Baekhyun was hesitant about going in, but thought, “Screw it, I’m fucking bleeding right now and covered in semen, this is no time to hesitate.” He dragged a bloody Tao in with him, climbing upstairs to his shared room with Sehun, leaving behind trails of blood and alley fight liquid all over the dormitory floors

The two of them didn’t fail to notice how practically every eye was lingering on them, mouths agape and the music suddenly stopping as stares and whispers were passed around like an elementary school game of telephone. Baekhyun smiled weakly to himself when he noticed that, even Kris stopped to stare.

Baekhyun was thankful when he opened his messy room to discover that Sehun was absent with Luhan elsewhere, Baekhyun completely disregards the fact that his room is a pig sty at the moment with month old papers and books strewn across in all directions, pieces of clothing littered over every inch of the floor and week old pizza boxes and ramen containers scattered across the night stands and cabinet surfaces. Tao raises an eyebrow, but doesn’t say anything as Baekhyun mentions for him to sit down, his eager hands swooping down and brushing all the junk away from the computer chair onto the floor as Baekhyun disappears into the bathroom, and returns twenty seconds later carrying a dusty and somewhat unused first aid kit.

“Here.” Baekhyun mumbles as he shoves the kit towards Tao’s chest, “Clean up your injuries, I’m going to shower, will you be here when I’m done?”

Tao nods slowly, his dark eyes darting up and staring into Baekhyun’s bleeding ones, Baekhyun nods, and hurriedly walks back to the bathroom shutting the door quietly behind him before tumbling on the floor and struggling to breathe properly, the way that Tao stared up at him and how his heart automatically started beating fifty times faster was both confusing and exciting at the same time.

He ends up spending almost two hours in the shower, shuddering whenever he had to brush against his inner thighs and scrub off the disgusting dry cum left behind by those three rapists. Baekhyun hasn’t been a virgin since high school, but the fact that he was gang-raped only served to make him break down and tremble uncontrollably in the shower as he clutched onto the scrubbie tightly and bit back his lips in contorting pain when the suds seeped into his scratches and bruises. He felt the warm water rushing around him, taking him in completely as he just wanted to drown himself in the liquid and sleep...

Abruptly the water stops, leaving nothing but the softly dancing steam along Baekhyun’s naked body as he slowly opens up the shower curtain and feels the cold air envelope him. He frowns as he checks the water radiator and realizes that he just used up their water bill salvages for the week. “Fuck.” He mutters under his breath, “Sehun is going to kill me.”

But the thing that Baekhyun was worried about the most is still seeing Tao after he finishes.

In the back of his mind, Baekhyun told himself that Tao probably went back to his dorm already, he wouldn’t be waiting in a messy and smelly room for a boy who just got beat up in an alleyway to finish showering after already staying for about 130 minutes. Besides, there’s a huge party downstairs and Tao has the adequate English skills to at least mingle a little bit with the other students, he wouldn’t wait for Baekhyun after all that, would he?

Baekhyun slips into his robe and fuzzy slippers as he slowly opens the door and peaks out from the opening crack, after scanning the dark room with no visible sight of human activity; Baekhyun shoves the the door in the gentlest way possible and steps out in front of his closet to put a fresh change of clothes on.

But deep inside the back of his mind, he was slightly upset that Tao had left.

Baekhyun was in between buttoning up his plaid shirt and tying the strings on his gray track pants when the room door creaked open and Tao walked back in, hands in his pockets and hair drenched slightly with water droplets, muddy boots leaving behind trails of soil on the floor and chains rattling from his pants pockets.

“Sorry.” Tao mutters as he takes his boots off and left them by the door, “I promised I’d stay but, I remembered that I had to go back and get something.”

Baekhyun raises his eyebrows as he puts a pair of socks on and sits across from Tao on the bed, with Tao meekly sitting in the chair, hands still digging around his pockets. “What did you have to get that’s so important?”

“This.” Tao whispers as he draws out a black object from his pocket, Baekhyun gasps when Tao gently brushes his fingers against his and puts it in his hand.

“Your phone.” Tao grins sheepishly, “I figured that you probably needed it so I went back to the alley to get it. It was thrown across the other side of the fence and it’s a little crappy from the water damage and scratches but I took it back to my dorm and managed to fix it...so, yeah.”

“Wow.” Was all that Baekhyun managed to breath out as he took his damaged blackberry into his palms and look up to Tao’s soft smile, “Thanks, Tao, really, thanks.”

“You’re welcome.” Tao replied simply as he stood up, looked around the room and coughed, “It’s late.” He started, eyes darting out onto his watch and walking towards his boots, “You should get some rest, sleep off those injuries, you had a tough day.”

“Yeah....” Baekhyun whispers as he stands up with Tao and followed him to the door. He watched with hazy eyes as Tao silently puts his boots back on, thin fingers dancing across his shoelaces before he stands up and looks at Baekhyun, mouth opening and starting to say something.

“You’re not so bad...” Tao trailed off, his mouth slowly curving upwards and eyes turning into crescent moons in the slightest way, “Stay safe.”

“Thanks...” Baekhyun chokes out as he looks at Tao, before the fighter turns away one last time and starts walking out the door.

“Wait.” Baekhyun breathes out as the words leaves his trembling lips, he watches now with a concerned glance as the man stops in his tracks and turns around slowly, looking slightly confused.

Baekhyun trips forward, he takes Tao’s wet hands from the rain outside and embraces within his shaking ones. “Really, Tao. Thank you. Thank you for...saving me, and, even when I was rude to you and, just...I...”

Tao smiled, a slow curvature of his perfectly sculpted and puffy lips. “Yeah...” He breathed slowly, “I’m glad, I’m glad that you called. Even though I gave the number to you for a completely different purpose.”

Baekhyun didn't know how to respond, so he just blurted out the first thing that came to mind, “Then, how’s the project coming along?”

Baekhyun wanted to punch himself right there, really. Here they were, the two of them in a tense atmosphere with one thanking the other for practically saving his life when he, has the heart to talk about school and brings up a stupid project?

Tao must have noticed Baekhyun’s disappointment towards his own conversation skills because he laughed, a whole-hearted sound filling the empty room and the worried space inside Baekhyun’s heart. “It’s good.” Tao chuckles, “Coming along pretty nicely I’d say.”

“Cool...” Baekhyun echoes, “When is it due?”

Tao then smirks, “Last week.”

Baekhyun groans and lightly punches Tao on the shoulder, “Well I was right about one thing, I certainly didn’t help you at all.”

Silence enveloped them again as Baekhyun looks to the side and thinks of something to say, something, anything, just...but the words kept choking on his throat and in the end, he had absolutely no idea why he was still stalling Tao’s exit.

“So then, I’m going to go now. Rest well, Baekhyun, see you around.” Tao gives a little wave as he turns around one last time, before Baekhyun quickly snatches out his hand and grasps it within Tao’s big, warm ones.

“No. Stay.” He whispers, eyes pleading and voice choked into a whisper. “Don’t go.”

Tao looks at him, with a questioning gaze as he closes his eyes and breathes out slowly. “Are you sure? I mean...we barely know each other and your roommate might come back...”

“Yes.” Baekhyun squeezes Tao’s hands tightly. “The surest thing I’ll ever say.”

- - -

The conversation they indulge in is mostly awkward, with Baekhyun asking Tao questions about his life in China and why he came to study here. It’s basically just small talk and achievement listing, until they hit a sensitive topic.

“How do you fight so well?” Baekhyun asks, hands fumbling on his lap and legs crossed, they were leaning against the wall on Baekhyuns’ bed as Tao rests his hands on Sehun’s pillow.

“Not really that well.” Tao responds quietly. “My parents, back in China, they forced me to learn kung fu because they wanted me to achieve the Top China Adolescent Fighter title, but all that ended when I came in second place and they threatened to disown me, so instead I wanted pursue my dreams of being a singer, but that didn’t quite work out either.”

“You sing?” Baekhyun sits up straight, eyes now twinkling in renowned interest. “Really? No offense but, you don’t really seem like the type.”

Tao chuckles, “Well, not exactly sing. I wanted to rap, I’ve won awards before in rapping competitions, but they weren’t really a big deal. I got signed with a record company in China but, I later discovered that Chinese is one of those languages where rapping doesn’t have an awful lot of potential in, so my agency sent me here instead forcing me to learn English. Little did I know that it’s tough living in America, people can be so judging.”

Baekhyun grimaces when he hears these words escape from Tao’s throat. “You know,” he starts as he turns to face Tao and looks him in the eyes, “All of us, and even Kris, it didn’t used to be this way, we used to be just like you, trying to make it in America.”

Tao’s eyes glimmer darkly at the mention of Kris’s name, “Care to explain?” He asks.

Baekhyun hesitates in telling Tao, but decides only seconds later that he might as well, the boy saved his life anyways. “Kris uh, he was born in China, his actual name is Li Jiaheng. His parents met in Shanghai and had him accidently, dad was a New Yorker and left his mom shortly after that and he lived with his grandparents for twelve years, they moved around the Tianjing regions in China and also lived in Busan. When his grandparents died, his mom sent him to live here with his widowed aunt, I think he was just starting junior high then.”

“I remember the first time he stepped foot in our class. He was this, really freakishly tall and dark-skinned Chinese boy, awkward with gangly limbs and unable to even mumble out a single English word. People made fun of him for his dark skin even though he was half American, and no one wanted to talk or associate with him because he looked really bitchy and would just glare at everyone. Back then, Kyungsoo, Sehun, Jongin and I stuck together because we were the only four Asian boys in the entire school, and all the American kids didn’t want to hang out with us even though our English skills were somewhat decent. We all tried to approach Kris and be friends with him but he would just assume that we were making fun of him when we tried to speak Chinese and shoo us away. In grade eight, another Chinese boy, Luhan showed up, and he was Kris’s first official friend. After Sehun saw Luhan and fell hopelessly in love with him, the six of us just sort of stuck together like glue.”

Tao nods, “Kris...uh...I mean Jiaheng, he sounds like a decent kid, what happened?”

“In high school...” Baekhyun started, Kris tried out for the basketball team and amazed everyone with his shooting skills. The coach was really impressed with him but hated the fact that Kris couldn’t communicate verbally with the other players. Since he usually just hang out with us and spoke Chinese and Korean all the time, his English skills improved very slowly. One day, the coach was tired of Kris losing game after game since he couldn’t understand some of the instructions, and so he kicked Kris off the basketball team and threatened to never let him play again.”

“He was really affected by that,” Baekhyun recalls with a sad smile. “He didn’t talk to any of us for an entire year in grade eleven and tried really hard to learn English. He made all these new American friends and went partying every week, drinking profusely, smoking, and doing drugs...the list goes on. He even went to a government agency and changed his name legally to Kris instead of Jiaheng, even though I still have no idea how he managed to forge the parental guardian signature up until this day when his aunt died three years ago and he’s been living alone since then. He also became really cold towards us because he blamed us as the reason that he didn’t learn English fast enough and ignored us altogether. But when college hit, he had to make a bunch of new friends so, he sort of came back to us. It was really awkward and uncoordinated at first, but we just welcomed him back anyways.”

“When we got to college, all of us, even Kris, realized that the entire campus was extremely assimilated and culturally discriminating. Despite the fact that we could all speak English fairly well; people still looked down on us and treated us as if we were stupid immigrants who couldn’t communicate coherently. But all that changed when Kris tried out for the college all-star basketball league and made it as team captain. His popularity rose up really high, he then warned us that if we wanted to stay friends with him, we’d have to stop speaking Chinese and Korean altogether and be cold towards all the new exchange students, since he was afraid that the American kids would start making fun of him again if that happens. Sehun and Jongin, they basically agreed right away because the thought of being on top of the Asian-American social ladder sounded appealing to them. Kyungsoo, Luhan and I were a little bit more hesitant but we agreed eventually.”

“How sad.” Tao murmured out, “He completely lost track of his original culture and state of mind all because he wanted to become popular and not get teased.”

“But...” Baekhyun starts out, “It’s expected, I guess. All his life people have left him countlessly and he’s been bullied for three years while being in complete solitude. Jiaheng, he really isn’t a bad guy, he just...got tossed away in the wrong direction a couple of times and ended up like this.”

“Well I’m glad you told me.” Tao smiles at Baekhyun, “Otherwise I probably would have judged him even more and completely destroy his face one day.”

Baekhyun laughed, “See, we’re all judgmental in our own ways, it’s human nature.”

“Yeah, I guess.” Tao replied.

The two of them sat in silence as Baekhyun snakes a look at the clock hanging crookedly from an almost falling nail on the wall, “It’s almost three.” He announces, “I guess Sehun is staying at Luhan’s dorm tonight, then.”

Tao didn’t say anything, but Baekhyun knew that he heard him because of the small hum that came from Tao’s throat.

“Do you want to—“

In the next second, Baekhyun felt a gentle finger brush upon his aching lips as he stares into Tao’s dark eyes, the Chinese man looking at him with a concerned expression and dipping his face closer, making Baekhyun slightly blush.

“You’re bleeding again.” Tao mutters as he wipes off the drop of blood that he just collected from Baekhyun’s lips on his finger, “We should get something to fix that or—“

Tao then reaches over Baekhyun’s lap for the first aid kit sitting on the computer chair, he leans dangerously close to Baekhyun’s lower regions, earning a small mewl from Baekhyun as he feels the aching pain from the rapists who went down on him just a couple hours ago.

“Sorry.” Tao mumbles as he brings the first aid kit over Baekhyun’s lap and grabs a cotton ball, gently swiping the material over Baekhyun’s bruising lips.

Baekhyun stares with big eyes at Tao’s delicate fingers brushing upon his cheek, the warmth of the other’s touch radiating off his skin and sending electric shivers down his spine.

He opens his eyes, and comes face to face with Tao only centimeters away from his bruising lips, with an invisible force drawing them together as Tao slowly closes the space between them and lightly intertwines his fingers within Baekhyun’s equally skinny ones, the chains embedded on his pants rattling as he scoots closer into Baekhyun’s embrace and pulls him down onto Sehun’s pillow to kiss him a little bit more roughly, softly biting on Baekhyuns’ bruising lip, earning a yelp from Baekhyun and a grin from Tao as he gently groped Baekhyun’s ass, trying to ease him of the pain and sooth him down.

The two of them lay there, fingers intertwined into each other’s limbs and legs tangled together in a fine mess, with Baekhyun’s blankets hanging lowly along their ankles and getting kicked off as Baekhyun smiles against Tao’s gentle, but still dominant kisses with so much force and passion. He tastes blood in the back of his mouth but completely disregards it when Tao’s calloused and warm fingers brush against the waistband of his trackpants

“Can I?” Tao whispered caringly, careful not to bruise Baekhyun or scare him based upon the rape incident a couple hours ago.

Baekhyun mewls into Tao’s heat, his toes curling because of the pure bliss that’s taking over his body; and the mere fact that Tao is so considerate and soft-hearted to a point where he actually asked Baekhyun for permissions is just so sweet, and touches so many heart strings in Baekhyun’s inner being.

“Yes...” Baekhyun breathes out lowly through his orgasmic state, “Thank you... for asking...thank you for, just, for everything.”

“Anytime.” Tao replies simply as he quickens his pace pumping Baekhyun’s cock and lightly nibbles on his lips with more burning desire, teeth smoothly clanking against Baekhyun’s mouth and tongue dipping in to explore every inch of his wet heat.

“Thank you.” Baekhyun breathed out with a gasp, as he feels his climax approaching with pure bliss and relaxation, an open heart welcoming his new-found love Tao, a new beginning that was begging to come through indefinitely, a figurative and literative state of mind in which he feels nothing but gratitude towards the man that cared so much about him, despite the fact that they haven’t met for too long. “Thank you, for, for...”

“For being my savior.”

Baekhyun feels the final up curve of Tao’s lips against his own for the evening as he shudders out and bucks his hips in Tao’s hot fingers, wet cum spurting out and frivolously staining Tao’s hands when he comes undone. Tao brings up his fingers and licks off Baekhyun’s release with eager slurps and a small glint of mischievous action in his eyes. He presses his body flush against Baekhyun’s as he strokes along Baekhyun’s chin, titling his face upwards so that their tongues can dance more passionately against each other.

They stay like that, the two of them glued together and clutching on desperately as if they were each other lost treasure, finally being reunited with its owner, its lover. The falling pieces of all those hate crime regimes escalating away as Baekhyun realizes with a small smile against Tao's biting teeth, that life didn't have to be this way. That one single person has the power to change something, if they had the willpower to believe and attempt to accept others openly and willingly with love and open arms.

“I like you the best.” Baekhyun mumbles sleepily against Tao’s warm embrace, face digging into Tao’s strong chest and inhaling his delicious scent. “I like you the best, not because I can pronounce your name, Tao...”

“But because, you are everything that I could ever ask for.”

The smile that Tao showcases Baekhyun in the next second was exactly the same as the smiling angel in Baekhyun's sweet dream, and the many more dreams to come

- - -

a/n:

; this fic is not, in any form or way, made to discriminate
against people living in san francisco or america in general
as it is purely fiction
; i hope you enjoyed, thanks for reading and please drop a
comment! don't forget to friend yourself in the introductions
if you want to add this lj

EXO: Hate Crime (1/2)

vindicatexo — Sat, 25 Aug 2012 03:23:47 GMT

pairing: Tao/Baekhyun
rating: Restricted
genre/au: realism
word count: 11,000+
summary: Discrimination and multicultural assimilation proves to be a daily activity for Byun Baekhyun, until he meets a mysterious student by the name of Tao who helps him escape the racist society he's trapped in, and shows him that people are more than he ever thought out to be.

a/n: un-betaed, warning: coarse language, mentions of racism, and rape, read at your own risk. the chinese synbols at the top of each scene change merely indicate the start of a new week.
disclaimer: inspired by the story 'hate crime' in tablo's book 'pieces of you'; no affiliation with tablo whatsoever or exo, all characters are property of themselves.

第一周:

Luhan saunters in, and quite miserably, at that, with a dramatic upheave of his frail neck and a thunderous drop of his heavy sac of textbooks on the tabletop.

Kris doesn't even raise his brows as he buries his face in a sports magazine and snorts at Luhan's antics, "Translating again?"

"Yes." Luhan groans as he buries his face under the cafeteria table and nudges away Kyungsoo's kind offer of a refreshing drink. "Why did I sign up to become the second language linguistics club president, I fucking hate this."

Jongin snorts, chomping loudly on his Caesar salad as he snatches the lemon water from Kyungsoo's offering hands, "You didn't sign up for it, you snuck in with Sehun after school hours holding that ginormous pool party and this is your punishment."

"Couldn't they have at least given me something easier to work with..." Luhan mumbles as he curses when he realizes that his styled hair is now tousled. "I can't stand translating irrelevant phrases for all these dumb Asians when I have better things to do, some of them have such poor English skills, that I worry how they're going to survive outside of school."

"Who cares." Baekhyun snorts, "They don't have to leave campus if they don't want to. It's too bad that if that's the case, they'll never leave you alone."

Luhan smacks Baekhyun on his exposing collarbone and went back to grumbling as he stole some of Jongin's salad.

第二周：

"Fuck they're everywhere." Kris grunts as he looks around the classroom bustling with activity. "Aren't the second language students suppose to stay on the downstairs classrooms? What are they doing in this lecture hall?"

Baekhyun shrugged as he waves an eyeliner pencil around and touches up his lower rims impeccably, "I don't know, does it really matter."

"Yes." Kris glowers at the couple of new students walking into the class, "I seriously can't stand how unbelievably clueless they are when it comes to western culture. It should be a requirement for them to get acquainted with the rules here first before they're allowed to speak."

Baekhyun sniggers, "You're so dumb. We live in San Francisco, not an elitist occult."

"By the looks of the way you're applying on that dark garbage I beg to differ."

"By the looks of how you dress and the amount of foundation you use, I can say the same thing likewise."

Kris nods appreciatively, "Not bad."

Baekhyun grins, "I try."

The teacher introduces the new second language students one by one, with the entire class slanting down in their seats, acting disinterested or either way, completely uncaring altogether. Most of the kids are Chinese, as Baekhyun learned. They're not immigrants, at least, not really. They're just students who are studying overseas hoping to improve their English skills and trying to master their degrees within different regions of the world.

Baekhyun bites the back of his mouth as he decides that there is nothing more annoying than arrogant Chinese kids trying to be at the top of the class in subjects and completely missing out on the purposes of life. You go to college to party, to lose your virginity at the insane amount of parties and drugs that you drown yourself in, who actually studies?

The last time Baekhyun opened up a textbook was probably three weeks ago.

"I want you to all welcome these language struggling students with open minds and kind hearts! Since our second language linguistics club can't be around all the time, it's up to you guys to help show these people around if they need help. Here, we can start with the introductions."

Baekhyun rolls his eyes as he listens to the endless string of names, he steals a look at Kris, the older boy with sharp features mirroring his movements as his eyes meet Baekhyun's gaze and both of them frown disgustingly. the names drown on and on with ridiculous Chinese syllables and accents that only foreigners can pronouce and comprehend, how the fuck is Baekhyun suppose to help these people if he can't even pronounce their names?

Not that he planned on helping them, anyway.

"Ming Guang. Kim Sun. Yang Won. Yu Xing. Qi Jian..." The names just keep on rolling; around the fifteenth person stepping up to introduce themselves in terrible English, Baekhyun almost loses it.

Somewhere between the sixteenth and seventieth name, a pause is heard throughout the room, Baekhyun looks up curiously, is that it?

But he later learned that, it wasn't actually a pause, it was because one of the students spoke so quietly that it's impossible to hear.

He lifted his head up, gaze shifting towards the speaking subject, the first actual exchange student that he at least had some interest in.

The student, was he even a student? He was dressed on par with Kris's fashion sense if baekhyun was to be brutally honest. His hair was styled messily with the blackest shade Baekhyun has ever seen, locks fringed on the side with a touch of gel. He was wearing a thin line of black eyeliner around the top and bottom of his eyes, sharp feline orbs staring intensely on the ground and hands shifting nervously in his leather pants jiggling with chains-- and wait, are those grunge boots stained with piles of mud still trickling on the floor? Lean muscles were poking through his long sleeve Abercrombie tee, lips chewed into an apprehensive line and ear piercings glowing all across the room like an abyss of disco balls.

"Tao." He repeats, this time a little bit louder.

"I like him the best." Baekhyun whispers into Kris's ears as he snorts, "Because he's the only one who's name I can pronounce."

第三周：

"Another report of bullying and boy-styled hazing? Do you all want to get expelled?!"

Baekhyun cringes at the headmaster's turmoil as he scratches his head in exasperation and looks around the large gymnasium, eyes screwed tightly and speech completely ripped into pieces discarded on the floor.

"We are not asking you to become friends with the exchange students, but is it really too much to ask that you don't bully them and use them for your own personal advantages because they can't speak English as well?"

Kyungsoo flinches, he never liked these lectures, and the fact that this is the third one in two weeks is enough to make him think that their school has a serious problem.

"We lost about fifty students in the last month because your unacceptable and outrageous behavior. I refuse to call it racism but it seems as if I have no other choice but to oblige to the board of trustees with the labeling, why is it so hard for you students to accept others from different cultures? What precisely is the problem? Do we need to speak of this issue further to a point where we assign each of you a foreign student to look after and understand or are you guys okay with just staying out of their way? I am sick and tired of filling out all these racism and bullying reports and then having to stare at tear-strained young adults mumble non-sense to me about how they hate it here and want to go home."

"No." Kris mumbled under his breath, "It's their fault that they came here in the first place. Don't tell us to not be rude to them if they are the ones getting in our way."

"From this point on." The headmaster hollered as he narrowed his eyes and hands fisted the microphone tightly. "All one hundred and fifty exchange students will be spread out through campus during elective classes, the administrative office will brainstorm ideas about possible project topics and collaborative opportunities in arrangements to our student population. If you don't want to be acquainted with these students, fine. We'll do it for you."

Loud, rambunctious protests and screams of protests filled the room, the students bustling in their seats as whines were hushed and violent demonstrations were halted. "You've deserved this." The headmaster retorted firmly. "Until the board of trustees and administrative offices deem that our school has a better understanding of multiculturalism and appreciation for foreign students, this matter will not be discussed any further."

- - -

They sat among the cafeteria fighting for a turn to discuss about their latest endeavors.

“Fuck no.” Jongin grunts disapprovingly. “You don’t know what bad is until you meet my partner, he literally can’t even mumble out a single word in English. Leave it to the stupid administrators to think of the worst possible project topics up to date. How am I suppose to write an fifty thousand word detailed paper on the faults within the French Revolution if he can’t even pronounce our topic properly.”

“You?” Kris spits in disbelief, “I should have believed those acclaims of Asian girls being the most obsessive types of fans on this planet. So here I am actually trying to make pleasant conversation by not staring her down. And then she responds with: “No, oppa! Look at me with those handsome features of yours! You’re so handsome!” In like this super high squeaky voice and ear-bleeding worthy accent. Like who the hell does she even think she is.”

Luhan snorts hysterically at Kris’s imitation of the girl’s high pitched voice. It was extremely refreshing, since Kris kept a tight grip on his masculine image and would never even think about making any noises higher than the male tone of 40 decibels unless it required him to do so at a basketball game.

“How about you Baekhyun?” Sehun asks dazedly as he sits down and practically lays himself on top of Luhan on the bench, “Your partner is okay?”

Baekhyun shrugs, “I guess. Teacher basically paired us up with people that he introduced yesterday, So I’m stuck with this kid called Tao, which is okay since his name is somewhat pronounceable and he doesn’t talk much.”

Kyungsoo nodded slowly, “Did you, by chance, pick him? Or did he pick you?”

“Neither.” Baekhyun replied nonchantly as he bit down on his chicken strip dipped in honey mustard, “Teacher chose for us, I’m okay with it though.”

The rest of the conversation consisted of more grumbling and ranting about their partners, before the afternoon bells chimed and all of them could only groan and dissipate back to their respective lecture halls.

Baekhyun arrives approximately fifteen minutes after the last bell sounded, and he doesn’t regret it, since he never cared much about school anyways.

Tao was already sitting at their agreed meeting spot, face buried into a large book titled ‘Destructive Mechanisms of the Historically Implicated Hate Regimes’, neat notes scattered all across the table in contrast to his leaking pens and jittering leg. As baekhyun got closer, he noticed that the exchange student was wearing a pair of black spectacles, perched high up and glossily on his cute nose, flipping the pages hurriedly and weirdly repeating facts inside his mind.

He sighed, even with a body like that, Tao was capable of being so much more that just the timid nerd he is, too bad he doesn’t have the linguistic capabilities to make it out of academic areas.

“You’re late.” Tao slurs without even looking up, hands calloused along the burning pace of the flipping pages and fingers still fiercely scribbling. “Did you at least brainstorm about the project? Teacher gave us a lot of topics to choose from.”

“No.” Baekhyun replies drily as he examines his pants and dusts off some suds, propping a foot up on the library table, earning a sideways glance from Tao. “was I suppose to?”

Tao sighed and put his book down, his expression was unreadable and seemed dazed. “Well yes...” he started, "If you want a good grade.”

Baekhyun rolled his eyes, it’s so hard to take Tao seriously when his accent is so heavily laced with improper pronunciations and broken syllables.

“I was thinking we could focus on something along the lines of socialism, maybe even elitism? It’s quite interesting how differently the American culture views the spectrum of upper class middle men and business people...back in China...”

“Look.” Baekhyun sighs exasperatedly as he stared at Tao with a snarky frown. “I could care less about school, let along this project. People don’t usually work with me because I’m a terrible partner and don’t do shit. So if you’re going to actually do work and put effort into this, be my guest. You don’t have to put my name on it for credit or anything. I won’t show up for any of these stupid meet ups and you can do whatever the fuck you want with this project, we clear?”

Too just glances at Baekhyun with a slight frown as scratches his head and went back to writing some notes. Baekhyun grunts and stands up, he was pretty sure at this point that Tao didn’t even understand what he just said.

“Did you...underst—“

“Here.” Tao finishes the last scribbling with his pen and hands Baekhyun a crumpled post-it note. “My cell phone number. I don’t always answer because it costs money since I still have a chinese phone plan, but I'll try my best. Take it.”

Baekhyun snorts and shoves the small paper into his jeans pocket, “Why the hell are you giving me this?”

“In case,” Tao replies as he takes his glasses off and wipes them with his tank top, “You change your mind about the project and want to contribute.”

“Oh trust me.” Baekhyun kicks his legs back and forth as he takes out a pack of cigarettes and is already half way out the library door, “I won’t.”

第四周：

Kris doesn’t show up at their usual lunch table for a week.

At first, no one really put any thought into it, Kris was the basketball team captain and had his fair share of populous duties in the school. He was well known throughout the female gossip circles and had love-hate relationships with almost every teacher. If he was missing for a couple of days, it doesn’t matter, really.

But this time it’s different, Kris doesn’t show up for a week; on friday, the usual groups stirs with trepidation, where could he be?

“We should find him.” Luhan announces after staring at his sandwich for a good thirty minutes. “I'm beginning to lose my mind, remember the last time he went missing?”

Kyungsoo shuddered, last time something like this happened, Kris ran out of campus and nearly ended up drugged all the way to New Zealand because he found new heroin connections somewhere down south; that boy will do anything to get his hands on more stashes of drugs.

“Do you think he’s planning that huge party this weekend? He tends to ditch everything to make sure that there’s enough booze and free rooms are available each time he throws one.” Baekhyun suggested.

“Don’t think so.” Jongin pitches in. “He always skips class but it doesn’t take a week to plan a party. Besides, it’s the end of April, there’s no reason to throw a huge party anyways; maybe if it was the end of June, that’s possible, but certainly not now.”

"Let’s just check his dorm.” Sehun suggested as he stood up and dragged everyone along.

The first thing Baekhyun sees when they cross the sidewalk onto Kris’s dorm street is that there is a huge group of people gathered around the front entrance. Backpacks were thrown around, papers littered all across the court yard and an array of endless flashes snapping pictures and beeping noises signifying the uploads of media onto social networking sites. Baekhyun ran along towards the crowd with everyone else as the commotion was getting louder and louder.

Kris’s back was turned to them, but Baekhyun could tell that it was Kris by his basketball jersey; large shoes strewn under the body of another boy as the punched back and forth furiously, blood spurting out and small grunts radiating off campus. Jongin and Sehun both quickly rushed forward as they tried to stop the fight; it was only then that Baekhyun noticed someone else is also trying to stop the fight, but failing miserably as he stutters and flails his skinny arms around helplessly.

Sehun and Jongin were just about to pry the puncher off Kris’s chest when suddenly, he swoops down his fist with so much crushing force and anger on Kris’s face, that Kris almost passes out from shock and eyes tingling with stars, the swelling of his wound rising up dangerously by the second.

The mysterious puncher gets off, rubs his mouth with the back of his hand and splashes several drops of blood onto the ground, whether its Kris or his blood, Baekhyun isn’t quite sure. He watches with curious eyes as the familiar figure slugs his arms around the skinny boy who tried to stop the fight, shaking uncontrollably and faced away from Baekhyun, burring his face onto the puncher’s shoulder and rummaging through his backpack for bandages.

Kris gets up then, and is about to sneak attack on the puncher and sock him on the back of his head when the puncher tenses and speaks up in a shivering and heavily laced accent.

It was only then that Baekhyun realizes the puncher had been the boy that he snorted at more than a week ago in the library, with his cute spectacles and nerdy demeanor.

“Don’t, even, think, about, it.” Tao shoots out, turning around harshly and staring daggers at Kris’s swollen eyes. “Don’t you ever dare lay a finger on him ever again. You racist, pathetic piece of shit.”

Kyungsoo gasps, a wailing sort of girlish shriek as he rushes up to Kris and tries to tug him backwards, everyone in the group knew that this was a dirty repeat of history.

“What, did you say?” Kris narrows his eyes as he walks up to Tao, and stares down at him. Despite the fact that Tao is a little bit shorter than Kris, he still keeps a powerful and charismatic aura, bursting with deadly glares and unsympathetic gazes.

“I said.” Tao raises his voice as he invades Kris’s personal space and jabs a finger painfully into his chest. “Stay the fuck away from Chanyeol, or else this will happen again.”

Kris laughs, a kind of smug and dirty laugh that Baekhyun should really be used to, but he isn’t. Because as much as he hates to admit it, Kris is so goddamn unpredicatable at points, especially with his hidden smiles and complacent grins

“And if I don’t stay away...?” Kris teases with an implicating death threat, something that probably isn’t such a good idea.

Tao loses it, he hurls his fist forwards and the force towards to Kris’s face is so powerful that Baekhyun swears it would have been one of those epic movie villain and superhero moments if it was caught on film. Problem is, Baekhyun doesn’t actually know who the villain is, Kris or Tao.

Blood gushes out of Kris’ nose like a waterfall as tears streak down his eyes, the black spot so swollen and visually degrading that Jongin rushes forward and takes over.

“What the fuck is your problem?” He spits in Tao’s direction, not even bothering to help Kris up from the ground as he’s too busy shooting out rough questions in Tao’s face.

Tao simply rolls his eyes and starts walking away, hands clenched into fists as he dragged ‘Chanyeol’ along, was that his name? Baekhyun didn’t quite catch on.

“He’s talking to you.” Sehun suddenly steps forward and pulls back Tao’s shoulder forcefully, earning a death glare from the puncher, a dark glaze in his eyes that screams caution and danger awaiting; but Sehun doesn’t budge, he simply tosses in a glare just as menacing.

“Your friend over there?” Tao spits, his right fist shaking by his side as the left one clenches onto Chanyeol’s hand. “Tell him to go fucking buy some respect before he steps foot outside of his dorm.”

“What i’m interested in...” Sehun deadpans in an expressionless and questioning glare, “Is what he did to you to deserve those punches.”

“Just give it up Sehun.” A voice was called from the ground, as Kris struggled to pull himself together, standing up wobbily with Jongin’s help and jabbing an accusing finger in Tao’s direction, “That kid is fucking insane.”

If it wasn’t for Chanyeol, Kris would have been reduced to nothing but a pile of black ashes again as Tao snarls and almost jumps on him.

“You. all of you.” Tao shouts as he takes a step forward with Chanyeol and stares down at Sehun, but eyes still locked onto Kris, and even Baekhyun as he flashes his feline and black orbs across the crowd. “Why are you all so racist, hm? Does it please you to torture exchange students? We are no lower than you because we can’t speak English as well. This is America in the twenty-first century, not some stupid African American sphere of influence shit back in the British empire where you’re all fucking sovereignty and we’re slaves.”

Baekhyun gapes because wow, the words that just came out of Tao’s mouth are not phrases usually said by a second language exchange student.

And everyone else noticed too, apparently, as Sehun and Jongin shut their mouths tight and didn’t say anything more. Kris simply sniggers and stalks in front of Tao again, “You pathetic fuck,” he starts, “You think that you have a right to come here and claim our campus? You think that you can beat our American top students with your prissy statistical Asian GPAS and mental calculators?” Kris laughs as he runs a hand through his hair and snarls lowly, “You think that you guys have a chance to make it out in the social scene? I merely did you a favor, your pitiful friend there, Chanyeol was it...?”

“You.” Kris rams into Chanyeol’s personal space, with the soft-featured boy stumbling backwards and quietly looking down. “You don’t fucking go around campus talking loudly into your phone in another language, This is america. We’re living in western society. Don’t go around saying shit that others can’t understand. If you do that again, I will distort your mouth and your vocal chords to a point where you can’t even whisper out a single word with your pathetic English skills.”

This time, much to everyone’s surprise, Tao doesn’t say anything more. He doesn’t look at Kris with the deadliest glare that even bestiality couldn’t reach, and he doesn’t shove himself into Kris’s bubble and throws punches at his face. Instead, he merely takes Chanyeol’s quivering hand, embraces it within his own, and starts walking away.

But before the two of them completely disappear, Tao shouts something to the crowd with his back turned.

“Why does it matter if he’s speaking Chinese anyways...” Tao smirks as he turns around, a dark shadow over-taking his eyes and lips curling into a soul-snatching smirk. “You’re half chinese yourself.”

Baekhyun shudders and screws his eyes shut tightly, Tao has just crossed a dangerous line by societal means that no one would ever want to cross in Kris's life.

第五周：

“What do you think you’re saying.” Kris suddenly steps down from the ladder with the transparent tape is lingering on his fingertips, lips chewed into a distasteful frown and arms nimbly by his shoulders.

“I’m saying that we should give them a chance instead of judging, we used to be...”

“No. don’t even say it.” Kris hold his hands up and goes back to taping streamers from the ceiling. “It doesn’t matter, this is how we’re living on campus, and we’re going to continue treating them that way.”

“I don’t get you.” Baekhyun starts, as he stops stirring the dozen six-pack of beers swirling in the ice water canteen. “How are we any different from them, a couple years back and we were just the same way-“

“Baekhyun. stop.” Luhan said quietly, his eyes fixing into a pleading glee as the group stopped their activities and were hesitant to listen.

“No.” Baekhyun retorts back, an octave higher this time. “We’ve been avoiding this issue for too long; and now that I think about it, I’m starting to wonder why so we’re so rude to those exchange students anyways.”

“You’re an idiot.” Jongin scoffs, “Is this because of what Tao said the other day? Don’t let that get to your head, he’s just a stupid kid who thinks he’s all that because he can punch and-“

“Maybe I want what he said to get to my head.” Baekhyun stands up, wiping the cold water away from his hands by his jean pockets. “Maybe I think that what he said is right. And it is, in many ways; we are no different from them. We’re all students attending the same school so why-“

Kris steps forward, angry eyes igniting uprising flames dark with coldness but furious with tension, “You want to be one of them? If you feel sympathy for them, then why don’t you just go join them and leave us then.”

“You would fucking like that wouldn’t you Kris.” Baekhyun spits, aligning his body confidently alongside kris and glaring, “Getting rid of me so you can have more room for discriminating pricks against other cultures to join, you can’t stand change in a group or acceptance towards others. That’s why you’re so cold; don’t think that it’s hard to figure out because it’s fucking easy, it’s easy to understand because a couple years back you were that clueless Chinese kid trying to fit in. You were the victim of all those terrorizations and the center of the snickers in the exchange students classrooms. You, are no different from Tao and Chanyeol, no matter how much you try to hide it.”

By this point the entire group was resonating in shock, Kyungsoo and Sehun had been reduced to nothing but strings of murmurs and breaking beads of cold sweat as they stared at Kris worriedly, was he going to...

But Kris didn’t say anything, he didn’t blink nor did he shift his body position, he simply stared at Baekhyun with an expressionless and some what cold thin line press of lips.

“We are no different. Any of us.” Baekhyun states as he point a finger across the room. “I’m fucking korean for gods sake. I was born in Korea and I immigrated here when I was five. Kyungsoo, Sehun, Jongin, we’re all Korean. All immigrants who once had to go through the same thing and work our way up the social ladder with increasing English skills.” He pauses, “Here I am just three weeks ago making fun of all the Asian names that were introduced. But take a look at ours, they are no easier to pronounce. Baekhyun, fucking Byun Baek-Hyun, how the hell is that easy to pronounce. If we were responsible for anything, we should be the ones trying to help them, not intimidating them and rolling our eyes excessively when they’re struggling with another language."

Kyungsoo hitches and breathes in, “But we’re, its always been like this, you can’t just change the way things-“

“Yes.” Baekhyun glowers simply. “It’s always been like this. Why? Because...” He leans coldly against the stone wall, “It’s because we think that it’s okay to bully them, we think that it’s cool and it follows the trends and status quo of the westernized culture and societal means. But we can’t cover up who we are and pretend to overshadow our true identities; it doesn’t work that way.”

“You think that it’s okay to do all this,” Baekhyun whispers, to a point where it seems as if he’s dead and unable to speak louder, facing Kris and glaring at him forcefully. “You think it’s okay to haze them and torture them to a point where they leave; because you don’t want them here. Because you can’t stand the thought of all these Asian kids roaming around the school and being completely clueless like you were only ten years ago. Take a good look around campus, Kris, and wake the fuck up. We are the only Asian kids here who can actually speak English coherently; and the Caucasian kids don’t torture us because we can speak the language. If you never give the exchange students a chance and just continue bullying them, there’s never going to be any new asian kids in the school at all, no diversity, multiculturalism or global interactions, do you want—“

Kris steps forward, pulls Baekhyun vehemently from his standing position against the wall and shoves him so violently against the white fridge that all the cluttering magnets fall freely and are littered by Baekhyun’s sneakers. The imploding force shaking the back of Baekhyun’s head with aching pain as he struggles to stand up on his weak knees. Kris was glaring and shooting bullets into Baekhyun’s unwavering eyes as he slams his large palms against the left side of Baekhyun’s head and blocks out Baekhyun’s view of the frightened expressions decorating the others faces. With Kris’s opposite hand now pressed up against Baekhyun’s heaving chest and pushing against his pulmonary veins so powerfully that Baekhyun struggles to find the proper amount of oxygen in his trachea to breathe.

“You’re calling me a bully?” Kris deadpans into Baekhyun’s face, couple droplets of spit leaving his furious lips as he stares like a venomus snake into Baekhyun’s eyes. “You have the guts to call me that when I’m merely doing our school a favor by limiting...”

“Fuck no.” Baekhyun growls as he leans closer to Kris’s face and spits at him, with Kris tumbling back and wiping the clear liquid off his face with disgust and resentment. “You’re not doing anyone a favor by being an inconsiderate asshole and scaring those students who are just trying to learn valuable information in another country and go back home with knowledge. You’re not doing anyone a favor by contorting the people in our group like puppets, I’m sick and tired of all of us hating so much on the exchange students when we all know deep inside that they’re no different from us. How the hell is this forsaken school ever going to accept multiculturalism, if even bilingual students like us are even racist to the exchange kids.”

“Like that’s my problem.” Kris splutters out, “I’m not responsible for how those Caucasian kids treat the exchange students, they have their judgment, I have mine.”

“The other issue with you...” Baekhyun expectorates as he rubs his aching wrists bounded by Kris not too long ago and his fixes his collar, “Is that you have problem accepting the fact that you scared and cowardly. You are worried that those exchange students are going to become successful one day and take away your hierarchal throne as the single Asian kid in this school that’s infinitely on top. All you care about is popularity, the after-effects of how people see you and your external image; you never stop to think about how your actions, or our actions—rather, are affecting those around us. You are the worst type of bully out there, and possibly the only main reason why racism is so evident in our school in the first place, Li Jiaheng.”

Baekhyun manages to dodge out quickly as Kris punches the side of his face with the most detestation and animosity anyone has ever seen Kris choke out, the force so prevailing that the tension rattles Baekhyun’s cheek and travels up to his left eye, with blood spurting out of his nose and lips bleeding profusely. Black swelling slowly creeping up on his face, Baekhyun stumbles backwards, cowering his face in his hands and rushes out the door into the cold evening street air, not even bothering to slam the door behind him as he soon hears the protests of Kyungsoo and Luhan fill the room

He wipes the side of mouth with the back of his palm, watching with glazed eyes as several drops of blood and pus litter onto the ground. Baekhyun smiles to himself, lips turning into a small upper grin as he digs his hands into his pockets and starts walking in the general direction of the outside campus convenience store.

What he just said, was so worth the punch.

- - -

The early May air outside proves to be immensely chilly and bone-rattling as Baekhyun’s cowers lower into his thin collared shirt and props in his earphones, the LED screen reading nine pm as the sun already went down about an hour ago, leaving nothing but the darkness swallowing him whole. Baekhyun speeds up his pace as he reaches the convenience store and throws in a couple of crumbled bills onto the counter from the back of his jeans pocket. The cashier eyeing him through his cigar and stubby fingers tracing across the pack of cigarettes leaving marks on the plastic wrap. Baekhyun shoves the small pack into his palms and walks out into the alleyway with a the jingling door bells echoing behind him. He leans against the wall, figurine stiff and shaking slightly as he lights up a cigarette with this bruised hands and lifts it slowly to his pale, but still bleeding lips, taking a slow whiff of the smoke and exhaling deeply.

He knew very clearly that he couldn’t go back to the dorm, the party was being held around midnight and surely most of the people would have already showed up by now. Arriving, completely uninvited since after the fight with Kris and looking shredded with a black eye and bloody face probably wasn’t the best idea.

Baekhyun leans against the wall, resting his left arm on a nearby garbage can as he scrunches his noise and the disgusting smell of day-old cabbage and restaurant scraps creep up into his nasal canals; he buries his face within his thin shirt and gently rocks forward, maybe sleeping for awhile wouldn’t hurt, that goddam ringing in his head from the punch that Kris threw and the pain in his back is getting pretty unbearable anyways.

He wakes up to loud hoots and obnoxious laughter somewhere down the alley, cranking his neck up and turning the other direction, Baekhyun sees a group of Caucasian males, with hands in pockets and guns knifes lingering on their fingertips, gently approaching him and making their way towards the far right of the street corner.

Baekhyun remained calm, he was just a person who didn’t have a place to stay for the night, they’ll probably leave him alone if he just acts indifferent and ignores him

He was just about to press play on his iPod when a dark shadow overtakes his vision and lightly brushes upon his hair.

part two

EXO: Apprenticeship of Our Love (1/?)

vindicatexo — Wed, 15 Aug 2012 02:59:52 GMT

pairing: Kris/Chanyeol
rating: PG-15
genre/au: romance, fluff, light smut, !University AU
word count: 2,195
summary: Post university life proves to be the exact reservoir that Chanyeol is hoping to avoid; because he knows very well in his mind that, Kris won't be his for much longer.

- - - - - - baggage - - - - - -

Park Chanyeol zips up the last sound of his closing zipper on the last day of dorm re-entry clean out week, and takes a good look around the university room that he's slept in for the past five years.

Because this dorm wasn't just a dorm, this dorm contains unspoken and unexplainable memories. Facts and fictions embedded deep within Chanyeol's imagination only he's allowed to think about at night. Thoughts and feelings that he's shared with the people around him only when the time was right, or the simple things in life that he has learned to enjoy after attending university for about 60 months, and learned to appreciate.

Time sure does fly fast.

A warm hand sneaks up behind his thin frame and embraces his torso, hot breathes of air rushing south on his delicate skin; Kris was now nibbling softly.

"Last hour, eh?"

Chanyeol closed his eyes as he turned around and looked into Kris' handsome and piercing gaze, "Yeah." He muttered.

Hes gotten over his tom-boy-ish "I want to become a superman kid days". Hes gotten over his awkwardness puberty phase along with the "I wanna be a rockstar!" and "Travel the world with my guitar!" thoughts. Not to mention, he also got over his biggest dreams of becoming a movie director, since that wasn't a very plausible job and Chanyeol will just end up tripping all over the camera wires, anyways.

Five years of business school in a mediocre university was good enough for Chanyeol. Because he wasn't expecting too much out of his experience nor was he particularly excited for the future. He does what he has to do right? If he has to go to school, so be it. If he has to find a stable job and find a living, okay then. If his parents nag him to marry, okay he'll find someone.

Chanyeol never took these thoughts seriously because he didn't think anyone would ever come along that would change his mind. Life was boring, life was lifeless, life is just a ride that you must take in order to experience just how it is to breathe.

His first roommate had proved to be an absolute bore. Sehun, his name was, a stupid idiot with this super annoying accent that causes Chanyeol to claw his teeth into his white pillow at night and wants to throw it at Sehun' sorry face later on. And yes, it's a good thing if the pillow still has Chanyeol's spit on it because he doesn't care.

After Chanyeol learned that Sehun dropped out of university to go pursue his dreams as a dancer with some of his fellow dance club members, he felt bitter at first, because he never had the courage to go and chase his dreams of being a singer, or an author, or a rockstar, or a movie director. Or anything, for that matter. He was cowardly, he was the type of person who stuck to one common goal in life and never step foot outside his little box.

So being homosexual certainly wasn't on his list of things to do.

It had been quiet, a mellow Sunday evening of Chanyeol listening to British heavy rock music when the dorm organizers strolled in rudely and dumped literally 20 crates onto the empty bed beside him.

"New roommate for you! He's kinda uptight and really prissy just by the looks of it. Be careful, and treat him well kay? I don't want anymore complaints about you masturbating too loud."

Chanyeol gritted his teeth. That wasn't even him, Baekhyun seriously needs to stop drinking out so late and then crashing in his dorm.

"Hey."

Chanyeol doesn't even look up as he mutters a "Hi", and goes back to scrolling his endless list of tracks that he absolutely despises, but can never bring the heart to delete on his playlist.

"Uhh, do you know where I can put all my stuff in the washroom? I need a little bit more space."

Chanyeol sighed and stood up, "Okay, well, I can clear some of my-"

He looked up, and FUCK.

Because this guy...

IS

JUST

SO

FUCKING

GORGEOUS

He blinks back a couple of times, had planet venus dropped off a god child for him to summon and take for his guilty, pleasurable needs? Because this university is way too mainstream for middle-class workers and their children, this guy definitely belonged to the elite, and not in a place like this.

"Space. Is..ugh...umm...I think...do you want...UM...over there?"

His roommate chuckled as he walked by nonchalantly and casually brushed up against Chanyeol's shoulder; "It's okay," he smiled, "I know that I'm really fucking hot."

"Do you remember the first time that you met me?" Kris laughed as he recalled the memories from more than four years back. "Ugh, I'm...I...ugh..."

"Yes." Chanyeol retorts back with an angry pout as he rolls his eyes, "Do you remember how fucking cocky you were about all of it? And still is cocky about it up until this day?"

"Mhmm..." Kris muttered seductively as he nuzzled his face into the crook of Chanyeol's neck.

"Hey, hey. Stop, don't make me want to get it on right now. The bed sheets have just been changed and we shouldn't get the dorm all dirtied up again."

Kris rolled his eyes, "Last night was good enough for me. Thanks, but no thanks."

The two stood there in a comfortable silence.

"Four and a half years of this and we're still going at it, hey?"

"Not exactly." Kris smirked as he swiftly palms Chanyeol's groin for a swift second. "I'd say that you lost some of your sex drive since we first started. We use to be like raging animals, I swear."

Chanyeol snorted, "You're always the one who wants to try all those crazy positions and weird ministrations. I never had a lack of sex-drive, it's probably because you have too much."

Kris hummed in the back of his throat. "Maybe."

"But nevertheless..." Chanyeol trailed off with a small whisper, "I'll miss those days no matter what."

Kris looks up, the expression on his face unreadable, and extremely torn as he takes both of Chanyeol's hands up onto his lips, and gently pepper them down with kisses.

Chanyeol's breath hitches up particularly high on the second that Kris accidentally darts his tongue out.

They both lose it. The carnal and beastly needs of young adolescent sex coming back to them since the beginning, the way they tear their shirts off from each others flushed bodies and reddening faces doesn't change over the years and Kris practically slams Chanyeol against the wooden door and locks it with one swift click. Pulling out Chanyeol's dick in the meantime and giving it a few experimental strokes before he stuffs the whole thing in his mouth.

Chanyeol's brain short-circuits because WOW, they really shouldn't be doing shit like this right now. But he can't bring himself to stop and push Kris away, because the older male clearly has an unspeakable talent with that damn tongue of his.

They do the usual, the slow, gentle licks across the pulsating veins. Kris' long drags of tongue from the scrotum all the way down to the shaft. The small, ticklish teasing along Chanyeol's pubes, to how he practically stuffs the entire thing down his throat towards the end and lets Chanyeol throat-fuck the living air out of him.

"Oh yes. Yes. YES!" Chanyeol practically screams as Kris uses teeth a little bit too forcefully during one imploding moment. Chanyeol intertwines his long fingers in Kris' hair as he drags his boyfriend's tongue closer to his wet heat. "Keep going, harder, suck me off harder."

And so Kris obeys, he takes shifts, different methods of strokes and licks to try and make Chanyeol come undone.

Chanyeol forgets how to breathe. He's practically pulling the blonde roots out of Kris' soft hair now, Kris gags, the slurping noises temporarily coming to a stop as Chanyeol whispers a sheepish "sorry" and goes back to more thrusting.

"Ugh I love you with that mouth." He pants, "Don't ever leave me. Fuck Kris why do you even have to leave, fucking shit."

He clasps his left hand over his mouth in shock as Kris freezes as well. He slowly detaches himself from Chanyeol's member, string of saliva mixed in with cum dangling from his chin as Kris grunted and wiped it off with his expensive black, polished suit sleeves.

"We've been over this..." Kris starts out slowly, "And no, you're the shit."

"Me?!" Chanyeol laughs in disbelief, "What did I do? Well excuse me for wanting the boyfriend that I had for 4 and half years staying with me after university."

Kris shuffles his feet and runs an exasperated hand through his hair. "Fuck Chanyeol I don't even know how many times I told you this before, and it's such a shame that you picked now of all times to bring this up again, really? Do we really have to go through this shit again? On our last day? Do you not remember how long we fought for the last time this..."

"Well that's because this issue bothers me, that's why." Chanyeol snaps.

"Whatever." Kris counters back just as sourly, "If you're not going to listen to any of the times that I tried to reassure you about this situation, then we can just drop the entire thing altogether. I have to get going anyways, my ride is almost here."

Chanyeol watches with fuming, but still regretful eyes as Kris wipes his mouth again with his other sleeve, takes one good look around the dorm room, and slams the door shut with his suitcase in hand.

"Wow," Chanyeol mutters to himself, "He sure came in here with way more shit than he left with."

Then he realizes.

Chanyeol tears the door open with forceful hands as he runs down the dormitories building C3-S block hallway and out into the fresh morning air, he gazes across the sidewalk for any fancy limousines or overly-pricey looking sports cars. But no sight of any of those things was to be found.

He turns around sharply to his left side as he sees a roaring engine drive past him directly and almost knocks him off his feet. Chanyeol chases the black, shiny limousine with silver lining exteriors until it finally comes to a stop, and Kris rolls down his windows with a skeptical gaze.

"You. Fucking. Piece. Of. Shit." Chanyeol pants as he struggles to recompose his breath. When was the last time he actually attended a hurdles practice?

Kris drums his fingers impatiently across the window pane, "Your point is?"

"Why did you even come to this school." Chanyeol snaps with as much force as possible along with as little as weakness in his voice that he could possibly manage. "Someone like you clearly doesn't belong in a school like this."

"Fuck Kris. Why did you have to come here and make me fall in love with you, and then fucking leave me to go attend business school and take over your dad's company when you don't even need this. Why did you have to come here and make my life like this...why did..."

Kris slams the windows closed and steps out of the car, cornering Chanyeol by the windshield of the car as Kris' driver looks up with amused eyes at the two boys starting to get intimate in broad daylight.

"You know why." Kris grunted, "It's been discussed previously. And look, I'm sorry." He sighs.

"I really am, okay?"

Chanyeol could only sigh and shake his head as he slowly detaches himself from Kris' hold.

"No, come' ere." Kris grunts as he pulls Chanyeol in for a powerful crushing of lips. The kind of kiss that a couple shares after not seeing each other for a decade, or the kind that reuniting lovers will share after years of longing despair for the one they love.

When they detach, the entire university campus is looking at them. Girls noticing with intent interest as the boys roll their eyes and simply walk past.

Chanyeol pants from his all-time-high, eyes gazing forcefully into Kris' crystal-clear orbs, he leans his head against Kris' strong hold and nibbles on his jaw.

"Not in public..." Kris trails off.

"Shhhh..." Chanyeol whispers as he looks up, "You're leaving me after telling me that you love me every night for 4 years in a row, just let me have this moment."

Kris doesn't protest.

That night, Chanyeol sleeps in his new apartment only 5 blocks down from the university dorms.

But there is only one bed this time.

And then it comes to him, shooting into his world like a blinding cacophony of energetic suns and never-dying stars of ideal treasuries, a fact that he has always tried to ignore, but can never fully avoid.

Kris was just one chapter of his boring life story, and now, he must move on.

He gulped and silently did a small "fighting!" in the back of his mind; tomorrow Park Chanyeol will start in a new life.

Tomorrow Park Chanyeol will no longer be the stupid, smitten teenager in love with Kris Wu, he'll be the stupid, bobble-head business worker that hes always strived to be, whether he likes it or not.

- - -

[EXO: Kriscentric: PWP] Invincible (2/2)

vindicatexo — Tue, 03 Jul 2012 04:19:41 GMT

pairing: Kris/Chanyeol/Baekhyun/Yixing/Zitao (*Krisyeol)
rating: Restricted
genre/au: smut, pwp, !kink
word count: 12,967
summary: Kris wu, a billionaire philanthropist and businessman finds himself living in a perfectly bland and tasteless life. That is, until he's introduced to the local boy band 'Fourescent'.
warning: This fic contains intense graphic descriptions of sexual activities and references, reader discretion is strongly advised.
disclaimer: I don’t own anything except for the storyline and ideas; all characters are property of themselves.

note: this fanfic was mainly inspired by the photo above

Lay and Tao had followed Kris drunkingly up the stairs as the two of them really had no idea where they were going. Each and every fancy room that they passed with the marbleized white wooden doors seemed to be the same one after another as the two guitar players slowly dragged their limbs up the long and never-ending staircase. Kris was walking curtly in front of them, with his hands tucked in his pockets as he slowly led them into the South Wing. Ushering them into the darkest room within the entire mansion and locking the door promptly behind him before turning around.

"You boys have... any idea, why you're here precisely at this moment?"

"Yeh..." Tao murmured as he struggled to hold back a small chuckle; all the while punching Lay playfully on the shoulder and tumbled into one of the nearby sofa chairs. "You said that you'd get us some medicine so our hangover won't be so bad."

"Since we both drank so much." Lay finished off as he giggled a little bit, hot hands pressed up to his red feverish cheeks before falling down onto the chair beside Tao and slightly hiccuping.

"Not necessarily..." Kris started. "Do you boys know... that the best medicine to cure hangovers isn't in fact... Tylenol or Advil. It's actually something much, much different."

"Who cares." Tao chortled as he slumped down further onto Lay's soft stomach, "Anything is fine, at least we don't have classes tomorrow."

"You two... want to try out this new medicine that I have to offer?" Kris asked with a dangerous glimmer in his eyes, snickering at the two drunk ass boys who were currently laying all over his sofa cushions, giggling and completely absentminded.

This was just too easy.

Lay stood up and dusted some imaginary crumbs off his sparkling black pants. All the while dragging Tao up with him and facing Kris with a serious face, but still beholding a mischievous smile. "Tell us what it is?"

The next thing they knew, Kris had taken his warm hands out of his pants pockets and used his palms to shove at Lay and Tao's chests. Pushing them both forcefully onto the large king sized bed filled with throw cushions and dark coloured fleece blankets. A perfect arrangement alongside the darkness of the night covered up by the silky black curtains. Lay protested, trying to stand up as he looked at Tao, who was gazing back at him just as confused.

"Why are we..."

"Shhh..." Kris whispered as he softly planted a kiss on Lay's forehead. "Your medicine."

Tao shut his eyes, he tried to use his brain to think of how to respond to Kris at this precise moment, but all his thoughts had abandoned him as he found himself moaning helplessly when Kris gently pinched his left nipple through his shin muscle shirt.

"What were you expecting Tao?" Kris purred hungrily as he latched his lips onto Tao's sensitive and pale neck. "Walking around wearing a muscle shirt like that draping all the way down to your pectoral muscles, nearly show and expecting me to not suck on your skin? As if."

Tao groaned out a light release of sexual frustration as he turned towards his right and was faced with Lay. Who was staring up intently at Kris, slowly caressing Lay's biceps and moving to take the lead guitarist's tee off.

Lay shivered as the cold air in the room swallowed him whole with Kris' hot hands touching everywhere. From his naked upper body, all the way down to his torso. Threatening to rip his belt right off from his flesh as Lay tossed his head backwards; and wailed loudly after Kris slapped his left buttock.

Tao could stare at the sight in front of him with hooded eyes. He wasn't sure whether he wanted to join or if he was perfectly fine with just enjoying the show.

Kris had stalled Lay's stripping in the lower regions as he slowly got off the older boy and crawled to Tao's side. Eyes shimmering with pure seduction and carnal need as he pushed Tao forcefully down, hands gently teasing his clothed and soon-to-form erection; all the while gently nibbling on Tao's pink and softly hazed alcohol breath.

"I'm going to need you to be naked from the waist down..." Kris moaned sensually as he slowly stroked Tao's member at a painfully slow pace. "I want you to strip down your pants for me. Take off these tight pair of jeans until nothing but your hairless cock and perfectly sculpted legs are showing. I want you to gently stroke yourself up and down and oil your cock up with lube right under the mattress. Is that understood?"

Tao could only moan loudly and slightly nod his head as he struggled to understand Kris' instructions coherently. He watched with hooded eyelids as Kris got up from his slumping position over Tao and sauntered over to Lay. Who was now so drunk and turned on that the visible tent in his jeans was threatening to pop out the buttons. Kris smirked at the sight as he gave Lay's boner a playful squeeze. Earning a small cry of protest from the boy.

"Sex, drugs, and rock n' roll." Kris mused as he stripped off his black pants. Tao and Lay gawking hungrily at Kris' toned and skinny legs displayed right in front of him after the older boy had stripped. The tent visible in his boxers frighteningly scary as his lower region was stained with cum, had Kris fucked someone before them?

"That's what the Americans called it." Kris continued as he slowly hooked his thumbs onto the waistband of his shorts and started to pull them down. "The best way to forget everything and just let go of your inhibitions."

Tao and Lay lazily nodded as the two of them licked their lips at the same time, watching the delicious and toned male in front of them giving them the best show of their lives.

Kris obviously knew that Lay and Tao enjoyed what they were seeing. As he suddenly stopped his teasing and walked slowly over to the side of the mattress again, spreading his legs and sitting playfully on Lay's lap all the while hooking his left ankle right under Tao's thigh. The bass guitarist moaned at the contact.

"But we're going to do something just a little bit different..." Kris trailed on. "We don't need drugs, since the alcohol already got you two hammered. We don't need to rock n' roll, because that has already been dealt with in the past hour. But we do need..."

"Sex."

Lay shuddered beneath Kris' fingertips as he threw his head back and looked up at the ceiling, the impossible tightness in his jeans was becoming unbearably painful and Kris was not helping.

"Since you two are the lead guitarists...I'm assuming that your fingers are especially skilled, and skills like that should be put into good use."

Tao softly moaned as his eyes swam with lust, he had a slight idea of what Kris was suggesting.

"Handjobs." Kris had quietly whispered as he nibbled softly on Lay's jaw, while using his eyes to practically fuck Tao on his spot at the bed. Kris got up and softly shrugged off his suit and the rest of his boxers. With Tao mirroring Kris' movements, slightly dragging his tank top over his porcelain skin, locking eyes with Kris' figurine and never taking his eyes off the older boy.

Lay growled and practically torn his soon-to-become wet jeans from his groin, the slightly colder air compared to his original body temperature making him whimper out lowly. Kris smirked at Lay's sensitivity as he climbed onto the bed in front of Tao and Lay; forming a triangle shape with their tangled bodies.

Kris looked at the two incredibly young and lustful males in front of him. Both completely naked, whimpering out pleas of sexual demeans as they desperately wish for Kris to revive their throbbing hardness. The mere thought made Kris want to come powerfully on the spot. Their red, flushed bodies creating a nice and cool contrast against the dark blankets and drawn-out shaded curtains. Tao mewed at Kris' touch as he slowly gave Tao's cock an experimental stroke. All the while never taking his eyes of Lay's member.

"Lay." Kris snarled huskily as he attacked Lay's lips with his aggressive teeth, leaving slight bite marks behind.

"Lube up your hand and fucking put it on my cock and don't let go until I stain every inch of your hand with my release."

Lay groaned at Kris' dirty words. And the fact that the older boy had such a deep and powerful voice only made him that much horny.

He catched the bottle of lube Kris retrieved from the beside table successfully as Lay poured out a generous amount and squirted it into his hands. Rubbing it sensually within his palms and gripping Kris' cock with his long and warm finges.

Kris moaned slightly at the initial touch. He looked directly down at Tao's cock, and was greeted with a huge, purpling organ leaking with precum and displaying signs of dire need.

"Tell me to hand fuck you." Kris whispered against Tao's ears as he shifted slightly, still being able to be within Lay's reach. "Put your hands on Lay's cock and stroke him until he comes so hard all over my face."

Tao could only nod and groan out in frustration as he grabbed the lube that Lay had used, squeezing out a large amount onto his fingers and positioning his left hand directly on Lay's cock. Kris slapped Tao's hands away as he took some of the original lube on Tao's palm into his own and grinned. "Wouldn't want me to take you dry now would you?"

So the three of them continued on like that, with Kris at the initial tip of the triangle, slapping his hot hands forcefully up and down Tao's cock with Tao groaning out and shutting his eyes incredibly tight. Lay's hands were also doing wonders on Kris' cock as he almost came far too quickly without a warning. In the back of his mind, Kris smiled at the fact that he was able to make these two young boys realize their sexual capabilities this quickly.

Lay's hands flopped back and forth continuously. His wrists threatening to snap as he quickened up his pace when Tao turned his hands particularly to the right and allowed Lay to groan out at the foreign sensation. He wasn't used to being man-handled so hard and the fact that Tao may not even be drunk anymore and was doing all this to him on purpose only made his brain short circuit. He glanced at Kris' direction. The older male had his eyes screwed tight, teeth biting deliciously into his own lips as he moaned loudly whenever Lay twisted his wrists even harder. Kris had an iron grip on Tao's reddening cock, with Tao moaning out mercilessly whenever Kris would open his eyes and whisper dirty words into Tao's ears.

Lay was the first one to come undone under Tao's skilled fingers, with his head tossed back and neck veins popping forcefully into Kris' hazy view as he moaned out loudly and struggled to recompose himself. Kris felt his cock twitch and the insides of his body temporarily malfunction when Lay accidentally tickled his balls, the contact making him shudder and lose control. Shooting ropes and ropes of white semen all over Lay's chest in revenge with how Lay shot his load all over Kris' face only minutes ago.

Tao whimpered out slowly as Kris gently let go of Tao's cock and focused on stroking his own dick forcefully instead. Kris was determined the milk out the very last bits of his orgasm and fully ride out the sensation with Tao pouting in the corner. His dick bruising into a seductive red colour with hungry veins protruding out; Still unable to come and being as hard as ever.

Kris groaned out sensually as he stroked out the last bit of his orgasm with Lay watching hungrily by the side. He smirked when he saw Tao's bitter and pouty face, nose scrunched up into an adorable position as he protested at the lost contact.

"Don't worry Tao." Kris purred as he crawled up beside Tao once again on the bed, "I'm not done with you yet."

Shoving Tao forcefully down on the bed, Kris took Tao's purpling dick into his large right hand and gave it a playful squeeze. While slowly distancing his left middle finger down into Tao's entrance and finger fucking the poor boy as he forcefully stroked Tao's cock at the same time. Tao shut his eyes tight, lips quivering and hands absentmindedly grabbing into thin air as he tried to suppress his moans, not wanting to be too loud as the ministrations that Kris was performing on him is too dirty to even think about at this moment.

He arched his back, a perfect oval shape forming as Kris added a finger inside his entrance and pumped his cock even faster. Tao moaned loudly as Lay was kissing the plain air out of his lips and biting his cheek bones deliciously. Tao lost all control as he groaned out the loudest orgasm that he had ever fathomed in his entire life. Eyes closed tight and mouth panting out quick gasps of air, his dick going limp inside Kris' hands while shooting out streams of cum, staining Kris' naked chest mixed in with sweat and some of Lay's left over release.

Kris chuckled as he got up from the bed and watched the two university boys lying on the king size mattress, gasping for air and their wet, soaked bodies coating the black sheets with all of their left over glory. He grabbed his boxers and undershirt, tossing them on as he button up his suit and threw Tao's pants at the younger boy's face along with Lay's T-shirt.

"I'd say that the medicine I gave you guys worked well."

- - -

Kris was greeted with a not so pleasant sight when he guided Lay and Tao back into the performing band room. Baekhyun had a glum and guilty expression on his face while Chanyeol was staring intently at Kris. A tight frown plastered on his lips with his arms folded across his chest. Eyeing Kris' each and every move intensely with Lay and Tao by his side.

"Did you really need 30 minutes to give the two of them medicine?" Chanyeol snapped as he checked his watch, "It's almost mid-night, we should go."

"Not so fast." Kris side stepped as he walked closer to Chanyeol. With Baekhyun looking up in frightened eyes, glancing at Tao and Lay's direction. He wondered what Kris had done with them?

"Now as a keen musical observer..." Kris started, "I noticed that your drumming was a little bit off rhythm. Is that because of your soon-to-be broken cymbals or the fact that my gorgeous stare was distracting you?"

Chanyeol was taken back by Kris' comment as he faltered a little bit backwards in his stance and blushed a deep crimson red colour. He struggled to form a proper response before Kris growled out impatiently and dragged Chanyeol along the floor out of the room.

"Hey!" Chanyeol kicked and protested. "What do you think you're doing?!"

He watched with fierce eyes as Kris slammed the band room door behind him and led Chanyeol into a dark hallway. Chanyeol screamed and punched Kris' strong chest as he tried to run back and tackle down the older boy. "You fucking pervert!" He yelled loudly, "How dare you try and throat fuck Baekhyun! You're a fucking piece of-"

Kris got tired of Chanyeol's mindless accusations as he shoved Chanyeol onto a cold surface and slammed his lips forcefully onto Chanyeol's red lips. The younger gasped as he desperately tried to push Kris away, but with no avail as the older boy tightened his force on Chanyeol's waist and squeezed his hips painfully hard. Leaving red marks behind not too different from what he did to Baekhyun previously.

Chanyeol struggled against Kris' iron grip as he staggered backwards a little bit, and felt his back almost plummeted onto the ground when the cold surfaced doors opened. Kris had now shoved Chanyeol into the lower ground level elevator that was as big as a fancy public bathroom. Gripping Chanyeol's back so that the drummer wouldn't fall to the floor and pushing the boy against the warm elevator walls.

Chanyeol gasped the moment when he felt as if he was going to fall to the floor. With Kris taking this opportunity to shove his tongue deep inside the younger boy's throat. Almost gagging him as they tumbled towards the far side of the elevator. Chanyeol let go off Kris' shoulders after he regained support and grasped his hands tightly on the elevator handlebars. He was getting ready to prop his knee up and attack Kris when the older boy stepped back.

"Don't even think about it." Kris had snarled in a low voice, his teeth showing and eyes glimmering with raw desire as he looked Chanyeol up and down. The drummer's face was impossibly red, bruised with hints of Kris's feverish touches as his breathes came in and out with short gasps. Trying to breathe properly and regain his composure.

"You're a sick...monster...don't touch me." Chanyeol managed to quake out as he staggered backwards a little, hands fanning over his forehead and ruffling his curly hair.

Kris smiled. "Don't touch you? Please, Chanyeol. You've been secretly begging for me to touch you ever since the moment you laid your eyes on me."

Chanyeol shuddered as he looked up at Kris with questioning eyes, "What... what do you mean?"

"You noticed very well yourself that you're the only one I didn't compliment. Your drumming performance was terrible as you missed practically all the beats. And all the times you missed were the times when I was staring intently at you Chanyeol. You can deny it verbally all you want; but I know deep inside that you secretly want me."

"I... I..." Chanyeol whimpered as he closed his eyes and tried to shut Kris' voices away from his mind, "I don't..."

But much to Chanyeol's dismay, Kris only continued on talking. "You made it seem as if you were angry at Baekhyun because he agreed to have me throat fuck him. But the reality is, you were simply jealous. You were terribly, deeply, undoubtedly jealous that Baekhyun got his chance with me and you didn't yet."

Chanyeol opened his eyes and growled, his eyes swimming with a dangerous glint of aggression as he marched up to Kris and put his hands in between Kris' face against the elevator wall. "No I wasn't! Stop lying. First you throat fuck Baekhyun and hurt my boyfriend badly, and then you accuse me of wanting to have sex with you? No, I don't. I hate you and you're disgusting."

Kris smiled darkly, his facial features contorting into a mischievous grin as he calmly but firmly removed Chanyeol's hands away from the sides of his head. "You hate me hmm? Well, my dearest Chanyeol, you can tell that to me after you're screaming my name in pain."

"There is no way that you'll get your hands on me you filthy little--" Before Chanyeol could finish his sentence. Kris had got up from his relaxed state and shoved Chanyeol back onto the nearest elevator wall. He pushed Chanyeol's face forcefully on the carpeted wall filled with several picture frames on the side as he spanked Chanyeol's tight little arse. With Chanyeol groaning out at the delicious pain, tossing his head back when he realize that he was submitting to Kris.

"Wait, no-" He had protested before Kris held on tightly to Chanyeol's cheeks and sucked harshly the younger boy's lips. Kris' left hand remain frozen on Chanyeol's warm cheek bones as his right hands snaked their way down to Chanyeol's waist, and all the way down down down into Chanyeol's pants pockets...

"Aha." Chanyeol heard Kris mummer into their kiss when he slowly detached his lips from Kris' and looked down. Kris had taken out Chanyeol's drumsticks from his pocket.

"You still didn't answer my question from before Chanyeol." Kris smirked as he twirled the drumstick in his palm. "Did you mess up on the notes because of your terrible drum set that needs repair? Or because I was distracting you? Or maybe... was it because your drumsticks are not in the best condition hmm?"

The next thing Chanyeol heard, was a loud snap resonating throughout the entire elevator as Kris snapped his drumstick in half; pieces of chipped wood flying into the cold elevator air as the hollowness within Chanyeol's heart took over his thoughts.

"What the hell is wrong with you?!" Chanyeol screamed at the top of his lungs. "Why did you snap my drumsticks? Now I won't even have anything to--"

And for the nth time of the that evening, Kris had shut Chanyeol up again with his hungry and demanding kisses when he attacked Chanyeol's lips again. This time, Chanyeol was determined to not let Kris succeed as he screwed his lips tight into a firm line. Refusing to open them and let Kris claim his cavern no matter what Kris did.

But all that changed when Kris torn down Chanyeol's jeans with his skilled fingers, and gently probed the entrance of Chanyeol's butt with the rough end of the broken drumstick.

Chanyeol's eyes widened at the contact, and he couldn't help but moan out loud as Kris slowly shoved the broken end of the drumstick into Chanyeol's ass. He shut his eyes, the broken silvers along the drumsticks rough exterior brushing up against his tight and delicate hole. Chanyeol felt drops of liquid trickle down his lower buttock as he gasped and whimpered out mercilessly. Was that, was that...blood?

"Oh my..." Kris mused as he stopped inserting the drumstick into Chanyeol's wet heat. The broken end of the drumstick causing extreme friction and frustration inside Chanyeol's system as he struggled to shove Kris back, but all the energy was drained from his body

"You sure are sensitive." Kris cooed as he shoved the drumstick a little bit deeper into Chanyeol's ass. With Chanyeol arching his back and gasping out intensely when he realized that the entire half of the original instrumental tool was fully inside of him.

He whimpered in his mind. No, no, no... he had used this drumstick as his main source of creating music and entertainment. And now... now it was used for something so vulgar, so wrong...

He struggled to hold back tears as Kris tangled his fingers inside Chanyeol's wet heat, long and skilled digits worming the drumstick back and forth inside of him, occasionally hitting his prostate and allowing him to cry out even louder. The blood mixed in along with Kris' rough fingers didn't help Chanyeol's situation at all as he buckled up his hips. All previous feeling inside of his body gone when he felt the broken tool hit his spot one more time, before he came forcefully onto Kris' black suit; staining the older male's lower region as he panted vigorously and tried to regain his composure.

"How did that feel?" Kris bemused huskily against Chanyeol's lips, "Would you say that I have rhythm? I'd say that I formed a nice pattern shoving this useless piece of shit inside your ass. At least it came into good use for this. Since it certainly wasn't the best when you were playing."

Chanyeol shut his eyes and whimpered at Kris' touches, the older male pressed his palms further into Chanyeol's hips as he tried to escape once more. "So tell me Chanyeol, why don't we give you another chance and let you test your rhythmic abilities again hmm?"

Chanyeol could only shake his head forcefully against Kris' embrace as he desperately tried to squeeze out of Kris' reach. Kris frowned at Chanyeol's countless attempts at escaping before he rammed Chanyeol's face back onto the elevator wall once again.

"Stop resisting and just fucking obey me. Didn't Kyungsoo tell you that you have to do everything I say?" Kris snarled against Chanyeol's ears. The younger boy slightly shook as he looked into Kris' dangerous and lustful eyes, what was he thinking of doing with him now...

Kris released Chanyeol and torn off his pants in record time, the tent in his boxers showing visibly as Chanyeol stared at Kris up and down. He then took off his black jacket along with his tie before cornering Chanyeol on the wall again.

"I want you to ride me." Kris whispered hungrily against Chanyeol's ear. "I want you to ride me with rhythm, ride me while counting the beats inside your head before it takes me to come into your tight little arse. I want you to moan out the beats you're riding me with until the last bit of your orgasm milks dry. I want you to fucking ride me just like the drumming beats that you missed previously. Is that understood?"

Chanyeol could only whimper in a small face as tears threatened to form inside his eyes. He wasn't used to this type of intense dirty language; and the fact that Kris had laid down on the elevator floor with his purpling cock sprung up high, ready and waiting for Chanyeol to take, didn't really help his situation either.

"Oh silly Chanyeol." Kris smirked as Chanyeol was about to lower his bruised arse onto Kris' member after Kris had abused it with the broken instrument tool. "Do you honestly want to take me dry? After all that your gorgeous little arse has been through in the last while, you still want to over work it more?"

Chanyeol blushed, Kris had a point.

"Come here." Kris growled as he shoved Chanyeol's face down onto his aching member. "Lube it up, suck the plain air out of it until it's all wet and ready for you to ride with rhythm. And while you're at it, make sure to make me come so that extra fluid can be added when you're grinding your behind all over me."

Chanyeol could only nod slightly as Kris pushed his face even deeper down onto his cock. His pubic hair slightly tickling Chanyeol's nose as Chanyeol started to lick his lips sensually onto the older boy's member. Kris moaned at the initial contact. Chanyeol's mouth was just so wet and warm. Kris took complete control of the back of Chanyeol's neck and throat fucked the boy, maybe even more forcefully as what he did with Baekhyun. Chanyeol choked and made gagging noises in the back of his throat. The vibrations from his lips sending deep waves of pleasure into Kris' system. After about another 30 seconds of licking and harsh shoving, Kris came forcefully into Chanyeol's mouth. His cock being spent and turning into a slightly purple colour along with the wetness of his throbbing organ.

"Ready for you." Kris purred as he nibbled at Chanyeol's jaw; harshly flipping the younger boy around and tightly grabbing onto Chanyeol's porcelain hips now printed with Kris' harsh finger marks. He lowered Chanyeol's arse until it was situated right onto Kris' hard and wet cock, moaning loudly at the contact as Chanyeol shuddered above him, completely frozen and unaware of what he should do.

"Well, ride me." Kris growled out lustfully, "And don't forget to count to the beats of your song."

Chanyeol made some gentle whimpering noises in the back of his throat as he cleared his voice, and started to whisper out beats in a small voice. All the while pumping his arse up and down on Kris' cock.

Kris watched with hooded eyes as he listened to Chanyeol count each and every beat in a small and incredibly husky voice. Oh god he was so close.

"One, two, three four. Two, two, three four..." Chanyeol whispered out as Kris listened tentatively. Rocking his head slowly along to the beat.

"Three, two, three four..." Chanyeol whimpered out again as he rocked his hips at a steady but firm pace on top of Kris' member. With Kris getting slightly amused at the sight of his cock disappearing inside Chanyeol's arse every now and then; with drops of blood and liquid leaking out slowly from Chanyeol's hole.

He was getting impatient.

"Four, two, three, fou--" Chanyeol had cried out and tossed his head up with incredible pleasure when Kris got tired of the steady beat and decided, fuck it. I don't care about the stupid rhythm riding anymore. I want to fucking mark this gorgeous boy with my cock and make this the best ride of his life.

Kris grabbed on harshly to Chanyeol's hips. His stubby fingernails scratching alongside the other marks he left behind earlier as he thrusted in deep within Chanyeol's heat without warning. Chanyeol moaned at the incredible amount of pleasure he was receiving. He bounced his body on top of Kris, meeting the older boy's thrust half way as he arched his back against the cool night air. With Kris shoving his dick forcefully into Chanyeol one last time before they both came at the same time. Chanyeol milked out his orgasm and panting hoarsely within his parched throat. His load shooting up in the air, some landing on his chin, and some landing on Kris' face.

Kris' release however, was the biggest one that he had that night as his load soaked the insides of Chanyeol's insides continuously, the wet heat inside Chanyeol's walls constricting and contracting feverishly against his own dick. Doubling up the orgasmic pleasure for Kris when he came down from his midnight bliss.

"You...you didn't even let me showcase my rhythm." Chanyeol huffed against Kris' face when he fell down into the older boy's embrace. Face plastered against Kris' wet chest as he huffed out patches of hot air, trying to regain his composure.

"Doesn't matter." Kris smiled as he looked down at Chanyeol. "I know that you only missed your beats all those times before since I was pretty much eye fucking you while you were performing."

Chanyeol pouted his lips against Kris' chest as he looked up and stuck his tongue out. "Meanie."

- - -

By the time the two of them had gotten the elevator unstuck and retrieved back to the general band room, the clock already read 12:45 in the morning. Tao and Lay were lazily snoring in each other's embrace as Baekhyun struggled to put back Chanyeol's drum set into his instrument bag. Beads of sweat trickling down from his face as he walked back and forth, hands tucked in his pants pockets and looking deeply worried.

"Baekhyun." Kris coughed from his position leaning against the door. "Leaving so soon?"

"I..."

Baekhyun struggled to form a proper response as he looked at his boyfriend. Chanyeol had his face flushed a deep red colour with random splotches of white stains all over his shirt and pants. And wait, was he holding... a broken drumstick with dried blood?

His eyes widened at the realization as his throat suddenly got very dry.

"Yes..." Baekhyun managed to quake out in a small voice from his parched throat. "It's late, and uh... we should really get going."

"What's the rush?" Kris smirked as he eyed Lay and Tao snuggling with each other on the couch. "It's late and your manager has already gone home. Might as well just spend the night here."

"Wait... how do you know that Joonmyun went home?" Chanyeol piped up from his position beside Kris.

Kris chuckled lowly, "He had to, Kyungsoo went home already."

Now it was Chanyeol's turn to widen his eyes.

Kris walked up to Baekhyun, all the while holding Chanyeol's warm fingers in his other hand and dragging the couple onto the white leather sofa beside Lay and Tao. The two guitarists shifted uncomfortably from their original cozy positions when extra weight was added beside them. Kris planted a small kiss each on Baekhyun and Chanyeol's foreheads before he bought them closer together into his embrace. With Baekhyun and Chanyeol lying together on his left side; and Lay and Tao lying together on his right side.

"You boys truly are invincible." Kris mused as he looked at a dazed Baekhyun softly nibbling on Chanyeol's lips. "You survived my initial sex-drive test."

Chanyeol could only grin and smirk against Baekhyun's lips when he realized that there was more sexual pleasures with Kris to come in the future.

- - -

a/n:

; oh my god never again am I writing a pwp fic this intense,
seriously i apologize if some of the graphic things i mentioned
were really disturbing =__="
; this fic originally started out as an orgy fic, but I decided to
separate it because writing about 5 people fucking at once can
get really random and messy,,,
; hope you enjoyed and please leave a comment!

[EXO: Kriscentric: PWP] Invincible (1/2)

vindicatexo — Tue, 03 Jul 2012 00:07:26 GMT

note: this fanfic was mainly inspired by the photo above

He had been warned many times previously that delving into the business and economics industry practically defined the word 'boring.'

And Kris Wu couldn't agree more.

Every single day it was meeting after meeting, call after call. Cocktails parties after another lined up alongside gala shows, events, dinner meetups and charity fundraisers. Living the rich life maybe extravagant yes, but Kris never found himself truly satisfied with anything except the amount of money he possessed in his various bank accounts.

He had his fair share of sexual encounters and partnerships throughout this life. Most of his relationships not lasting for more than a week as the countless numbers of males and females who threw themselves at him weren't enough to sustain his secret sexual desires and pleads. He has never been able to fully appreciate anyone in terms of sexual demeans, simply because no one he had ever encountered could surpass his level of 'prestige' when it comes to erotica and night life.

Still though, Kris Wu didn't let that bring his guard down. He's skipped more than enough business meetings and gala dinners to attend all the local clubs within his reach. He has countless numbers of wigs and disguises embedded through cheap, punk clothing that he could wear in order to hide his true identity. But no matter how much Kris tried to escape his office life and dive into the real world, he was never pleased after an one night stand inside his mansion with the disgustingly filthy boy or girl strippers. Or sometimes, even groupies that he bought home. They tore away his sense of dignity, yes. But that is precisely the reason why Kris was bothered so much. He maybe an erotic sex addict living in a businessman lavish life, but he still preferred to keep some of his class intact. Whether it was during night life partying or not.

On a particularly rainy Thursday night, Kris ditched his usual night life disguises and headed to a normal bar instead. He was pleasantly surprised to find his fellow coworker, Jongdae, there. All by himself and sitting at the counter, casually sipping a low-alcohol content martini.

And so he sat down, with bitter thoughts of work and business life swimming inside his head as Jongdae wouldn't shut up and stop talking about work. Work, work, work. Kris hated that word, even if he wasn't out in the real night clubs partying at the moment, he still wanted to think about relatively nothing as he sipped his vodka.

Kris cleared his throat. "Kmmm, whoa Jongdae slow down, can we, just... not talk about work anymore? I sort of came here to get away from it."

Jongdae raised his eyebrows in skepticism. "Get away from work? At a place like this? Kris this bar is practically owned by our company. If you really didn't want to talk about work then why don't you head down to 'Chaos'? I heard that they got a new DJ. Minseok wants to check it out sometime."

He rolled his eyes. Much different from himself, Jongdae has been in a committed relationship with Minseok for about 4 years now. The two of them are basically the talk of all business world philanthropists as their successes are based off of each other. Kris initially thought that he might be jealous of Jongdae's love life, but he quickly brushed those thoughts away when he realized that Jongdae can't grind up against chicks with huge tits at clubs since Minseok had the tendency to get jealous easily.

"I don't know." Kris muttered as he swirled the forest-green coloured olive in his drink. "Lately, going to all those night clubs have been so boring for me. It's always the same. No matter what disguises I use, I always end up taking filthy prostitutes and groupies home."

Jongdae chuckled as he casually stirred the cherry in his drink.

Kris continued on. "And then Kyungsoo has to shoo all the hookers out in the morning. It's a pain in the ass since he's the best housekeeper I've ever had in 5 years, and I swear to god he's going to quit on me soon if I keep making him see all these naked people and sex toys littered all around the upper floor."

"Maybe..." Jongdae pondered as he scratched his head. "You could try going to in a committed relationship? At least for a little while? Find someone who loves sex just as much as you do. And it would be even better if the person worked at our building. I mean, have you seen the number of males and females that check you out every morning when you show up in a new snazzy suit? I swear your admirers just keep tripling everyday. Shouldn't be too hard to find someone."

Kris groaned. "Jongdae I'm nothing like you. The longest relationship I had was for a week. And at that time, it was the same week with three different people; two of them being male."

Jongdae shrugged. "Then I don't know, guess you're going to have to resort to going to those clubs and fucking random hookers desperately every night."

Kris sighed, even his sex life was starting to be boring. Working in the business world could literally drown out all of your ambitions in life.

The two of them sat in a comfortable silence as alternative music gently rocked in the background. Jongdae swivelled his hips every now and then, moving to the beat of the music as he ordered another glass of martini.

"Oh I got it." Jongdae suddenly piped up. "Maybe you just need to experiment with different groups of people when it comes to sex. You always get the hookers and the prostitutes, and the occasional rich businessman or woman that you find at a charity event to fuck. Perhaps you can try someone in another occupation, or someone that is not really within our world. You know, middle-class business people, social workers... or maybe even university kids. People not within your age group."

Kris raised his eyebrows. Middle-class business men and... did Jongdae say university kids? He himself is fucking at twenty-five years of age. Why the hell would he want to go fuck some random eighteen or nineteen year old university kids.

So he simply replied with, "Are you fucking serious."

Jongdae shrugged his shoulders. "Doesn't hurt to try. I mean you practically slept with everyone possible within the business and stripper world and they're not enough. The actual hookers who have the most experience with sex don't even satisfy you. Maybe you should find someone who's below your level, so you can teach them a few things. You know, give instead of get."

Kris just stared dumbly at Jongdae's back as he excused himself for a phone call and started walking towards the restrooms. Cell phone in hand and saying sweet, lustful words to Minseok on the other line, his martini class still lingering within his flushed, red fingers.

- - -

When he returned home, Kris was faced with a very suspicious looking Kyungsoo as he breathed a sign of relief and detached his pink oven mitts from his hands. "What? No hookers, prostitues, groupies, or desperately-in-love-with-you business people today?"

Kris softly shook his head and sighed, heading upstairs to his master bedroom and shut the door.

Kyungsoo frowned. Sure, he liked having peace and quiet in the mansion for once, but this behaviour was oddly strange for Kris, and he didn't exactly like it.

Kris torn down his sequinned black suit and slipped into his burgundy faux-fur bathrobe, along with his Louis Vuitton signature collection spring slippers as he plopped down on his love seat and switched the TV on. He flipped through the channels mindlessly, eyes glued onto the countless number of movies and random films displayed across the screen. Occasionally stopping at all the business-rated channels talking about ways of self-improvement and earning more money. It was well over 5 minutes of constant channel flipping before Kris' eyes landed on something interesting.

It was a band, made up of four teenage looking boys as they played at a local university campus. With string lights littered around the trees and casual drinks scattered around picnic tables. Their music could be classified as 'punk rock' as the lead vocalist sang a couple of lines into the microphone every now and then. With the lead guitarist pumping up his fists in preparation for his solo and the drummer shaking his head roughly on adrenaline. The crowd's cheers blocking out the actual music over the loud speaker system.

He continued to listen, eyes unable to leave the large TV screen as the band slowly finished off their third song, and shouted into the crowd with countless number of teenagers screaming back just as loudly. Kris squinted his eyes at the back of the drummer's drum set; There was a neon hanging light sign, similar to the ones that he's seen at every single night club. With huge obnoxious neon lettering and dying light bulbs. The sign read "Fourescent".

Jongdae advice echoed back inside his head as Kris shot up from his chair and grabbed his cell phone; all the while making mental calculations and arrangements inside his head.

- - -

"Great gig tonight!" The members of Fourescent turned around as their manager, Joonmyeon, emerged from the wavering crowd and walked up onto the stage. "Your first demo cd was so successful that I was even able to get a local TV station here tonight and record your show! Nice progress for a relatively new band, great work guys."

Lay smiled at their manager. The older boy was only ahead of them in the university by two years; but he had agreed not too ago to manage their four man band and take care of the business endeavours. The band of course, was very pleased with their progress ever since Joonmyeon agreed. Since the older boy was so organized and punctual about all the technical stuff.

"No, thank you." Baekhyun grinned as he showed his million-dollar smile. "We wouldn't have gotten this gig without you."

Joonmyeon laughed. "Well I'm glad you did, because I was just approached by a student from a fellow university 20 minutes ago, telling me to tell you guys that they would like you to play at Pangchoeok University five blocks down the street next Thursday night, you guys up for it?"

Chanyeol laughed as he opened a can of beer, spraying the liquid all over his boyfriend's leather jacket as Baekhyun whined and lightly punched Chanyeol on the bicep. "Hell yes we're up for it! It's nice to play for university kids since it could possibly raise our reputation around campus."

Joonmyeon smiled. "Well not only that, but guess who's going to be at the show next Thursday all the way from across the wor-lddddd?"

Lay's ears perked up as he gasped. "No... no... no! It can't be!"

"That's right!" Joonmyeon chuckled as he patted Lay on the back. "Luhan is coming back all the way from China next week just to see you play guitar Lay!"

Tao hooted, his perfect shining black orbs radiating alongside the neon string lights as he smirked and slapped Lay's head. "Snap out of it, your boyfriend all the way from China is coming back after 3 months and you're just standing here gaping? Go call him already."

Lay nodded profusely as he dug his phone out of his pants pocket and excused himself back to the dorm. Dialling furiously on his phone until he couldn't be seen anymore

Joonmyeon and Tao descended into the crowd as they joined in on the breakdancing circle near the lake, with several dance club members on campus littered around and pumping their fists in rhythm to the music. It was only then, that Chanyeol realized that him and Baekhyun were alone on the stage.

"Well..." Baekhyun purred as he crawled up to Chanyeol's side and nibbled on his jaw. "It's a Thursday night and we're left alone, what do you propose that we do?"

Chanyeol turned to face Baekhyun, a blank expression decorating his face all the while staring into Baekhyun's dark and lustful eyes. He growled lowly.

"Oh I'm going to tell you what we're going to do." Chanyeol said as he dragged Baekhyun up from where they were sitting. Heading to the direction of the parking lot, never letting his lips becoming detached from Baekhyun's as the two settled in on the passenger's seat and fucked desperately in their car until dawn, forgetting all about their early Friday morning classes.

- - -

Baekhyun frowned as he walked away from his microphone stand, lyrics booklet still in hand as he approached the source of the argument across Pangchoeok University's main campus road.

"No! Joonmyeon, I refuse! There is absolutely no way that I'm ditching this gig to go to another stupid one. Tonight is Luhan's first night back in Seoul after 3 months and I want to play for him at the show. I am not leaving this gig."

Joonmyeon sighed in extreme exasperation as he ran his fingers through his light brown hair, all the while checking phone messages on his blackberry. "No, no Lay I get your point. I want you guys to play at this gig too. Since it would be nice to be introduced to this university. But I'm afraid that there is no possible way for me to cancel this new gig. It's extremely important and the organizer who asked me to invite you guys personally reiterated the fact that you guys must attend."

Lay rolled his eyes. "Well then just tell the organizer that we can't make it! I don't care how important this new gig is, I'm staying here for Luhan. Besides, it's already 8. The show is going to start around 2 hours. No point leaving now."

Joonmyeon held up his hand and excused himself as he went to answer his phone by the public washroom stalls.

Baekhyun walked up to Lay and ruffled the older boy's luscious locks. "What was that all about?"

"Fuck if I knew." Lay huffed as he sat down on the pavement dejectedly, his electric guitar clanking against the hard ground. "I was just tuning my guitar and getting ready to go meet up with Luhan in an hour when Joonmyeon told me to pack up since this gig is cancelled."

Baekhyun scratched his head. Joonmyeon was the most responsible senior student they know, he wouldn't just make them quit a gig that he received for no good reason.

"Did he say why?" Baekhyun asked worriedly.

Lay hummed at the back of his throat. "Yeah he did. He mentioned that the request was arranged by this rich guy driving a ferrari wearing all black. And that his name was Oh Sehun or something... I didn't really hear. But apparently this Sehun guy works for one of the most prestigious business companies in Seoul and his boss wants us to play for him."

Baekhyun almost choked on his own spit when he heard the last words. "Prestigious business company? Asking for us to play? Dude we're like an unknown punk rock band that formed 3 months ago with one demo cd, are you sure that you heard right?"

Lay shrugged. "Well that's what Joonmyeon told me. Ugh, listen, I'm going to go get a drink. This whole entire thing is so stupid."

Baekhyun watched Lay walk away as he strolled to the back of the stage and told Tao and Chanyeol the news. The two boys' eyes widened to the size of saucers when they heard the exact same thing that Lay had told Baekhyun not too ago.

It was 8:21 when the four of them gathered back at the stage with beer cans in hand, and a very excited looking Joonmyeon finishing up a long-ass chat on his phone.

Lay crossed his arms over his chest. Only half an hour until Luhan gets here and there is no way that he's leaving this gig to play for some stupid rich guy.

"Boys... I have good news. No, scratch that. I have extremely good news."

Tao cocked his head as he nudged Chanyeol. "Oh is it a new drum set? Chanyeol's rack mounted toms and hi hat cymbals could sure use some repairs."

Joonmyeon shook his head as he squatted Tao's head away from his shoulder. "No, it's something even better. I just got off the phone with the Oh Sehun fellow. Guess how much money his boss is offering for you guys to play?"

Baekhyun raised his eyebrows, he was still having difficulty believing this whole entire thing.

"How much?!" Chanyeol asked eagerly as he pounced up and down, eager to find out.

Lay snorted and punched Chanyeol on the shoulder. "Yah Chanyeol! Forget it. There is no way that I'm going to this gig no matter how much mon-"

"100,000 dollars." Joonmyeon said as he grinned at the boys.

Tao screamed. His shrill cry bouncing off the entire foreign campus as Baekhyun quickly clamped his right hand over Tao's mouth, telling him to shut up with Joonmyeon looking around and whispering "sorry" to any passing bystanders who had heard.

"100,000 DOLLARS???!!!!!" Chanyeol screeched just as loudly as Tao. "Then what the fuck are we doing here?! Let's go!"

Chanyeol rushed to the stage, packing up his entire drum kit and shoving his drum sticks deep within his messager bag as he mentioned for Tao to pack up the guitar amplifiers as well as Baekhyun's microphone stand.

Baekhyun sighed and looked towards Lay. The older boy stood beside Joonmyeon, a sad and desperate look decorating his face as Joonmyeon calmly explained that him and Luhan can reschedule for another time. Since this gig was too important to pass by.

Lay eventually gave in and dialed Luhan's number, with slight tears decorating his face as the soft and understanding Luhan calmly reassured Lay that it's okay. They can always get together the next day anyways. Around 8:37, the band was ready to go.

So they travelled along the highway to the given address; with a gloomy Lay sitting in the passenger seat. Joonmyeon driving happily as he chatted with Lay, trying to cheer him up. And Tao, Baekhyun, and Chanyeol sitting in the backseat of their 'Fourescent' band van clattering along the night roads with their musical instruments; Baekhyun could only hope that this gig was worth it.

- - -

The five of them had arrived promptly around 9:00 pm. With a slightly shorter male opening the door for them wearing a snazzy black suit, smiling as he mentioned for them to come in.

"Welcome to the Wu Estate. I'm D.O Kyungsoo, Mr. Wu's personal caretaker and assistant. I assume that Sehun was the one that your manager spoke to on the phone?"

The four band members just looked to Joonmyeon dumbly as their senior manager stared at Kyungsoo's big brown eyes in awe.

Tao nudged Joonmyeon in the ribs.

"Kmm...uh...yes." Joonmyeon stammered as he struggled to keep his composure together. Looking down at his shoe as a slight blush formed onto his cheeks.

Chanyeol just smirked, their manager was usually so casual and put together. Leave it to this Kyungsoo guy to make him crack within 2 seconds of meeting him.

"Great!" Kyungsoo beamed as he dusted some particles off a golden brooch embroidered with the letter 'W' on this chest. "Please follow me."

Kyungsoo led them downstairs, into a huge dining hall filled with luxurious flowers and crystal decorations all around. The entire lower floor contained glass walls and sparkling ornaments, displayed neatly all around each and every crevasse within the dining hall.

The five of them could only gape in awe as they never took their eyes off the thousands of portraits arranged all across the walls.

Joonmyeon cleared his throat as he blushed and lightly tapped Kyungsoo on the shoulder. "Excuse me ummmm...are the walls in this floor all see-through or...?"

Kyungsoo smiled, his perfect row of teeth showing and the sides of his eyes crinkling as he straightened his composure. "Oh no, all the class made in this mansion are from advanced poly-fibre technology glass. We are able to see anything everything outside, but no one outside can see anything inside."

Joonmyeon nodded his head, this whole entire mansion must have cost a fortune.

"I also have a question." Lay murmured quietly as he spoke up. "When will this gig end approximately? Today is a Thursday night; and unfortunately for me, I have a class at the early A.M tomorrow."

Tao rolled his eyes, they had the day off from school tomorrow. Otherwise how the hell was Lay suppose to spend the night with Luhan anyways. The lead guitarist is probably just sour because he had to ditch Luhan for this gig and is eager to finish so he can go back to Luhan's apartment.

But Kyungsoo didn't notice the lie, as he smiled once again and scratched his head. "I'm sorry, but I can't really say. This gig will end when Mr. Wu says that it ends, nothing you guys do tonight will be up for negotiations unless it's appropriate in terms of masters wishes."

Lay frowned, that wasn't the reply that he was looking for.

"Oh and I should also mention something else." Kyungsoo piped up as he led the group to another room right around the corner of the dining hall. "Because Mr. Wu paid you guys so much money for this gig, you are obliged to do anything he says. Whatever song he wants you to play, you shall play it. If he wants to listen to any solo performances, you shall perform it. And lastly, don't hesitate to help yourself to the bar if you get thirsty."

The band nodded as they looked around their new environment, an empty stage was set up for them with massive movie lights hanging from above. A entire camera set was just around the corner, with a single cream coloured luxurious sofa right in the centre of the room behind a counter filled with arrays of expensive looking wine and shot glasses.

"As for you...." Kyungsoo said when he looked to Joonmyeon. "Mr. Wu has arranged a special gift for you up on the balcony. Just take the elevator around the ballroom and head up 5 stories before you open the door. Sehun will be waiting for you there with papers and legal documents to sign regarding this performance."

Joonmyeon nodded as he followed Kyungsoo's directions and headed up the stairs.

"Okay right now it is 9:27, you boys have around half a hour to set up before Mr. Wu comes down. Enjoy and see you guys when you're done." Kyungsoo waved as he shut the marble wood door behind him, a soft click resonating throughout the entire room in the boy's utter silence.

The four of them sat in silence on the stage, until Baekhyun finally spoke up.

"Well I suppose this is way more private and boring than the university gig. But we're already in this extremely expensive mansion playing for 100,000 dollars. So why don't we just get this over with and do our best?"

Chanyeol and Tao hummed in agreeance as they got up and starting unpacking their instruments.

Lay continued to sit on the stage, arms crossed over his chest as he scowled and mumbled "money-bribing bastard" and slowly started tuning his fender.

The four of them started practicing and adjusting to their new band room by playing their main demo song "Invincible" at least two times before Baekhyun walked over to the bar and took a swig of red wine. Complaining that his throat was parched as they should just wait before practicing more.

The large, golden marbleized carved clock read 10:15 when the four of them have already drank up well over a half of all the wine on the counter. Lay's cheeks were looking a bit flushed as he strummed his notes from their lead song and walked around the stage aimlessly.

"Where is he?" Tao snapped as he adjusted his bass strap. "We've been for waiting for almost 20 minutes now. I don't care how much we're getting paid, this is stupid."

"Well you know what they say." Chanyeol said as he slammed down his drumsticks on the ride cymbal. "Rich people always like to be late."

"I wouldn't say always." A voice sounded from the marble wood door as the four boys turned their heads and looked at the source of the voice.

It was Mr. Wu.

And he was possibly the most handsome thing the four of them had ever seen.

- - -

Chanyeol gaped as he scanned his eyes all over Mr. Wu's body. And he knew darn well that all of his bandmates were doing the exact same thing at this precise moment. The man didn't look too old, maybe only in his early or mid-20's. He was wearing a black carbon suit with silver sequined accents dotted around the collars and glistening gold buttons propped up within the cinching waist. His hair was styled neatly, a light brown colour with a messy fringe swooping down around the left side of his forehead. Chanyeol thought that it reminded him an awful lot of Leonardo DeCaprio's hair in the modern version of the Romeo & Juliette movie that he watched in World Literature class. Except, Mr. Wu's features were far more prominent than Leonardo's, and even Chanyeol hated to say that since he thought that Leonardo was awfully handsome. Mr. Wu had a pointy nose for an asian male, with sharp cheekbones and porcelain white skin. His lips looked soft and pink, with hints of a smirk lingering as he caught Chanyeol's gaze and... wait, was that a wink? Chanyeol dipped his head down and blushed furiously as he fiddled with the two drumsticks in his hands.

He look at his bandmates, Tao was just as obvious as himself while gazing lovingly at Mr. Wu. Chanyeol swore to god he saw hints of drool along Tao's lips. Lay was nonetheless, not impressed as he looked at Mr. Wu with a sour expression, but his eyes wandered in awe when the older businessman ruffled his own gelled hair and walked around the bar. Lastly Chanyeol turned his attention to Baekhyun. The lead singer was looking at Mr. Wu as if he's a Calvin Klein model wearing the new spring collection clothes that Chanyeol knew his boyfriend desperately wanted. The fact that Baekhyun was looking another man so lovingly should have bothered Chanyeol; but it really didn't because hey, he was looking too.

Mr. Wu smiled, his perfect array of teeth glistening by the stage lights as he poured himself a tall glass of wine and walked up to the microphone stand. Only inches away from Baekhyun's face as he gazed in Baekhyun's eyes. The lead singer gulped, tiny droplets of sweat forming alongside his forehead as he backed up into Lay.

"So nice of you boys to join me today at this fine hour, no? Please, don't be shy. Introduce yourselves."

Chanyeol gasped again, his voice, his voice...

It was possibly the sexiest thing he's ever heard in his entire life.

And he knew that his bandmates had to agree with the way that they all literally dropped their instruments when Mr. Wu spoke up. A gentle smirk playing on his face as he casually bought up the wine glass to his lips and softly took a swig.

Chanyeol cursed inside his mind because goddamnit, the lip mark that Mr. Wu left on the brim of the glass gave it away. The man was fucking wearing light pink lipstick.

Lay nudged Baekhyun up to the microphone stand. The band had agreed long before that their game plan was that the lead singer would always introduce himself first. Since he was in charge of the microphone anyways.

"Ummm....yes..." Baekhyun stammered as he stumbled within the microphone stand wires and gently tumbled to his left foot. Struggling to regain his composure as he shifted slightly and bought up the microphone to his crackling throat. "Hi...uh..Mr. Wu. My name is Byun Baekhyun and I'm the lead singer of our band, 'Fourescent."

Mr. Wu nodded as he took another small swig from his wine glass. "Pleasure to meet you Byun Baekhyun. But please, call me Kris. Oh and by the way, I like the way you did your black eyeliner, it's very eye-catching and noticeable."

Baekhyun made a croaking noise at the back of his throat as he blushed and mumbled a quiet "thanks". Chanyeol frowned slightly, he had complimented his boyfriend's eyeliner pretty much every time they had a gig. And every time Baekhyun would just pout and shoo him off. But when Kris did it, he was blushing?

Kris nodded at Baekhyun as his eyes landed on Lay. "And you are...?" He asked.

Lay snapped out of his gaze. "Oh...uh..I'm Zhang Yixing. But you can just call me Lay for short. I'm the electric guitarist and sub vocals."

"Interesting..." Kris mused as he scanned Lay's body up and down with hungry eyes. "A nice name you have there, Lay. And also a nice guitar."

Chanyeol made a small gasp at the back of his throat as he watched Lay blush. The only time that he has ever done so in three months ever since Luhan had made him before.

Tao coughed from his position as Lay gently nudged Tao, snapping Chanyeol out of his thoughts. "I'm Huang Zitao. But calling me Tao is fine. I play bass."

Kris smiled, his perfect little pearly teeth showing as he put the wine glass down. "Ah, Tao. A fellow Chinese I presume? Nice to meet you. I like the silvery skull on your left thigh, suits your personality."

Tao smiled slightly as he shyly whispered a "thank you."

Kris then slowly turned his head towards Chanyeol's direction. Raising a slight eyebrow at the only boy who was almost the same height as him. He leaned forward a little bit, staring straight into Chanyeol's eyes.

"And...I presume that you're the drummer?"

Chanyeol nodded slightly as he nervously rolled the two wooden drumsticks in his fingers.

"Name?"

"Park Chanyeol. But you can just call me... yeah... Chanyeol."

Kris nodded curtly as he leaned forward and poured some more wine into his glass. Chanyeol frowned when he realized that he was the only one Kris didn't compliment.

"So... you boys only formed 3 months ago and you already have a demo cd and some small gigs? That's quite successful, in my opinion."

Tao blushed as he struggled to form a proper reply. "Yes... Kris. And here we are playing for you, which is quite impressive too."

Baekhyun just stared at his bandmate. Tao was the only single one out of their group, was he honestly flirting with Kris at a time like this?

But Kris didn't seem phased as he smirked at Tao's comment, shifting back in his white leather sofa and propping up his foot up by a nearby cushioned red velvet stool. "So, what are your boys' hit songs?"

Lay coughed, "Uh...our cover song 'Invincible' is definitely the most popular. Oh and then there's also 'Soft November Snow.' Another popular one would be 'Undisclosed Wishes'..."

"Enough." Kris said as he held his hand up and smiled softly at Lay. "I want you boys to play your top 6 most famous songs in descending order. Which means that you should play your most popular song, 'Invincible' last. Don't take any breaks in the between the songs until you're fully done. Understand?"

The boys nodded, even though Kris' request was a bit odd, they were obliged to do anything that the businessman said; and so they agreed and decided to get into the song playing.

Chanyeol shifted nervously as he pretty much mishit his fourth note of the evening, and they only finished performing their second song. He struggled to perform properly and hit within the songs beats but it was so hard to concentrate with Kris staring intently at him. When he locked gaze with the older man and then quickly looked away to observe his teammates, the rest of the members were engrossed in the music and didn't pay attention to Kris. Which didn't seem to bother Kris at all since he was only staring intensely at Chanyeol. Occasionally bringing up wine glass up to his lips and gently taking a sip every now and then.

Chanyeol's throat felt parched and dry as he almost forget the notes that he's suppose to play. His eyebrows furrowing into a deep, worrisome line and nose scrunching up into an uncomfortable position. Please hurry up and finish these 6 songs; Chanyeol thought to himself as he tried closing his eyes and nodding his head to the beat of the music instead of focusing his peripheral vision and thoughts on Kris.

"Cause' baby I know that I'm... invincible..."
"And all the times when you told me... to go..."
"I just walked away and didn't even... look back..."
"Cause I'm in...in...in... invincible."

Chanyeol breathed a sign of relief as he opened his eyes and slowly looked around the room. They had finally finished performing their last song and his hands were aching. He snaked a look at his boyfriend; Baekhyun was panting tiredly, his glassy eyes fixed upon the wine glasses as he swallowed down some of his spit. Trying to repair his parched and hoarse throat from all the singing. Zitao's fingernails were tinted a slight purple colour as the younger boy winced and re-wrapped some the bandages that has fallen off. Lay was the only one out of the four of them that seemed relatively okay, but he was still sweating extremely, to say in the least.

The golden clock read 10:57pm.

Kris coughed and stood up. With the members of Fourescent focusing their eyes upon Kris' every move as the older male walked up to the counter and poured three wine glasses full of liquid. Taking two in his left hand and one more in his right hand, he passed the three wine glasses to Lay, Tao, and finally, Chanyeol.

Baekhyun just stared at the wine glasses dumbly and frowned.

"Um...excuse me... Mr. Wu. But could I also have a glass as well?"

Kris smiled, his full row of teeth showing as he walked around Baekhyun and leaned awfully close to the lead singer's neck. "I haven't forgotten about you, Baekhyun-ah. I presume that the lead singer is probably the most worn out, right? So I got Kyungsoo to prepare an extra drink for you upstairs, come with me."

Baekhyun nodded eagerly and was about to follow Kris when Tao dropped his glass on the counter and frowned. "Wait... Kris... what are we suppose to do? Just wait here?"

Kris gently stroked the golden 'W' brooch on his expensive suit as he replied. "You can do whatever you want, as long as you stay in this room. Help yourself to the drinks, I'll be back with Baekhyun in about 15 minutes."

Lay and Tao nodded eagerly as they rushed up to the bar and started mixing different concoctions and drinks. Chanyeol could only frown as he slumped even lower in his drummer's seat. He had a bad feeling about what Kris was going to do with Baekhyun.

- - -

Kris had led Baekhyun upstairs, into a lavish master sized bedroom as he softly shut the door behind him and locked the silver handle. A loud click bounced off from the coffee coloured walls.

Baekhyun turned around as he came face-to-face with a hungry and lustful looking Kris. His eyes filled to the brim with a dangerous, dark shadow as he took off his black sequinned collared jacket and walked up to the Baekhyun in the left side of the room. Cornering the lead singer in his embrace.

Baekhyun shifted nervously as he looked down and tried to avoid Kris' piercing gaze. What was happening?

When shifted his hands down to Baekhyun's hips, digging his skilled and long fingers into his hot and burning flesh. Baekhyun took a step back and gently shoved at Kris' shoulders.

"Mr. Wu... what are you... what are you..." Baekhyun had croaked before Kris sighed and stared at Baekhyun dead straight in the eye, all the while humming lowly and gently rubbing his big, and warm palm over Baekhyun's lower region.

"Didn't you say you were... thirsty? Baekhyun-ah?"

Baekhyun could only shake and nod his head slowly as Kris took this as a cue to lift his right hand up and softly stroke along Baekhyun's sharp jawline. "Well then..." Kris cooed as he smirked. "Allow me to... satisfy your thirst."

Baekhyun was trembling now, breathing in and out hot little gasps as he shifted his neck and looked at Kris in the eye. His own gaze unsure and scared as he soft murmured out: "What...what do you mean..."

Kris shoved Baekhyun forcefully against the wall as he started devouring the lead singer's lips. Hands grasping harshly onto Baekhyun's skinny hips and pressing in forcefully against Baekhyun's sides. He roughly snaked his wet tongue in and swirled around Baekhyun's hot cavern. Teeth clanking and beads of sweat dropping down as Baekhyun desperately tried to pull away, but failed as Kris tightened his iron grip on Baekhyun's hips and left the younger boy whimpering out small gasps as he tightly shut his eyes and tried to breathe after Kris practically sucked the plain air out of him.

Kris panted as he struggled to stand up, leaning against the wall as he ran his fingers through his gelled hair. "Jesus christ, you're a good kisser. Do you have boyfriend?"

Baekhyun could only blush as he shifted nervously and looked at Kris in the eye. "Yes... yeah I do."

Kris smirked, so he had been right with his predictions, this should make everything ten times more enjoyable.

"Perfectttt." Kris cooed as he moved from his position on the wall and cornered Baekhyun once again, "Now... are you still thirsty?"

Baekhyun nodded shyly as he slipped away from under Kris' arms and walked to the door. "May I have a drink now?"

"Yes." Kris smiled as he walked up to the door and stood in front of Baekhyun; "But there is no need to leave this room, your drink is right here."

Baekhyun frowned as he gazed at Kris' sharp features. "Right here? I don't understand... this is... this is a bedroom."

"Exactly." Kris whispered as he gazed hungrily into Baekhyun's eyes, while walking up and shoving the younger boy up against the cold closet door. "Your drink, is right here. In this bedroom."

Baekhyun looked at Kris with a dazed expression as he came into a shocking realization. "No...no... I can't...no..."

But it was too late. Kris had pushed Baekhyun's face down to his knees, while unbuckling his expensive Calvin Klein belt and dropping down his boxers. Pants pooling around his ankles as Baekhyun stared up at Kris with unsure and scared eyes. Kris merely smirked as he twisted his hot fingers into Baekhyun's hair and pulled on it roughly.

"Suck, and suck it until you are satisfied and no longer thirsty. I want you to suck this until you milk it dry and you can never drink semen ever again because I filled you to the brim."

Baekhyun choked back a tear at Kris' dirty words. He was just about to protest and run away when Kris tightened his grip in Baekhyun's brown hair even more roughly than before. Pushing the lead singer's lips even closer to his aching and purpling cock. "I said suck." He growled hungrily.

Baekhyun had no choice but to obey as he slowly took Kris' six inch penis into his mouth and give it a small, experimental lick. With Kris moaning out loudly and throwing his head back against the closet door as he slightly softened his grip in Baekhyun's hair. The lead singer wasn't too sure how he should do this as he only had sucked off Chanyeol once before; And that even made him blush furiously as Chanyeol's penis was much smaller than Kris'. When he gently grazed his teeth against Kris' protruding veins around the right underside of his organ; Kris had hissed and moaned out especially loud. Telling Baekhyun to "Hurry the fuck up" as Kris angrily grabbed the back of Baekhyun's head and started to crazily throat fuck the boy.

Baekhyun could choke back a tear as he felt like his lips were being ripped apart. The precum leaking into his mouth and staining his teeth in shame. He tried to make his throat contract as Kris soon hit his gag reflex, making him gag out and gently moan against Kris' member. Kris moaned at the foreign sensation as he pushed Baekhyun's head back even more forcefully.

Baekhyun struggled to breathe as his gag reflex was being roughly abused with each and every powerful thrust that Kris shoved into his throat. His lips were chapped, his skin becoming feverish and unhealthy hot as Kris' tight grip in his face only served to deepen the vibrations that his uvula was making against the businessman's protruding and purplish veins littered all around his organ. The mere thought of Kris shoving his penis so far down Baekhyun's throat until he chokes and loses consciousness only served to turn him on more as this current activity with Kris was just so foreign, dirty, and so deliciously wrong.

"I... always... knew... that lead singers are the best throat fucks..." Kris had whimpered out as he came strongly into Baekhyun's mouth. Shooting his semen all across the younger boy's face and staining his hair, all the while pumping his dick furiously and licking some of his own cum from his fingers and then smearing it across Baekhyun's bright red lips. The lead singer struggled to form a proper reply as he swallowed most of Kris' release down, relieving his parched throat.

"Are you... still thirsty?" Kris panted as he looked down at Baekhyun, the younger boy's eyes forming slight tears as he stood up and looked at Kris dead in the eye.

"No... I'm not." Baekhyun whispered as he wiped the semen off from his hair and slowly inched forward until his breath ghosted really close to Kris' face.

Kris smirked as he pulled up his zipper. "Oh? Then I presume that you had fun?"

"Yes." Baekhyun whimpered out softly. He felt awfully guilty for enjoying himself within the presence of Kris' obscene sexual fantasies, but it just felt so good... and so incredibly sinful with the way that Kris handled sex. It was way better than what he and Chanyeol had experienced; as much as Baekhyun felt shameful and hated to admit it.

So he decided to just blame it on the alcohol.

Baekhyun then leaned in, sucking harshly on Kris' lips as he opened his mouth and released the left over release from Kris back into the older males lips. Kris moaned and smiled against Baekhyun's mouth when he realized what the younger man had just done. He licked his lips intensely and struggled to savour the last few drops of his own cum as Baekhyun pulled away.

"You're a feisty one." Kris commented as he spanked Baekhyun and led the lead singer out of the bedroom.

Baekhyun only shrugged as he clung onto Kris' side tightly. Oh yes, this gig was definitely the best one that he's been to so far.

- - -

When Kris and Baekhyun walked back into the room, they were greeted with an amusing sight. Tao and Lay were drunk, incredibly incoherent and hazy as they drowned out their sixth cup of wine and leaned the counter. Resting their flushed red faces against the cold marble and grinning at each other stupidly.

Chanyeol had jumped up when Baekhyun walked into the room. He rushed to his boyfriend's side and started asking a plethora of questions as Baekhyun shooed him away and whispered: "I'll tell you when Kris leaves."

Kris cleared his throat. "Km...Lay and Tao, you boys drank way too much. Come with me upstairs and I'll give you guys some medicine so your hangover won't be as bad tomorrow morning."

Lay and Tao giggled as they put down their wine glasses and followed Kris out of the room. Chanyeol frowned as he looked at his boyfriend. A small and guilty grin plastered across his face.

"Yah..." Chanyeol started. "Did Kris give you something weird to drink? Why are you like this? Are you okay?"

Baekhyun cleared his throat as he whispered something into Chanyeol's ears. With Chanyeol gasping and nearly knocking down all the wine glasses from the counter along with the empty wine bottles.

"He's...he's a rich billionaire sex addict..."

| two |

Introductions: Biography + Friending post

vindicatexo — Thu, 28 Jun 2012 06:53:59 GMT

The simplest way to get to know me and add me here on lj

— some things you should know:
+ hopelessly obsessed with anything that attracts me [2012: exo, 2013: muse, 2014: idk?]
+ passion in writing but don't plan on necessarily majoring in literature
+ rants & spams a lot in cathartic spurts, occasionally dies due to lack of updates
+ if you introduce yourself in the comments below, I will add you back

updated 06.17.15

so um, hi there.

before you read any further, this is me summed up in a couple of phrases:

music addict; alternative rock & indie; never sleeps; coffee crackhead; procrastinates until there's no tomorrow; fashion and thrifting; ninetten in Vancouver; involved in way too much crap; dining out with ma namjas; strives to be anti-social; but still loud & outgoing; occasional manga/anime & chinese dramas lover, muse & jason mraz are fucking gods (similar music taste as chanyeol lmfao)

- living in canada
- and im 100% of Chinese descent living with my half Chinese/Brazilian boyfriend and sassy British best friend since May 2014

curious to know more?

! the name is sophia -- my friends call me soya, and a lot of people mistakenly call me sophie (one of my pet peeves)

♕: I joined the kpop world early 2011 and in January 2013 I've decided to quit the exo fandom and kpop in general, but I still try my best to write fanfiction for exo sometimes, you can still read my old fics and expect new ones! however, I'm working on writing them at a slow, steady pace.

♕: yours truly is currently enrolled in the University of British Columbia in Vancouver (lmfao Krissu) pursuing the conservation sciences program (who doesn't love trees right?)

♥: writing, reading novels, watching movies, music, the internet, early morning & afternoon coffee, nice lonely walks, food, cute asian things, thrifting, scrapbooking, nail polish, public speaking, dominic howard, clothesencounters, alternative rock, lipsticks, chinese shows

♫: korean music (indie): tablo, epik high, nell, urban zakapa, 10cm, dynamic duo, standing egg, clazziquai project, bumkey

♫: alternative music: muse, radiohead, coldplay, jason mraz, arctic monkeys, arcade fire, alt-j, the weeknd, kings of leon, lana del rey, passion pit, two door cinema club, vampire weekend, half moon run, the xx, phoenix, of monsters and men, silversun pickups, franz ferdinand, placebo, the smiths, portishead, bombay bicycle club, james blake, the vaccines, kasabian, nirvana, interpol, bastille, empire of the sun, city and color, smashing pumpkins, the naked and famous,

♫: seen live: marianas trench - july 2011 ｜muse - february 2013 | imagine dragons - may 2013 | vampire weekend - august 2013 | the naked and famous - oct 20 2013 | empire of the sun - oct 22 2013 | two door cinema club - oct 25 2013 | arctic monkeys - december 2013 | the 1975 - april 2014 | half moon run - may 2014 | city and colour - may 2014 | lana del rey - may 2014 | the neighborhood - june 2014

[all available on my listography:]
✇: movies: spiderman franchise, all harry potter films, 50 first dates, sherlock holmes, the dark knight trilogy, limitless, hear me, shake hands with the devil, looper
✇: english tv shows: (honestly I don't really watch TV so this more of a to-do list kinda) the big bang theory, game of thrones, sherlock, orange is the new black, breaking bad sequel that's coming out b/c i'm too lazy to watch all of breaking bad, the tudors
✇: chinese tv shows: 赏金猎人，隨唐英雄传，青蛙王子，新水浒传，成人记，宫锁珠帘，翻滚吧！阿信，夏日乐悠悠，寒战，牵牛的夏天，笑傲江湖，西厢记，欢喜婆婆俏媳妇

personality: outgoing, impatient, always piles way too much on my plate, i can bottle things in really well but at the same time can be a big mouth, incredibly chill (srsly), dedicated but confused, procrastinates until the meaning of procrastination doesn't even exist anymore

if you want to dig a little deeper: guess you could say that I like the memorable moments & things in life. My emotions always override my brain when it comes to decision making and I over-analyze scrutinize every possible detail; making me constantly frustrated, and chronically, sad? Or happy, or maybe just a mix of both...

a little bit about this journal: it deeply bothers me how intelligence is such an important factor to swear by, because I am not intelligent, nor am I particularly talented. I'm just me. and there are far too many people in this world that can't accept me for who I am. therefore this journal in the corner of the internet is the only place where I can vent, write, cry and just be me. this is the only haven for me on this entire planet and that's quite sad, isn't it?

- - -

if you ever want to find me, the best way would probably be through my blogs (personal tumblr | wordpress | writing blog) or my personal twitter. for more links, here is my flavors page.

thanks for reading this far and checking out my fics, so now it's your turn! comment below with anything you like! perhaps these topics will interest you?

name

musical tastes

hobbies

favorite tv shows, movies, books, actors, etc

where are you from?

your sns (social networks) links

and anything else really

much ♥, vindicatexo

p.s: i'll add back anyone who comments here and introduces themselves really, so don't be shy!
p.p.s: *gif credit to nihaozitao on tumblr

EXO: Fight or Flight Response (2/4)

vindicatexo — Thu, 28 Jun 2012 00:49:41 GMT

pairing: Kris/Chanyeol (mentions of Xiumin/Joonmyun & Kyungsoo/Joonmyun & Sehun/Luhan)
rating: NC-17
genre/au: EXO superpowers! AU, thriller, action
word count: 30,000+
summary: In which EXO is a fight club, well beyond the realms of our possible imagination 300 years from now. Immersed in a world filled with endless hatred and bloodshed, would your response be fight, or flight?
disclaimer: I don't own anything except for the storyline and ideas; all characters are property of themselves, and maybe...S.M.

Wufan later found himself trapped inside his office as Luhan shut the staircase entrance door closed before running upstairs, muffled cries bouncing off the walls.

“That little son of a bitch.” He muttered.

He’s been nagging the other boy for well over an hour before Luhan exploded in rage, telling him to completely drop the subject and just go back to healing his injury. Wufan simply snorted at the thought, Luhan’s behavior telling him to forget only made Wufan much more curious, hasn’t he ever heard of the concept reverse psychology?

Outstretching his damaged wings, he got into position to transform into his alternate form; wincing at the sharp pain that travelled through his bones when he released his scales. Wufan managed to shoot up above all ten levels of solid concrete before coming face to face with a very startled Zitao, who was lifting weights and staring at the huge hole through the gym floor.

“Where’s Luhan?”

Zitao simply pointed to the black room.

- - -

Bubbles, bubbles, bubbles, everywhere as Wufan stepped foot inside the only room inside the entire building that was darker than his office. Luhan’s telekinesis bubbles littered all around the walls, leaving very little space to breath, let alone move around.

Wufan knew very clearly that Luhan only unleashed these bubbles when he wanted to stay in hiding.

“Don’t even try.” He whispered, knowing that Luhan can hear him clearly.

“I need to know because someone told me to ask you.”

“Dude, don’t leave me hanging like this.”

“I’m not fucking around.”

Finally, a deep growl bounced off the dark walls.

“Neither am I, and if you know what’s best for your own good, I suggest that you don’t ask me anymore.”

Wufan sighed, negotiating with Luhan was so frustrating. Once he had his mind made up, there was no going back.

“Just go and get some rest ge, our next competition is coming up and the crowd is awaiting your possible comeback.”

Wufan scoffed lowly, most of the planet thinks that he’s dead, as if a comeback was even anticipated.

“Are you going now?”

“Luhan, the person that told me to ask you is the boy I competed with at the match.”

Silence.

Luhan finally emerged from the shadows.

“You…you faced him again?! After that match? When was this?! How did you possibly…aish! Wufan you’re so stupid! You could have died! Especially since you’re not even properly healed yet.” Luhan was talking furiously now, his face contorted into a pained and worrisome expression as he appeared within a bubble and immediately rushed to Wufan’s side.

“I’m fine Lu, he didn’t harm me.”

“Why did you even go see him in the first place?” Luhan deadpanned, his facial features dark and gloomy.

"Because fire peak is the only place where I can think properly, I had no fucking idea that the boy would be there too...”

Luhan glared and mumbled: “Did the boy mention anything about S.M?” Wufan shook his head. Luhan breathed a sign of relief, “I’ll tell you what I know, but I don’t guarantee that you’ll like it, considering your ego.”

Wufan frowned, what was that suppose to mean?

“Basically.” Luhan started, “The fight or flight response is a specialized group of metabolized bodily reactions that only supreme fighters are capable of. But because they’re so strong, they’re all locked up somewhere beyond our planet. I think that the association is called Supreme Machines, otherwise known S.M.”

“Machines?” Wufan skeptically asked.

“Yeah, some of the fighters powers are manufactured or reduced in order to keep them under control. Anyone who knows of the fight or flight response would have been someone that has clearly stepped down from the S.M association, since they’re so secretive from the rest of the planets regarding their experiment.”

Wufan was skeptical once again, “Wait so, if you know about this, does that mean that you were once a S.M?”

Luhan’s expression was unreadable; Wufan immediately regretted asking the question because his teammate looked extremely uncomfortable, even a little bit sad.

“It’s complicated…” Luhan started, “I was bought down because of a special request, but there are others that are desperately trying to escape, but haven’t done so yet. They’re simply waiting in that hellhole with no place to go, just endless days of fighting and sorrow. Not everyone can go in, and likewise, not everyone can go out."

Wufan was silent, contemplating all this information he just received.

“Each and every year the S.M association comes down to our the fight club competition to scout new members; I heard a rumor that they were suppose to scout the winning leader at the 50-planet century fight 2 weeks ago, which was going to be you…but, he beat you to it.”

Wufan clenched his jaw, “Great, so I’m humiliated and injured, with a big chance for me to join the S.M association slipping by, all because of this stupid boy?”

Luhan gasped, “Ge! He’s more than a boy; you have no idea what he’s capable of. For someone so young to be scouted into S.M, and being able to successfully escape, that’s already something extremely impressive."

Wufan sighed; maybe he shouldn’t be making so many assumptions this fast.

“But what I don’t understand is that...” Wufan huffed, “Why are people so desperate to leave the association?”

Luhan paused, trying to pick his words carefully in order to answer Wufan’s question.

“Well, I guess mainly because the headquarters constantly forces its fighters to be ‘test-subjects’ to elaborate a variety of different responses. If not controlled properly, one can die, or possibly go mentally insane. The only solution that is known to dissipate mental disorders created by the experiment would be to sell your eternal life to the association, promising to become their test subject forever. It’s an easy enough oath to swear on, but a tricky one to get out of if you’re not careful. “

“Okay so, they are forced to fight in order to test out a theory, what’s so bad about that?”

Luhan sighed in exasperation, “You’re missing the point, this experiment itself is a death threat. They force people like us to fight every single day. Zitao always complains about fighting at the bare minimum once every 2 weeks is a pain in the ass, well imagine if you had to fight every day, and a minimum amount of 3 times per day if you’re lucky."

Wufan cringed; the thought of fighting every eight or so hours was pretty brutal, he couldn’t argue with that.

Luhan started again, “A mad scientist discovered this response around three centuries ago. He stated that animals, or basically anyone capable of fighting, will react to certain dangerous situations with a general discharge of the sympathetic nervous system. Each fighter will have about 0.1 milliseconds to decided if they wish to fight or flight. If you decide to fight, the response will adapt to a general syndrome and regulate stress responses in order for you to become more aggressive and masochistic than usual. This is extremely dangerous because so many fighters who constantly pick the fight response, wear themselves out overtime and die because of extreme aggression, depression, or masochism wishing to experience pain or suicide.”

Wufan nodded, this experiment, it sounds interesting so far, not to mention oddly familiar. “So then, what does the flight response do?"

Luhan cringed, “To tell the truth, the flight response is just as bad. Most people don’t resort to the flight response because it’s a sign of weakness. And those who do are usually the ones who end up escaping, but may regret it later since some of their pride and power is lost. But it basically is the exact opposite of the symptoms within the fight response. Many fighters who flight are called ‘fleers’, they get sucked into a vicious cycle of constant depression and social isolation, some even resulting to dangerous substance abuse.”

“Is it hard to see who’s a fighter and who’s a fleer?”

Luhan nodded, “Up to a certain extent. Most fighters are not afraid to flaunt themselves, but most fleers hide within the shadows; they’re usually the people that you would least expect to be a fleer, mostly because it’s always the strongest fighters that choose to flee. They can see deep within, beyond the walls and into the experiment’s actual intentions, it’s important to get out as soon as possible."

Wufan frowned, “So if, these fleers realize the danger of the response, why would you say that being a fleer is bad?”

Luhan was starting to tremble again, his eyes glassy and fixed deep within his thoughts as he struggled to keep his composure.

“Because…because I have first hand experience.”

Wufan didn’t say anything.

Luhan quickly regained his composure as he informed Wufan in a hushed and secretive tone of voice. "The S.M association, they are ferocious animals. They are killers. The play mind games with you and torture fighters for entertainment. They torment people who are weak and make them feel like they're worthless and pathetic. Everything they do is based off ranking and people are destroyed, killed, abolished on a daily basis without a trace."

Wufan shivered a little bit, he has never heard Luhan speak like this before and it was worrying him

“Listen, promise me that you will not come face to face with anyone from the S.M association okay? Because I know for a fact that the scouts are disappointed that they couldn’t scout you last time, so they had to settle for Joonmyun instead. But promise me that you will not step foot out of this building until the next competition. Those scouts can be anywhere, and I can sense that they want their hands on you. And once they do that, there’s no going back."

Wufan’s head was a complete jumble of emotions, he didn’t know what to think, or how to process all of this information.

Wait, what…did Luhan just say…

“Joonmyun...?” Wufan stood up abruptly, “Joonmyun was scouted?"

“Well yes.” Luhan said as a matter-of-factly, a confused expression decorating his face. “Kyungsoo had been a S.M before but he fled, Sehun wasn’t strong enough, Jongin was injured pretty badly, and Baekhyun’s powers were incredibly overrated since there are so many light forces out there, so they had to scout Joonmyun…”

Luhan looked around as he rambled on into absolute darkness, where did Wufan go?

- - -

He zoomed through the morning fog that was quickly swallowing up the entire peak, the wheels of his car screeching to a complete oblivion as he tried to go !fastefasterfaster with the music cranked up on all time high and the thoughts in his mind whirling like a cacophony of jumbled emotions.

Joonmyun had sold his eternity to S.M, and it was all his fault.

Still though, Kris didn’t fully understand why they chose to scout Joonmyun. Luhan explained it quite well, Joonmyun’s powers weren’t the most impressive and he certainly doesn’t believe that Joonmyun can really outdo any of the previous scouts anyways; so why waste the effort to scout Joonmyun when they can just wait until the next competition to scout someone better?

But there was still a dark feeling inside Wufan’s chest as he soon realized that maybe, Joonmyun has been hiding his powers the entire time. Waiting to showcase them when an actual suitable opportunity arises, just like the boy on fire.

His hands gripped the steering wheel harder as the boy’s friendly face and cheekish grin arrived inside his mind. The sparks radiating from him fiery skin littering the morning air as he shook the thoughts away, and sped up his car even faster so he doesn’t have to wait another second to find answers.

All Wufan has been lacking lately are answers.

A small voice in the back of his mind told him that it would be wise to speak to the boy again, ask him for his guidance since he’s a descendant of S.M. But he has no idea how. Here he was, at the bottom level of the fire peak again wanting to go up and meet the mysterious boy who’s probably 10 years younger than him to arrive when he could very well get killed in 2 seconds.

Unsure of what to do, he decided to just head up to the fire peak.

- - -

The boy was sitting on a huge lava rock. His face contorted into a soft, glassy gaze as he stared back at Wufan, holding his knees up to his chin and gently stroking several bruises that were littered all across his porcelain legs. He looked extremely tired and beaten up, with obvious scratches and blood marks dripping down his face, his flesh ripped open in numerous areas surrounded with blue and purplish splotches.

Wufan thought it was actually kind of adorable.

“Kmm…” He cleared his throat, “Hi again.”

“Hi.” The boy whispered in a small and weak voice, barely enough for Wufan to hear.

“’I’ve been…uh…looking for you.” He shifted his gaze nervously as he looked up at the boy, why was he getting so nervous about something like this?

“Yeah, I know.” The boy said. Wufan felt his heart clench, part of the fact that the boy knew reassured Wufan that he probably already know what he wants. But part of it was also frightening since the boy probably already prepared answers deep inside his mind, in which Wufan is now unable to trick the boy into telling him extra information.

Silence swallowed them awkwardly as Wufan stared up at the boy, unsure of how to start the conversation. With the boy just staring down at him in return, a blank expression decorating his face.

He finally decided to just speak up and get to the point, what has he got to lose anyway?

“So uhhh, I think you probably already know this but umm, Joonmyun... He….he got scouted into S.M and I would like to confirm if there was a way to get him back…or maybe…talk to the S.M representatives. Or….” Wufan scratched his head awkwardly, he wasn’t sure what he was asking and the boy’s unwavering gaze certainly didn’t help.

“Maybe I can go for him instead...” Wufan finished off.

The boy just stared, his big eyes beholding that familiar fire spark as he hopped down from the rock, and walked closer to Wufan. But Wufan immediately started backing up, he could feel the heat radiating from the boy’s body and he wasn’t too keen on getting burned again.

He stopped right at the edge of the pond, dipped his finger into the water and stared down at his rippling reflection, murmuring in a small voice. “You can’t.”

“I can’t what?” Wufan asked.

The boy sighed, “You can’t. It’s not possible for you to get Joonmyun back nor is it possible for you to go replace him, he’s gone. He’s gone from this world and you’re just going to have to accept it.”

Wufan flinched slightly at the boy’s firm words, gone? forever? There is not a single way to get him back? Not at all?

“No but…” Wufan started again, “The reason why he got scouted is because of me, if I hadn’t lost to you then they would have scouted me instead. I seriously can’t have Joonmyun be trapped inside S.M; he’d get killed right away. I need to help him escape. Also, one of my closest friends is really in love with him and uhh…it would be unfortunate to see my friend upset over the fact that Joonmyun is gone forever. And like you said, I asked Luhan about the FFR, and I know the horrible things they do, so there must be a way to get him out of that hell hole.”

The boy stood up, a small but painful smile playing on his face.

“You do realize that, if it wasn’t for me, you wouldn’t be here right now right? If you hadn’t lost to me, then you would be up at S.M instead of Joonmyun.”

Wufan stopped short, the boy was absolutely right.

Anger, betrayal, despair, hatred…just everything... Wufan could technically feel every single possible negative emotion spring up to his heart in dire distaste. It was the boy’s fault that he was here right now and not in S.M. It was the boy’s fault that Joonmyun had to leave them. It was all his fault. This entire thing could have been avoided if the boy hadn’t showed up.

But oddly enough, he didn’t feel any hatred towards the boy.

“That doesn’t matter.” He found himself saying, “What I want is to go to the S.M association and just get Joonmyun out. I don’t care what it takes.”

“It’s not that simple, you’re rushing too far ahead.” The boy replied simply. “Besides, why do you want to rescue Joonmyun anyways? I thought EXO-J and EXO-W were rivalries.”

“But we trained together to fight since 3 years ago, I’ve gotten attached to everyone on their team even if we all are competitors. I don’t normally get attached to anyone, but training wasn’t easy and we went through so many hardships together. I refuse to just see Joonmyun die like this.” Wufan retorted back.

“Okay.” The boy smiled, “Your reasons are pure, guess I can help you.”

Wufan frowned and narrowed his eyes, “What makes you think that my intentions weren’t pure to begin with?”

The boy shrugged, “Well I barely know you. All I know is that your power is flight and you can turn into a dragon when you get angry…or something, and that’s all I know. I don’t even know your name, you could be a serial killer on the lose eating humans up in your dragon form. And I wouldn’t even know, be best to not trust you so easily at first.”

Wufan laughed, a whole-hearted laugh that he hasn’t found himself cracking in a while. Something about the way that the boy described him eating humans in his dragon form when he gets angry was just so amusing.

“Well then.” Wufan smirked, “Since you don’t know my name and I don’t know your name, why don’t we fix that right now? Hello, boy on fire, my name is Wufan.”

The boy stepped closer and shook Wufan’s hand firmly, “Well hello there, dragon who can fly. My name is Chanyeol.”

Wufan found himself grinning deep inside, Chanyeol…What an interesting name, a name that rolls so nicely on your tongue and can be engraved so easily, he liked it.

“So…” Wufan cleared his throat, “Now about getting into S.M and rescuing Joonmyun, what advice to you have to propose to me in order to go about this, hm?”

Chanyeol fell silent; he drummed his fingers back and forth on a nearby rock, trying to think of a right way to respond to the question.

Wufan felt uneasy.

“I swear to god if you’re thinking of lies to tell me right now I will eat you.”

Chanyeol raised an eyebrow, “Please, dragon boy, I can burn you to pieces in no time, don’t even start.”

After about 2 minutes, Chanyeol had the answer that he was looking for.

“Basically...” Chanyeol started, “The gates bounding S.M isn’t actually that hard to get in. The main problem is that it’s really hard to find. And there’s always the odd chance that you might even die if you’re looking for far too long and run out of oxygen. If you want to set foot into the S.M planet it self, you have to be escorted by a scouter, or by a past experiment machine who has escaped or deceased to come back on earth.”

Wufan was confused again; did Chanyeol say past machines could go back?

“Wait but…why would a past experiment machine want to go back if they tried so hard to escape? Wouldn’t going back just be turning themselves back into a S.M again?"

Chanyeol shrugged, “Well it depends on the machine I guess. I’ve seen some people that feel like they have no purpose when they’re not fighting, so they hate life on earth and chooses to return to S.M in order to constantly fight and live off adrenaline. But the people who do that are usually part of the fight response. And S.M doesn’t take all of them back since they only want the best fighters to be used for the experiments. As for the flight response escapees…pretty much no one goes back, because flight response-prone people are really hard to find and S.M has to replenish for the great loss if they lose more flight response people. That’s why they treat them so well. If a flight person goes back, S.M wouldn’t force them to join again since they can’t actually touch them physically in extraterrestrial space. But it’s extremely dangerous for a flight person to come face to face with a S.M scout on earth because once they cross into the atmosphere, they can make you do anything and drag you back into being a S.M again.”

Wufan nodded at the information he just learned, it all made sense, he suppose. How S.M has such a strict policy on not forcing flight people; since they already hate the association enough…but if the fleers are vulnerable to the scouts on earth then…

“Wait…” Wufan started up again. “So if fleers are not capable of protection from the S.M scouts when they’re on earth; doesn’t that mean that Luhan, Kyungsoo, Jongdae, and you…all have to hide constantly when you’re on earth?”

Chanyeol was quiet, almost too quiet. No words were exchanged between them as Chanyeol slowly spoke up.

“I’m not a fleer, Wufan.”

“Oh please,” Wufan rolled his eyes. “You asked me to ask Luhan and I did, he confirmed that you’re a fleer. Besides, it’s not hard to tell with how powerful you are.”

Chanyeol nodded his head slowly, “Fair enough.”

“So then…” Wufan tried to wrack his head for thoughts, “I can either be scouted by a S.M scout and go up there in exchange for Joonmyun, or I can get a past fleer to send me up and drop me off…”

Chanyeol just stared at him.

He cleared his throat. “Well, the next annual century fight competition with S.M scouts passing by to scout would be…”

He froze dead in his sentence.

It would be eleven and half months before the next annual century fight competition.

Wufan groaned.

How the fuck can he wait that long, eleven and a half months later Joonmyun would surely be dead or have escaped into some other planet.

Chanyeol walked away from the rock and pranced nearby the pond as he spoke. “Well to be quite honest, you wouldn’t have to wait that long. Many S.M scouts don’t believe th rumours nd think that you’re still alive; so they’ve been trying to track you down. If they happen to run into you sometime…then bam, they can scout you and you’ll see Joonmyun eventually.

“Oh okay…” Wufan nodded, this actually didn’t seem to be too hard.

Chanyeol turned to face him, dead straight in the eye. “You don’t get it do you?”

Wufan felt agigated at Chanyeol’s tone of voice, “Get what?”

Chanyeol sighed, “Look I get that you’re trying to be all noble and all to help out Joonmyun, but risking your own life to go up to S.M is incredibly stupid. Because I can guarantee right now that you and Joonmyun will both end up not escaping if you go. Unlike Jongdae and Kyungsoo, you’re not at the level where you have experience with their deadly ways and they could surely trick you quite easily, even if you’re smart. If you just go up there without planning, you’ll get defeated and Joonmyun won’t be able to escape either; you basically just allowed S.M to hit two birds with one stone because they not only got Joonmyun, but you as well, and it was incredibly easy for them. Think about it logically Wufan, with Joonmyun’s waterpower and your flying power, do you honestly think that they’ll let any of you escape? No, they wouldn’t."

Wufan felt defeated, everything Chanyeol said is right. How can he possibly sell his eternity to S.M and expect them to be willing enough to have Joonmyun go as well?

“Okay then…I guess plan B it is, I’m gonna have to go ask a fleer to drop me off.”

Chanyeol nodded, “Guess so.”

Wufan was deep in thought. He only knew a couple of fleers, and he wasn’t sure if it would be adequate of him to ask them to risk their lives in order to send Wufan…

Chanyeol seemed to be reading Wufan’s mind as he walked back and forth around the pond, “So, any fleers in mind?”

“Well, I’m not exactly sure of the story behind why Luhan fled, but I’m pretty sure that he wouldn’t want to go back since he told me that he escaped due to ‘request’, and that’s probably really rare.”

“Yeap, requests are hard to come by, you best not bother him.” Chanyeol replied.

“There’s also Jongdae. I would say that with the exception of Kyungsoo, he’s probably the strongest on our team since he can control thunder, kind of like Zeus and all. If S.M got their hands on him again, then there’s a really good chance that they would take advantage of him.”

“And then there’s Kyungsoo, he’s not even on my team so I really don’t want to ask him. Besides, based upon our team rivalry thing, I’m pretty sure that he wants me dead, so he might be willing to send me up to S.M for my death. But I doubt that he even cares enough to waste a single minute with me.”

“Mhmmm….” Chanyeol murmured, “Keep going.”

“So that leaves….”

“You.”

silence.

Chanyeol smiled a wide tooth grin, “Yep, me.”

Wufan found himself to be in an extremely awkward situation. He could see that Chanyeol wasn’t bothered by the fact that he had to escort Wufan, but he didn’t exactly want to ask the boy to risk his life either. He’s only escaped for…god knows how long, and it would be sad if the scouts managed to get their hands on Chanyeol and Wufan both if they’re not careful.

“No, no, I couldn’t.” Wufan said determinedly, “I can’t let you escort me, it’s too dangerous, I’ll find someone else.”

Chanyeol snorted, “Who are else are you going to find?”

Wufan fell silent, because he had absolutely no idea.

“I don’t know,” he said truthfully. “But I know that I’ll find someone eventually, and hopefully someone that I don’t know too well so I wouldn’t be attached to them and get hurt if I knew that they risked their life for me.”

For the next 5 minutes, Chanyeol said nothing.

Wufan held his breath, did he say something wrong?

Chanyeol looked up, a hint of moisture hinting in his eyes; “What do you mean by someone that you’re not attached to? You’re not attached to me, we just met.”

“No,” Wufan retorted firmly. “I’m not attached to you. But I don’t want you to go back because of me either. You tried so hard to escape, and since your powers are strong, S.M would do anything to not let you escape after dropping me off. And like you said, S.M might trick us and end up getting both of us as machines if we’re not careful, I can’t let you risk that for me.”

silence.

“But…”

“But what?” Wufan asked.

Chanyeol didn’t speak until he was only inches away from Wufan’s face.

“I was the boy who humiliated you, don’t you want to get rid of me?” Chanyeol said with a small whisper.

“No." Wufan said, “I want to learn from you.”

- - -

The two of them decided to head back to the EXO-W apartment complex so they can sort out a plan with the rest of the fighters, hopefully being able to put everyone’s power into use. Wufan felt a little bit unsure with the fact that Luhan purposely warned him about the boy, and now he was taking him back to the fight club as an accomplice… but considering his options, he just didn’t give a fuck anymore since they don’t have a lot of time and Chanyeol is the closet thing to a helpful fleer.

“Hey uh, do you have any music?”

Wufan hummed a reply as he pressed play.

Chanyeol frowned, what kind of music is this…

Wufan obviously heard a strange silence as he switched off the cd, “What, you don’t like it?”

Chanyeol shrugged, he could recognize that the band was Sylosis by the song but he wasn’t really into screamo music.

“Do you uh, have any rap songs?”

Wufan snorted, “Of course, who do you like?”

“A lot of people, but most of them are dead now. I’m not sure if you heard of them or not.”

“Try me.”

“Most of them were American rappers, but my absolute favorite is Eminem.”

Wufan shifted in his seat, “Haven’t heard of him.”

Chanyeol just stared, Wufan hasn’t heard of Eminem? How can he possibly know about rap then?

“Okay uhh…how about Run-D.M.C? A Tribe Called Quest? Notorious B.I.G? Dead Prez? Cypress Hill? Scarface?”

Wufan shook his head in oblivion, “Nope, nope, nope, nope, and however other nopes that are necessary to cover every artist you named. Are you sure that they’re even popular rap artists?”

Chanyeol huffed; well then, guess Wufan just has terrible taste in music.

“No need to be sour, don’t you have any other music genres that you like?”

Chanyeol rolled his eyes, “Like what?”

Wufan shrugged, “I don’t know, maybe alternative rock? Indie music? Pop? Soft rock? Blues?”

“Uh…I do listen to some old soft rock songs, my favorite artist is Jason Mraz.”

Wufan’s face lit up, “Oh, I actually have some of his songs in my albums somewhere.”

Chanyeol laughed, “Wufan we’re in the 24^th entury and you still listen to music from albums? How old school can you get, seriously.”

Wufan shrugged, “I don’t know, but I find value in keeping songs in tact with the albums. It’s convenient because things are nice and organized.”

The two sat in comfortable silence as they sped along the road with Jason’s voice softly playing in the background.

"....I won’t give up…on…us….Even if the skies…. get…rough…” Chanyeol sang along quietly to music as he hummed the tune. His eyes screwed shut as he quietly drummed his feet along to the music, tapping his fingers on his thighs and forming a nice, rhythmic tone.

Wufan desperately wanted to close his eyes and just enjoy the boy’s voice. It wasn’t soft like Jason’s, nor was it too overly rough. It was deep, but just the right amount of soothing and melodic.

And suddenly, he stopped.

Wufan turned around and frowned, “Why’d you stop singing?

Chanyeol blushed, “Well… you closed your eyes and you weren’t even paying attention to the road. And that’s pretty dangerous so... just get back to driving and stop listening to me sing."

Wufan looked down and cursed himself deep within his mind; did he actually just let Chanyeol catch him enjoying his singing? He’s going to have to be sneakier than that in the future so he doesn’t get attached

“Oh no no, don’t worry.” Wufan said as he cleared his throat, “You can just sing badly. That way, I'll be desperate to block you out, not be engrossed by your voice.

Chanyeol grinned, his smile lighting up the entire car. “I'll do it.”

“I’m still giving you all my love…I’m still looking up…”

“Cause even the stars they burnnnnnnnn…..”

“Some fall to the earthhhhhhhhhhh….."

“We’ve got a lot to learnnnnnnnnnnnnnn…..”

The next thing Wufan knew, him and Chanyeol exploded into a cacophony of hilarious laughter and obnoxious snorts as he found himself unable to breathe properly. Chanyeol’s face contorting into a hilarious expression as his eyes scrunched together and tried his absolute hardest to hold out the last note, but fell back on the leather seats yelping when his throat cracked and left him speechless for good. Wufan just laughed at Chanyeol’s incredible stupidity as he found himself grinning largely, one of those smiles where his gums are showing and he can’t help but to chuckle along.

He later realized that this is the third time that Chanyeol has made him grin like a stupid idiot within 6 hours of actually meeting the boy.

Wufan stopped his laughing and straightened his back in his seat. Get yourself together, he thought. This is just some random fleer punk that you met who’s going to help you get Joonmyun back, don’t lose your sense of dignity.

Chanyeol frowned as he saw Wufan’s pained expression and his eyebrows furrowed into a deep, worried line when he stopped singing.

The music stopped and the car was silent for the rest of the ride.

- - -

Chanyeol stared fearlessly up from his seat, looking at the 4 pairs of eyes staring intently at him. They were definitely not welcoming eyes.

“Let’s just cut to the chase, how are you going to help us.” Jongdae said with a bland voice. He would much rather be, anywhere but here right now.

“I’m a fleer, all the help you need.” Chanyeol replied nonchalantly.

“What makes you think that you’re capable of going up there hm? I can bet this entire god damn building that you’re just as cowardly as the rest of us, you wouldn’t want to go up there.” Yixing mocked the younger boy.

“Maybe not.” Chanyeol said emotionlessly, “But I’m not afraid because they can’t touch me up there, I have nothing to lose. Only when it’s down here, on this pathetic planet where they can hurt me, then I can be a coward.”

Zitao frowned, “In that case, Luhan and Jongdae both can go up there. If we already have them, why do we need you?”

Luhan coughed up from his corner seat, “Correction, I am not going. And I never will.”

“Okay then, we have Jongdae.” Zitao suggested.

Chanyeol glanced at Wufan, the older boy was just leaning against a wall, not paying attention as they both knew that they already went over this back around the fire peak.

Jongdae shifted in his seat and stood up, “No,” he said. “We need him.”

Chanyeol smirked; Jongdae was the smart one of the bunch.

Jongdae walked closer.

“I know what you’re thinking, and I know why I can’t go up. So, yes, I accept your help, but this does not mean that you’re part of our team. Stay with us and get this sorted out, and then you’re free to go.”

Chanyeol clapped his hands in joy, “Sounds like a plan, at least some of you people are not dense.”

Yixing was just about to protest when Luhan pulled him back and said calmly: “Let it go.”

“Wufan, if you’re thinking of going up to S.M and exchanging yourself for Joonmyun, please just go kill yourself.” Jongdae spoke up from drinking his hot tea.

A gasp was heard from Zitao as he hit Jongdae on the shoulder and started rambling about how Jongdae shouldn't be so mean to his dearest 'ge'. Wufan however, remained still and didn’t even lift an eyebrow.

“Is there a problem with my plan, Jongdae?”

“Unfortunately, yes.”

“Care to elaborate?”

Jongdae put his mug down, “Certainly.”

The whole entire room was silent as everyone held their breath.

“You people give the S.M association way too much credit. The truth is, they’re not hard to trick if you know what you’re doing. By exchanging yourself for Joonmyun, you’re just letting them win. Why not play with them a little bit? Show them what you’re capable of since it’s possible.”

silence.

“No no no no.” Luhan spoke up, “There is absolutely no way in hell that Wufan is going up there and playing mind games with S.M. They will destroy him if they find out. I don’t care how strong or how much experience you have Jongdae, I’m not letting him do this.”

Chanyeol stayed in the corner and stared at Luhan, why was he so flustered about S.M all the time? He wondered what treatment S.M gave to Luhan to make him be filled with so much hatred like this.

Wufan left his stance on the wall and walked up closer to the main group, “I’m listening.”

“S.M only wants the best, and by best, I mean people that are versatile. As of this moment, they have way too many fighters in the response team; and they’re looking for more flighters. So if you go up there, and you volunteer to be scouted, they’re going to test your abilities first. All you have to do is perform fight instead of flight, while making sure that your fighting skills and powers are extremely generic. That way, they won’t want you, they’ll be eager to get rid of you.”

silence.

“I don’t get it.” Zitao spoke up. “If Wufan just goes and fights, and proves that he’s a typical generic fighter, what’s the point? How will this help us rescue Joonmyun?”

Jongdae started sipping his tea again as he looked at Zitao straight in the eye. “Simple, we get Wufan to fight Joonmyun.”

Wufan turned his head, “I can work with that, I’ve fought with him in competitions before.”

“Yes but Wufan, you have to injure him severely, you have to make sure that you almost kill Joonmyun, fight with him until he’s unable to breathe and passes out. Then S.M will simply try and dispose of his body. When they do that, just sneak into the operation room and haul him away before sunrise. you can then carry him back down onto earth with Chanyeol scouting you back by the S.M association gate.”

silence.

“For someone so calm you sure are pretty gory.” Yixing joked.

Jongdae shrugged, “I try.”

“There is just one more problem.” Zitao retorted. “How can Wufan survive the drug training they put fighters through? Everyone has to go through that and he has no experience, he’s not even a legitimate fighter.”

Silence fell upon the room again, now that was one question that no one thought of, and it was probably the most important one.

“Wait…what? What drug test do I have to go through?”

“It’s a pretty big deal.” Jongdae sighed. “If you want to trick S.M then this is the one test that you can’t miss. I suppose that our entire plan will be based upon this one test, so we’d have to train you first.”

Yixing flinched, “No Jongdae, we can’t…it’s just.”

“Doesn’t matter,” Jongdae replied. “If he wants to fake his way into being labeled a ‘fighter’, he’s going to have to trick the S.M representatives based upon his genetic information and nervous system capabilities that he really is one. We have to get him accustomed to the symptoms of the drugs and the after-effects first before he can head up there.”

“We have another problem.” Luhan suddenly said.

Yixing groaned.

“It says on the headlines recently that anyone stepping within the borders of the S.M association needs to do a drug test. Whether you’re a fighter or not, you have to do one. So if Chanyeol is bringing Wufan up there, technically he needs to be accustomed to the test as well.” Luhan finished.

Jongdae nodded, “So that means Chanyeol and Wufan both have to get accustomed to the drug test first and prepare for the response. But I would presume that Chanyeol has more experience since he already got tested once.”

“Sure did”, Chanyeol agreed. “But I was labeled a flighter that time and it did me no good. So this time, we’re going to have to make sure that my result is ‘fighter’ so they don’t keep me forever. Or at least try to, like last time.”

“How are we going to train them to pass the drug test exactly?” Luhan questioned.

Jongdae sat back. “Simple, we inject them with the Catecholamine drug; hopefully it’ll raise their adrenaline and noradrenaline levels to facilitate responses for violent reactions. That way, they’ll be forced to live forever in the fight response; getting acquainted with the symptoms ahead of time so that when S.M tests them with the glucocorticoid hormone, the result will show that they are intended fighters since the mineralocorticoid receptors will be expressed differently, based upon the sudden changes of course. When it targets the hypothalamus, the HPA axis changes, allowing Wufan and Chanyeol both to be aggressive and violent at the right times, so that they can facilitate the response when a fight starts.”

“Violent and aggressive? Jongdae, we don’t want to risk aggression when it comes to Wufan, he can hardly control it as it is.”

“Don’t worry,” Jongdae shrugged. “Earth fighters who have come down as fleers use Catecholamine all the time. It’s not that big of a deal. And plus, we have some anyways.”

Yixing flinched.

Wufan narrowed his eyes, “We have some?”

Jongdae nodded.

Wufan glared around the room.

“Luhan, you…you don’t need it.”

“Jongdae, you’re the strongest out of all of us with the exception of Chanyeol maybe…and Chanyeol, you guys don’t even know him so he can’t have any, and…”

“Yixing.”

Wufan raised his fists, throwing a hardened punch straight at Yixing’s jaw as the younger boy tumbled back and grabbed his reddened face in pain. “What the fuck is wrong with you, keeping a secret as big as this from us. Why didn't you tell me before? Is this how you've been winning all your fight club matches lately? Because you're fucking high on drugs all the time?”

“We, we didn’t mean to.” Zitao stuttered, looking at the blood pouring viciously out of Yixing’s lips from the punch with a terrified expression.

Wufan glared back at Zitao, “You too?”

Zitao nodded sheepishly.

“You two, were both fleers?”

The expression on Yixing’s face is deadly enough to melt ice.

“Yes, we are, Wufan.” Yixing snapped as he wiped some blood off his mouth. “And as if you haven’t noticed, everyone on our team is a fleer except for you and Xiumin. Which is why I don’t even understand why you’re the leader. You’re weak, and you’re incapable of self-control. If you were strong, you would have been part of S.M years ago instead of just hearing about it now.”

No one said anything.

Finally, Wufan broke the silence.

“Where is Xiumin?”

“He left for the South two days after Joonmyun got scouted; apparently the power attraction is so strong that part of Xiumin was taken with Joonmyun.” Luhan explained.

Wufan clicked his tongue. So if he succeeded, he’d be able to bring back both Xiumin and Joonmyun.

At least something good came out of this.

“Jongdae, how much time do we need to get fully accustomed to the drug tests?”

Jongdae stood up, dusted some muffin crumbs off his dress pants and did a mental calculation using his fingers. “I would say approximately 10 days and 19 hours.”

“Okay then,” Wufan agreed. “I guess we better start.”

Jongdae grinned and took out two packets of Catecholamine from Yixing’s pants pocket; earning a grunted noise of disapproval from Yixing.

“Wufan and Chanyeol, welcome to the fight or flight response.”

one | two | three | four

EXO: Fight or Flight Response (1/4)

vindicatexo — Wed, 27 Jun 2012 23:23:32 GMT

pairing: Kris/Chanyeol (mentions of Xiumin/Joonmyun & Kyungsoo/Joonmyun & Sehun/Luhan)
rating: NC-17
genre/au: EXO superpowers! AU, thriller, action
word count: 30,000+
summary: In which EXO is a fight club, well beyond the realms of our possible imagination 300 years from now. Immersed in a world filled with endless hatred and bloodshed, would your response be fight, or flight?
disclaimer: I don't own anything except for the storyline and ideas; and characters are property of themselves, and maybe...S.M.
note: a special thank you to the gorgeous umiawen for translating this fic into french ♥

Xiumin was helplessly in love.

No, as a matter of fact, that was probably an understatement. The amount of love possible within his heart is beyond definable. He has tried numerous times to push his feelings away, to claw at the useless memories but failed, with no avail. Joonmyun will never be his and there is nothing he can do about it.

So he does what he always does. He sits at the corner of the club, quietly sipping his drink. While staring blankly at Joonmyun with a dazed smirk, knowing that the echoes of the younger boys laugh and his smiling features will be the last thing on his mind before he goes to sleep; and the first thing that pops up when he awakes.

Oh yeah and, the image of the shorter, stronger male who has his lips leeched onto Joonmyun and sucking the plain air out of the boy as well. Kyungsoo, will be engraved into his hypothalamus, refusing to leave, never leaving. Not as a memory, but merely as an evil, inescapable spell, a reminder that Joonmyun will never love him.

- - -

“I am simply suggesting that you stop moping and get some actual work done, our next competition is less than 3 days away and you need to stop moping…OVER THE ACTUAL COMPETITION.”

Luhan’s words came out cold and heartless against Xiumin’s drumming ears, he quickly snakes a look at the clock. It’s 1:35 pm in the afternoon. Groaning, he rolled over to his other side and tried to ignore him.

“Yah! Get up you lazy ass, I don’t have time for this.” Luhan screeched once again.

“Okay, okay, I’m up, I’m up. Where are the others?” Xiumin outstretched his stubby arms, rubbing over his eyes tiredly as he stifles a yawn; all the while falling back into the covers.

Luhan rolled his eyes as he stuffed some bread into his mouth. “I don’t know really, the rest of the world woke up six hours ago, what would Yixing and Zitao be doing at this point on hmm?”

“I’m assuming they already went down to practice then.” Xiumin shrugged as he took a swig of chocolate milk.

Luhan made an ick face, “No shit ice prince.”

XIumin frowned at the nickname, his power may be frost, but he would like to think that he’s the warmest person of their team. Leaving the cold prince title to Wufan would be more appropriate.

“Whatever, listen, I’m heading down now.”

Luhan snorted, “Well that’s a surprise."

- - -

The gym equipment is drastically different compared to the last time Xiumin’s been here. He takes out his phone and tries to scroll through the calendar, how long has it been since he actually stepped foot in and trained…instead of, well…drooling over Joonmyun?

His thoughts were quickly interrupted by a very excited and scary looking Zitao, which was not a good combination.

“Ge! Where have you been? Haven’t seen you around in ages, medicine treating you well?”

Xiumin frowned, medicine? What medicine.

“Zitao shut up! He doesn’t know yet.” Another voice emerged from the shadows; Xiumin naturally assumed that it was probably Yixing.

Zitao giggled, his excitedness seeping through as he pounced back and forth. Kicking down plastic mannequins and rolling towards the other side of the room.

Xiumin raised his eyebrows; did he really want to know?

Yixing pulled out a small packet of white substance, shoving it all up in Xiumin’s face and laughing. “Calming the nerves baby! Best possible medicine around, can’t get better than this. Makes you feel so amazingly lightheaded and free, with his by our side, the other fucking team won’t know what hit them.”

Of course, what Yixing pulled out was no other than, hormone overdose drugs.

Xiumin looked appalled, although deep inside, he wasn’t surprised at all. He really didn’t care to be quite honest; if his teammates wanted to get fucked up before a big competition by the so-called “relaxation” and get kicked off the team, so be it. It’s a good thing that he’s not emotionally attached to anyone on his team so that no feelings will spring up if anyone did get kicked off.

So all he said was, “Does Wufan know?”

Yixing laughed, a warm laugh that resonated the gymnasium, bouncing off the walls. “Hell to the no bro, if he knew, we’d be fucked up. That guy is so uptight about every little thing, such a little piece of pussy shit. He’d get all caught up in the technicality issues and the legal issues and what not. I don’t even understand how he made it to be leader. He’s no better than the other teams prissy leader.”

Xiumin chuckled lowly, Yixing was such an idiot. Kyungsoo may look small, but his strength and powers are not to be joked around with. Considering that he beholds the power to possibly blow up this whole entire planet.

“Hey I know that we all underestimate Kyungsoo because he’s short and all, but give the guy some credit, their team always manages to kick our asses at everything.”

And when Yixing glared at Xiumin, he took a step back and shot up his arms defensively. “I’m just saying, maybe we should focus on training harder instead of getting high on that funny norepinephrine altering shit.”

Yixing snorted, “Well, they’re not going to be beating us much longer, their new leader is such a weakling. I heard that his powers are water and the ability to make waves flow. We’re gonna beat them in no time. Besides, he only became leader because Kyungsoo apparently has a soft side for his pathetic little fucks.”

Xiumin nearly dropped the entire bag of white substance on his shoe when he heard the words that came out of Yixing's mouth. “Wait, did you say that he’s Kyungsoo’s little fuck?”

Yixing glanced dazedly at Xiumin. He didn’t really know if Xiumin had an angry or concerned expression on his face, so he merely muttered “Yeh.”

Xiumin ran faster than when Sehun unleashes his wind, all the way downstairs.

- - -

Wufan’s office was always dark, ‘the way of being productive’ as Wufan called it. Despite the fact that Zitao assumes he’s probably just locked up in his office all day listening to screamo rock songs, no one disturbs him anyways

As Xiumin made his way down to the 9^th taircase, he jumped over the low gate and glanced around. Old, ripped posters of 80/90 American rock bands with tattoo designs and heavy metal band equipment hung up all around the walls, screamo music resonating through the heavy bass speakers to the right side of the tiny office. Wufan nowhere to be found.

He sighed, why is Wufan’s office located almost 10 stories below the gym? And better yet, how is this environment even properly equipped to be an office? Xiumin was starting to think that maybe Yixing was right, Wufan was a terrible leader. He may not be “prissy ass pussy shit” as Yixing had described. But he definitely does not fit to be the role of ‘leader’, considering that he never even 'leaded'.

Shuffling noises echoed from the left side of the small office, as Xiumin stepped towards it, he suddenly remembered why Wufan was leader…

That arrogant bitch had a stare that could literally melt every single glacier that Xiumin had formed for fun back in his hometown, all 100,000 of them.

The element of Wufan’s stare that was terrifying, or as some observers called it, mesmerizing; was that it never failed to pierce through your soul. Wufan had the power to literally beat all of the K team with his heart-piercing gaze. It’s both terrifying and agonizing to stare at, especially when Wufan feels like transforming into his other form privately and those dark green scales rise up in his chest. Even if he never shows it in public, Xiumin has seen it enough times to know that the simplest of gestures can make his alter-ego arise.

“What do you want.” The dry, crackling screams that was initially suppose to be Wufan’s voice wrenched its way to Xiumin’s ears. He cringed, talking to Wufan when he’s like this is possibly the worst punishment ever for your inner cochlea.

“Whens the next time that you gotta go to one of those stupid fight club leader convention meetings? Is it soon?”

Wufan’s golden eyes narrowed into slits as he gently brushed at his tail with sharp claws. “Why do you ask? You know that no one is allowed to go with me.”

“Yes, I know that.” Xiumin started as he look down, was he really going to give up on something this easily? No he couldn’t, he had to at least try. “But that’s not the point, the point is that you’re taking me, and I’m not taking no for an answer.”

Wufan strolled to the other side of the room, deep in thought. Xiumin was actually quite composed and silent most of the time, there must be a good reason why he would want to go so badly. Besides, he is the only member on their team that hasn’t cracked under Wufan in the past or spilled any secretive information, this was the perfect chance. And Wufan wasn’t going to let it slip.

“Yes is your answer, meet me here at 10.”

And with that, Wufan vanished into thin smoke and an open glaze of fire. Leaving little cracks of heat dancing on Xiumin’s cheeks. Reminding him of the warm, tingly feeling on his skin whenever Joonmyun was around.

- - -

The 8 hours of waiting was absolutely agonizing for Xiumin. When the time finally rolled around, he found himself to be extremely apprehensive and giddy. Or maybe, just a mixture of both.

Wufan had transformed back to his human self before they exited the gym garage. Knowing him, Xiumin estimates that it probably took him about 3 hours to just calm down and get himself composed before heading out to the general public.

The drove silently in the car. Wufan’s shiny black f430 Ferrari leading its way through the dark night, zooming across the city escape. Xiumin slouched down further into his hoodie and stared outside, with absolutely no thoughts in his mind except images of Joonmyun’s smiling face and angelic laugh.

“I know that saying this is pretty much useless since you probably already know but, Joonmyun has Kyungsoo.”

Xiumin torn his face away from the city lights and stared at Wufan, “What’s your point?”

Wufan snorted, a puff of smoke coming out of his nostril as he leaned back into his seat. “All I’m saying is that you’ll have better luck chasing after Luhan, even if Sehun has him tied up in a dreadful headlock.”

Xiumin winced, Sehun’s protectiveness of Luhan has been the talk of the fight club presidents ever since they came out last spring. Two rivals being in a secretive relationship, well, not anymore. Wasn’t exactly rare since most of the guys on the team probably just need a good fuck after so much sexual tension. But Luhan and Sehun’s case was special; so special to a point that it shall only be bought up when the right circumstances arise.

“You really think I got no chance?” He muttered quietly.

Wufan snorted again, “I never said that, but I do praise you for your continuous efforts. Someone on this team bound to figure out why you’ve been so depressed lately.”

Xiumin just gawked at Wufan. He mentally told himself to make a list after he gets back to the gym of reasons why Wufan fits to be leader for future references, and how he might as well just steal Luhan’s power since he seems to be telepathic.

Ten minutes has passed, and they’re still driving; until a shocking realization came to Xiumin.

“Wait, how do you know about Joonmyun and me?”

Wufan shrugged. “Wasn’t too hard to figure out, power attraction I guess. They say that if your powers are similar to someone else’s, you’ll probably be attracted to them right away with no ability to fight back. If your powers are exceptionally strong, the attraction will just be exceptionally strong. That’s why you’re such a valid member of our team, Xiumin."

Xiumin felt a warm feeling fill up in his chest, even if his power is frost. Wufan had praised him for the first time in years. And it made sense he supposed, him and Joonmyun.

“His power is water, and yours is frost. A perfection combination almost.” Wufan quipped.

Xiumin snapped out of his thoughts and glared at Wufan, “Dude, you gotta stop reading my mind, quit pulling a Luhan.”

Wufan smirked, “At least I’m not as annoying.”

They drove another 5 minutes in silence.

“How strong is it?” Wufan whispered.

Xiumin cranked his neck back to Wufan’s face, “Come again?”

Wufan cleared his throat. “I mean…like, how strong is this attraction to Joonmyun? Seems pretty serious.”

Xiumin wracked his brain for thoughts, “I’m not sure.” He started, “It started 2 months ago at our last competition, I was on the sidelines getting ready to go against Sehun when Joonmyun stepped out with Kyungsoo. I had never seen him before and he was just so…delicate, and just… pure in my eyes. I kind of stalked him at some drinking clubs over the past few weeks, and yeah…it’s pretty strong I would say, he’s all that’s in my mind.”

Wufan stared straight ahead, the deadening silence filling up the car again.

“Would you say…that it’s love?”

Xiumin looked away again, a slight blush was forming on his cheeks. “I…I don’t know, I mean, I like him and all, but…I hardly think I understand what love means, and liking him in general is pretty dangerous to begin with since he's on the other team. So no, I don’t think I love him.”

Wufan simply nodded, and continued driving without a word.

Xiumin gazed out the window, serious thoughts running through his mind. Did he love Joonmyun? Was he even capable of loving someone? After all these years of joining the fight club, love was the last thing anyone needed. Some people say that love can be experienced after having a good fuck or what not; but gang members and porn stars fling themselves at the team members all the time. Love after a good fuck was just out of the question. So no, he decided, he was not in love with Joonmyun. At least, not yet.

But the important question is, will Joonmyun be at the leader's meeting? Or is Kyungsoo just using him as an object of his affection like Yixing said?

Did Kyungsoo truly give up his leader position to Joonmyun? All for love?

- - -

The fight club meeting is just as boring as all the previous meetings Wufan has been to. He sits in the front row. Right across from the EXO-J/K team leaders, with Leeteuk standing in the middle of the auditorium, shushing everyone for the meeting to begin.

Xiumin squirmed beside Wufan, his peripheral vision focused right on Joonmyun. Sitting directly across from him across the large auditorium floor, wearing a gorgeous sparkly black suit and with, Kyungsoo by his side. Xiumin’s fists tightened at the thought.

“Welcome, welcome! All leaders, friends, and fight club enthusiasts! Thank you for joining us today.” Leeteuk roared into the microphone.

Rambunctious applause echoed throughout the room.

“Our next international competition is less than 3 days away. And this time, it’s going to be a fight that will make history!” Leeteuk shouted. Even more enthusiastically, if possible.

“We have our friends from over 45 different planets join us today for this meeting. In order for us to accommodate everyone, this meeting will span over the course of the next 5 hours. Yes, it will end at approximately 4am, and you’re all expected to be here once again in less than 48 hours for the actual competition, are you readddddyyyyy?”

More applause.

Xiumin wrinkled his nose in disgust, what kind of a leader fight club meeting is this; he snuck a look at Wufan.

Wufan however, stared straight ahead, not a single bit of movement or emotion.

“I’m going to the restroom,” Xiumin muttered.

- - -

The fight club meeting ended around 4am, as promised. Xiumin was feeling so sleepy and tired that he literally fell into Wufan’s arms when they started walking back to the car. Wufan, being the cold-hearted, stoned person he is; suggested that Xiumin wash his face with ice water so he can at least make the trip home without falling all over Wufan’s lap.

Xiumin mumbled “selfish bastard” before he made his way to the restroom for the second time of that evening.

When he first stepped in, he was so concentrated on washing his face and getting the fuck out of this boring building that he didn’t notice another man, hovering over the toilet. Possibly puking his guts out.

When he did notice, however, he tried to make a dash for the door, but it was too late.

Joonmyun was now standing in front of him, looking at him curiously with some left over vomit still staining his lips.

Xiumin gulped.

- - -

Wufan crossed his arms over his hard chest, leaning against his car in the cold night air. Where the fuck was Xiumin? How long does it take to wash a fucking face for god sakes?

He waited for another 20 minutes before he really started to get impatient, what the hell is that idiot doing in the washroom? He better not be fapping.

Wufan seriously considered just driving off and ditching his teammate when a loud explosion discharged about 50 meters from where he was standing.

He sharply turned around, cocking his head above the tall trees that was now beginning to fall down, bursting into flames. Wufan quickly jumped over the large trees with his arms, almost falling as his wings were contorted behind his long sleeve shirt. He jogged up closer to the explosion and looked around.

A boy, or maybe a man. Only a little bit shorter than him, walked out from a pile of smoke and crackling fire bits, face only meters away from Wufan’s.

His eyes were on fire.

- - -

Wufan was not pleased.

He ended up waiting 2 hours for Xiumin to return from the restroom, and when the boy did return, he had a love-struck, dazed smile plastered all over his face. Wufan could tell that Xiumin was wide awake by now. He would inconsistently shake his legs from under his seat and squirm around, all while gushing about how he actually ended up talking to Joonmyun for more than 10 seconds and how they shared stories about their powers. About their hobbies and likes, and about how they control their powers when working together, blah blah blah.

While that was all very nice and fluffy, the boy who’s eyes were on fire is all that lingers on Wufan’s mind. Who was he? And why were his eyes on fire?

- - -

The fight club competition this year is different from every other year, all of EXO-W’s team members could tell.

For one, the addition of 45 other planets just added commotion to the endless crowd. People sprawled around in all directions, teammates under the rings, encouraging others or doing a few punches to warm up.

Wufan took a quick glance at the fight club schedule. As per usual, the organizers always starts off the match with a W and K team showoff. As these are the two strongest teams, a fact that no one can deny.

Zitao is up first, and he is going against Baekhyun. Wufan snickered a little. Oh Byun Baekhyun, the soft skinned boy with an adorable eye smile that make noonas swoon, all the while having the ability to mentally and physically blind his opponents with the light that he emits across the arena.

Wufan knows for a fact that at least 2 members on each team have a special power, but most of the time, the power is either too strong or too dangerous to be used in public. On the W team, there are four members who are not allowed to use their powers, which is why their team is so exceptionally strong. If Jongdae was to unleash his thunder, this entire city could be left in ruins. Zitao’s ability to control time has been unleashed once or twice before, but only under very special circumstances. Such as that one time, when Wufan’s anger erupted and caused him to turn into his dragon form in public and almost eat a group of competition viewers. Therefore, Zitao had to turn back time and erase everyone’s memory.

Luhan’s ability to read minds and tell the future is only known by the W and K team. If the hosts found out about Luhan’s real power, it’s highly possible that he will be demolished and burned or frozen to death. The only reason why his real power was kept under wraps is because Sehun insistently nagged Kyungsoo for about 2 weeks to keep the W’s team secret hushed, begging him to allow Luhan to still compete. Since everyone knows what happens to fighters when their abilities are not what they originally claimed to be.

Bottom line is, Wufan is really glad that Xiumin and Yixing can showcase their powers. Its nice because they’re both extraordinarily powerful. Even if Yixing can get really tipsy just by drinking water at points and tends to forget every single part of his game plan when he fights; at least he makes up for it by his spontaneous movements and ability to think quickly on the spot.

Speaking of Xiumin, where was he?

The first three quarters of the match goes exceptionally well for the W team, everyone won their rounds effortlessly, with the exception of Zitao. He almost lost it to Baekhyun but managed to pull through in the last second by using brute force and kicking Baekhyun so hard in the face that his light emitted into rays of red blood, splashing the entire ring. Yixing was obviously high on something, once again. As he literally shoved over one million gamma rays over his scars to heal them all the while constantly shoving Sehun’s winds back at him brutally. Luhan was a bit mad at Yixing for hurting Sehun, but quickly forgave him later when he realized that they might win the Century Game International 50 Planet trophy a second later. When it was Luhan’s turn to actually go, he showed no mercy for Jongin. As the poor boy kept getting trapped inside Luhan’s telekinesis bubbles and desperately trying to escape by teleporting with no avail, only finding himself travelling to another bubble. In the end, his legs were so worn out that he merely collapsed inside the biggest bubble and had to be dragged out of the ring. Lastly, Jongdae’s performance was nothing but astounding. He literally blew up the entire arena will his powerful handclaps. Trapping each and every wave Joonmyun emitted between his fingers; all the while able to forcefully propel Joonmyun’s waves back to him; causing him to be soaking wet and thrown outside of the competition ring.

“DID YOU FUCKING SEE THAT?! THAT WAS AWESOME!!!!!!!! It’s a good thing that you destroyed their prissy little leader Jongdae-ah, I bet their team’s confidence level probably went down 823830 levels, even their leader sucks. Now all we gotta do is wait for Wufan to beat his opponent and that trophy is ours."

Xiumin rolled his eyes, Yixing must have taken an overdose of Catecholamine and norepinephrine before he competed.

- - -

Wufan frowned at the competition schedule broadcasted above the large overhead as he stood in the arena. All by himself, all alone and…

Where the fuck was his opponent? And better yet, who the fuck is his opponent?

The game board merely states: ‘Round 70: EXO-W’s Wufan vs. EXO-J/K’

EXO-J/K’s who? Is this some kind of sick joke.

He looked up at the audience surrounding the arena, literally thousands of eyes wandering upon his every move, with millions of eyes across the planets watching behind their respective screens. He tried to calculate the finished competitions inside his mind. Zitao went against Baekhyun, Yixing went against Sehun, Luhan went against Jongin, and Jongdae went against Joonmyun. Kyungsoo was sitting this competition out and so was Xiumin, so who is left on the EXO-J/K team?

His thoughts were interrupted by the loud cheers of the crowd, and a young boy standing behind the shadows, entire body erupting into flames.

- - -

Wufan quickly ducked as the flames threatened to tear his entire arm off his arm socket, he hissed as some of the flames got on his sleeves, burning deep holes within his flesh.

When he looked up, and was faced with possibly the beautiful thing he’s ever seen.

A fire phoenix, literally the size of the arena itself, sprung up from the boy’s back as the flames swallowed him whole. The entire arena bursting into a delicious red organ-ish colour. The crowd went wild.

This time, Wufan didn’t even attempt to duck.

The flames flashed around him and tickled his skin dangerously, leaving burn marks all around his hypersensitive flesh. He felt the heat resonate through into his spinal cord, all the way deep inside his rib cage and through his veins. The delicious heat threatening to rip his entire body apart. If he doesn’t retrieve from the flames, he will be reduced into ashes by no time. Since the hosts don’t really care about who dies or survives anyways, his death will only be remembered through his teammates.

Wufan couldn’t let that happen.

At this point, he had two options.

He can dodge the boy’s flames and rise all the way up so that he would have more force when the boy stops momentarily, allowing him to shoot down his flames. Pretending to escape when really, he was going to attack brutally. Or, he could just zoomed down and kill the boy right away. No regrets, no inhibitions, just the ultimate, fiery death to show this boy who the real fighter is.

Wufan decided to go with the-escape-first-trick-then-attack-later strategy.

He sprung up from the flames, gangly wings and sharp scales ripping apart the seams of his jacket, his eyes turning into a solid gold colour as sharp fangs and claws drew out of his flesh. His adam’s apple getting diminished into a fire pit and nostrils flaring out, hovering over the entire arena.

He wasn’t sure what was going on at this point, but all he could hear was the crowd’s gasps and wild cheers.

Along with the look of surprise on the boys face.

Wufan smirked. Perfect, this will give them all a show.

He rose up all the way around the arena, fire erupting from his insides as his body took smoke all around the ceiling. Crashing down several stage lights and sending them flying to the boys head.

The boy swiftly ducked each and every light with grace, while some of the lights got burned off by his flames in the process, shattering into a million pieces and littering the entire stage. After trying every single attack mechanism Wufan knows of, seeing that his methods have no effect on the boy at all, Wufan was beginning to feel angry. This was not the fight that he was hoping for. He felt extremely aggressive and suicidal, for god-knows-what-reasons. Suddenly, every single urge in his body just felt like plummeting down and thrashing this boy out of the arena. He felt humiliated, and betrayed by the fact that someone else, or just anyone else, can beat him at his own game. Wufan wanted to rip the flesh off the boy’s bones with his teeth and using his blood as a lubricant to sooth his aching arm with the flames that the boy threw at him.

Fucking little piece of shit.

Why Wufan was so rough and aggressive at this point, he did not know. All he knows is that this fight isn’t over until one of them is dead, and he isn’t going to become the dead one.

Abandoning all thoughts within his original plan to escape first and attack later when an opportunity arises, he decided to directly get this over with and kill the boy right away. Since his flames were at full capacity at the moment anyways.

So he plummeted down the arena with all the force in the world, cracking his wings inside his chest. Opening them as wide as possible, releasing all of the fire that he had stored up in his system for the past 3 years of no showing.

For about 10 seconds, the flames just kept rushing out, completely enveloping the other boy. So much that Wufan was beginning to feel dizzy since all he can see is a piercing redness inside his golden eyes.

It’s probably the longest 10 seconds of Wufan’s life.

Suddenly, he sees the flames rise up, up, up, all above his entire dragon form, burning his scales in the most painful ways possible and threatening to torn apart his entire body. He gasps, puffs of smoke choking his throat, as the fire just keeps getting stronger and stronger, enveloping him completely and taking over his sympathetic nervous system…

The last thing he sees is redness, the last thing he hears is silence, and the last thing he smells, is his own blood.

- - -

He wakes up in a dark room.

The bed sheets below him are soft, and he faintly smells coffee on the bedside table. A digital clock gave off an eerie red glow to the right side of his bed. Right away, Wufan knew that he was in Luhan’s room.

He glanced at the clock; it was 2:53 in the morning.

Standing up, Wufan hisses when the sharp pain in his lower back creeps all the way up his spine. The pain receptors in his body sending the shock to this arm sockets as well, and particularly his chest…

Mainly areas that transform when he changes…

Oh wait.

Shit.

It’s suddenly all coming back to him. The arena, the fight, the crowd, the cheers, the transformation, the flames. But most importantly, the boy.

Wufan shut his eyes tight, who the fuck was that boy?

He stole a quick glance at his phone, which was charged against the wall. Obviously someone knew that he was going to wake up eventually and made sure to charge his phone for him. Wufan discretely smiled at the kind gesture, how long has he been asleep exactly?

He counts the dates using his fingers, the 50-planet century fight was on July 31^st, and today is…

Discharging his phone from the wall, he takes a look at the date.

Holy shit today is August 12^th?!

He’s been asleep for almost 2 weeks?!

Stretching his aching arms and sore back, Wufan tugged on a leather jacket as he grabbed his keys from his ripped and burnt jeans, which were piled against a heap of dirty and rugged laundry in the bathroom, and stumbled out of the garage.

His Ferrari races through the night, engine threatening to burst and explode as he only pushes on the gas pedal harder, wanting to reach the top of the fire peak as quickly as possible. Wanting to feel the fresh water surround his lower back as it washes his worries and pain away. Wanting to look below the entire city and just take in the bright, yet mysterious red night sky at the top of the peak.

Pulling out his phone, he tried to browse through every single news application that he downloaded. Itching to see if any of the articles and fight club fans can update him on what happened.

Much to his disappointment, pretty much everything was about him and the boy on fire.

Every single website, every single article, all the pictures, videos, and even polls were about the fight. Wufan found himself rolling his eyes as he read the most popular poll on the fight club fan page. “DO YOU THINK WUFAN IS DEAD?” Spread across in huge, obnoxious red lettering, “IF NOT, WHERE DO YOU THINK HE IS?”

He gritted his teeth and snorted. No, he wasn’t fucking dead. He’s alive, Wufan would not just die that easily.

Scrolling through the website some more, millions of photos were plastered on the fan page. Pictures of him getting sucked into the flames, pictures of him crashing down on the arena, videos of the crash and flames threatening to swallow up the entire arena. The emergency trucks carrying him away, and all the broken glass, littered everywhere.

Wufan felt like throwing up, 150 million views?!

He has never felt so humiliated his entire life. Even if he’s unwilling to admit it, but how was this possible? How can someone else beat him, especially a newcomer? How can someone possibly defeat him at this own game? How can someone destroy him within flames if he had the ability to breathe it out spontaneously, just…all of it, it just all didn’t make sense.

He sighed, and scrolled down the web page some more. Another video showed up, one with a golden sticker beside it, flashing the words ‘THIS MONTH’S MOST WATCHED.’

He clicked it, and instantly wished he didn’t.

The video itself was only 20 seconds long. But it contained more truth, and sent more shivers down Wufan’s spine than anything else his entire life.

Flames, flames, flames everywhere. The smoke enveloping the entire arena, dissipating as the audience struggled to breathe properly. Suddenly, all the smoke disappeared, and vanished within the boy’s sleeve, he simply rolled up his jacket, and everything was back to normal again. Out of the corner of his eye, Wufan saw emergency workers haul him out of the ring with a stretcher. He cringed; he was still in his dragon form, with his wings damaged and his face completely burned.

But the video was zoomed in on the boy’s face; close, maybe a little bit too close.

The boy was smiling. In fact, he was smiling insanely hard. His perfect row of teeth glittering by the stage lights as he politely bowed, and ruffled his hair through the crowd’s roaring cheers. He simply stepped down from the arena, and looked straight into the camera with a huge grin on his face.

Wufan shuddered, if had felt as if the boy was smiling directly at him.

Reminding him, of the match.
Reminding how he’d been defeated.

No, it wasn’t a smirk, or a smug smile; it wasn’t one of those expressions where the winner tries to constantly remind the defeated loser who won. It was one of those genuine, heartfelt smiles that you experience after your first kiss, or when you stare into your lover’s eyes at a wedding ceremony. It was one of those smiles that only appeared once on a blue moon. A smile that was able to cure world hunger, a smile that was able to make the coldest person smile back.

Maybe that’s why the boy’s smile bothered Wufan so much.

Because even with all the information inside his head about how this strange boy beat him so badly, he found himself smiling back.

Grinning into his blank phone screen within the darkness of his car, Wufan found himself to be calm and happy. The adrenaline and painful memories rushing through his veins.

The boy’s glistening smile is all that's embedded inside Wufan’s head as he got out of the car and started walking up to the peak.

- - -

The view down from the peak is just as beautiful as always. The city lights literally looking like little dots below his fingertips. He took out a cigarette, and lit it using flames from his nose.

But one thing he later noticed was that the sky is redder that it usually is, and the air around him was way hotter than it use to be.

Wufan frowned; the exact feeling he had during the competition was going back to him.

A sharp pain suddenly crept up his spine.

Taking off his torn his leather jacket and torn t-shirt, he hissed at the sight of his back.

Blood and pus was now free flowing down like a waterfall, the scabs that had previously healed are now splitting apart once again.

What the hell was going on?

Wincing, he quickly jogged up to the small lake deep within the forest. Hoping to reach the fresh water in time before more pain and blood threatened his already weak body.

Jumping into the water, it only made it worse.

He felt like his entire body was being ripped apart. The fire within the water rose up all over his chest, the flames burning his entire back as he screamed and quickly leaped out. His hair and the fabric of his pants splattering sparks all across the night air.

It was only then that Wufan realized he wasn’t alone.

Turning around, he was greeted by the familiar spark of fire that he saw the night he waited 2 hours for Xiumin radiating from the boy’s eyes. He was faced with a familiar mop of curly, soft brown hair and a bright, glistening smile the night of his downfall.

Oh that smile.

He blinked three times rapidly; it was the boy on fire, looking up at him, only his face above the water.

- - -

"Hi…” he said as he rose up all the way above the water, outstretching his hand.

Wufan simply stared.

His eyes were wandering everywhere. From the water droplets dripping down from the boy’s bare chest all the way down to his navel and how his eyes were on fire. Sparkling in conjunction with the glistening radiance from his perfect teeth.

“I think we’ve met before.” The boy started again.

Wufan gaped, his voice, it was so, so…

It was so alluring.

One thing for sure, the boy’s voice certainly didn’t match his stunning smile. His voice was deep, almost as deep as his own but it projected far more prominently than Wufan’s voice ever could. His voice was pure, with hints of shyness as the two boys simply stared at each other, no one daring to say anything.

The tension was even more dithering than the boy’s flames surrounding him whole.

Wufan stayed silent, he simply stared at the boy and refused to set foot in the pond.

He watched as the boy swam back and forth, flames and red sparks glistening off his body as the water reached all the way up to neck, and died down when he plummeted under water.

The entire atmosphere was tinted with a reddening glare. The air was suffocating, the heat radiating off every single crevasse that the boy stepped foot on. After few more minutes of silence, he finally spoke up.

“I don’t understand you.”

The boy turned around as he stood up from the water inhaled some of the fluid to quench his thirst. “What did you say?” He asked as he turned away.

Wufan coughed, “I said that I don’t understand you.”

The boy looked away again, “And why is that?”

Wufan huffed, a puff of smoke escaping his mouth as he tried to patch together his weakening voice. “Well, if you haven’t already noticed, I can turn into another form, and a dragon at that. My own special ability is flying, and fire. But how is it possible that I can’t bear your flames?”

“I don’t know. That’s your problem, shouldn’t you know?”

Wufan snorted. “Hell, if I knew. I wouldn’t be wasting my time talking to you right now.”

The boy frowned, “I wouldn’t say that talking to me is a waste of time.”

“It is a waste of time to me if you don’t tell me what I want to know.” Wufan retorted stubbornly.

The boy sighed, he leaped out of the water carefully. Wufan’s eyes following every single fire spark that he was leaving behind within the liquid. “Ask me a more specific question, and I’ll try to answer it.”

Wufan nodded curtly, he had to make the most out of his time since being around the boy in his suffocating heat was unbearable to many extents.

“How do you control the flames?”

“It’s my power.”

“You don’t need to transform first?”

“Depends.”

“Then how do you keep it under control at times?”

“I learned overtime.”

“Why are they so lethal?”

“Ask my genetics.”

“Are you part of the J/K team now?”

“You mean the J team?”

“Oh right, Joonmyun stepped up as main leader. It’s not just EXO-Kyungsoo anymore.”

“Yeap.”

Wufan closely examined the boy, his expression was unreadable. But it did present a mixture of happiness and sorrow, his shining grin hiding the mischievous stare in his eyes.

He could clearly tell that the boy was leaving out a great amount of valuable information.

“You’re not going to tell me all of it, are you?”

The boy grinned. “No a chance.”

Wufan nodded, “Fair enough.”

He was just about to leave when the deep booming voice behind him projected slowly into his eardrums.

“I can’t control the information I know.”

Wufan turned, raising a suspicious eyebrow as he looked at the boy.

“It’s not up to me to spread the information. Even if I want to tell you, I can’t.”

He snorted, “And why is that exactly?”

The boy blinked, “Haven’t you heard of FFR?”

Wufan returned a look of confusion at his question. “Uh...no.”

“Well then,” the boy snorted. “No wonder I beat you so easily.”

Wufan clenched his teeth and tightened his fists, to become leader for the W team took years and years of training. There is no way that this boy beat him ‘that easily.’

“I would watch out if I were you.” Wufan snarled, “Just because you won this once doesn’t mean that you’ll always be almighty.”

The boy laughed, “I don’t need to be almighty since everything I could possibly want is already set in stone.”

Silence enveloped them again.

“What is FFR?”

The boy grinned again, his obnoxious teeth coming in to perfect view. “Oh so now you’re interested?”

Wufan shuffled his feet, what fucking game was this boy trying to play…

Wufan decided to try the silent method. Often times, people would succumb to his deathly glares of silence and just speak up eventually.

But the boy never faltered, he didn’t look bothered by Wufan’s gaze at all; as he continued to smile, grinning widely.

“It stands for fight or flight response.”

Wufan cocked his eyebrows, he’s pretty sure that he’s heard of that term before.

“See!” The boy laughed, “I knew that you’d be able to understand after I decode the acronym, there is no possible way that you’re leader if you’ve never heard of it.”

He frowned. The term sounded very familiar, but he wasn’t exactly sure where he’s heard it from before.

“Care to explain?”

The boy looked around, his unwavering eyes settling down on Wufan’s carefully crafted features and elegantly poised posture. As he felt a dangerous gush of fire within his wings, he realized that he needed to leave the fire peak right away.

“No time, sorry.” The boy mumbled. “I have to go.”

Go back? Go back to where? Wufan thought with a frown, this conversation was just so abrupt and strange.

“Wait! I have more questions!”

But all that was left of the boy were his fire sparks in the night air, dancing on Wufan’s skin;

And a voice echoing from above, “Ask your friend Luhan”.

one | two | three | four

EXO: Fight or Flight Response (4/4)

vindicatexo — Wed, 27 Jun 2012 17:57:56 GMT

pairing: Kris/Chanyeol (mentions of Xiumin/Joonmyun & Kyungsoo/Joongmyun & Sehun/Luhan)
rating: NC-17
genre/au: EXO superpowers! AU, thriller, action
word count: 30,000+
summary: In which EXO is a fight club, well beyond the realms of our possible imagination 300 years from now. Immersed in a world filled with endless hatred and bloodshed, would your response be fight, or flight?
disclaimer: I don't own anything except for the storyline and ideas; all characters are property of themselves, and maybe...S.M.

The trip up to S.M was way shorter than Wufan had anticipated. Perhaps it was because his transformation into a dragon took shorter than it normally did thanks to Chanyeol's advice; or maybe because the time in extra-terrestrial space seemed to fast forward when a mission was at stake.

Whatever the reason may be, Wufan was slightly upset since it meant less time with Chanyeol.

They had made their initial stop at fire peak before officially leaving earth, with Chanyeol pulling out several pills and injection needles, explaining to Wufan that Jongdae had prepared these during their response training days, the mechanisms of facial change.

"If we want to go up there, I can't be recognized. And not only in terms of looks, S.M has a record of my DNA information since I use to be one of them, so I have to take these specialized pills to change my genetic information, and also my general outer appearance."

Wufan nodded, "Do I have to change?"

Chanyeol shook his head, "Nope, the plan for you is still the same. Oh and from now on, call me Daekyung."

Wufan watched as Chanyeol's big brown eyes got a little bit smaller, his bright red lips contorting into a thin line and turning into a paler colour, his luscious brown curly hair getting straightened into a short, black cropped haircut. And lastly, his entire face changing into a more circular shape with a few extra pounds added onto his cheeks.

Chanyeol turned around and beamed, "Well, how do I look? Do you recognize me?"

Wufan just stared, and shook his head dumbly.

"Good," Chanyeol smiled as he pocketed the left over injections and pills, "Let's go."

- - -

"Name?"

Wufan stared, him and Chanyeol had made it to the S.M gate, with only one guard standing in front of the huge entrance, looking around the colourless field for any intruders.

Chanyeol cleared his throat, "Lee Daekyung, and this is Wu Yifan, we're here for the fight or flight response pre-event hiring course."

The guard walked around Wufan and Chanyeol both twice before pulling out his DNA tracker and inserted a pin into Wufan and Chanyeol's thumbs. Wufan noticed Chanyeol twitch a bit as the guard looked carefully at the results.

"You may go in."

And just like that, the official fight or flight response began.

- - -

They waited in a huge line up, with well over 200 males joining them in the fight or flight drug test. Wufan slightly shook deep inside; this is what they've been training for since last week, he had experience, he could do this. He needed to do this.

"Number 197, Lee Daekyung."

Chanyeol confidently walked up to the machine platform, the S.M drug testing workers lowering his weight completely onto the hard drive until Chanyeol fit snuggly well behind the televised screen, an electronic voice sounded.

"Welcome, to the Ultimate S.M Fight or Flight Response Drug Test, in the next 5 minutes, we will test your body for a variety of different variables and determine your ideal response. If you receive 'Fight', please proceed to building A. If you receive 'Flight', please proceed to building B. This test will start in...5...4...3...2...1..."

Wufan watched Chanyeol's response on the big screen along with the other 2 males waiting to be tested. The drug monitor displayed the desirable injected doses of mineralocorticoid receptor, catecholamine, and glucocorticoid hormone. Wufan smiled to himself deep inside, these injection doses were the exact same ones as they had experienced during day one of training, this response had to be acceleration of heart beat and lung action.

He watched as Chanyeol chose the fight response each time, his eyebrows furrowed deeply in concentration and beads of sweat breaking through his skin. Everything that they had experienced, everything that they had went through within those 10 days of torture, it was finally paying off.

After 5 minutes, Chanyeol was released and ushered into the A building.

Time to shine, Wufan thought to himself.

- - -

The two of them sat in the main lobby, pretending to be disinterested in their environment as they quietly observed their surroundings with hundreds of other fight response fighters. The big red door near the very far left side of the building clamped shut with locks, opening only occasionally to let the next fighter in.

"Number 197, Lee Daekyung, visitor or fighter?"

Chanyeol stood up and straightened his posture, "Visitor."

"Thank you."

The assistant then moved down the aisle, until he was standing in front of Wufan with his clipboard and perky glasses.

"Number 198, Wu Yifan, visitor or fighter?"

Wufan stood up and looked at the man straight in the eyes, "Fighter."

"Very well." The man said as he checked a box on his sheet of paper, "Follow me."

They stopped at the big red door, the assistant clearing his throat and pressing a few buttons before one row of locks started unlocking automatically near the bottom of the entrance.

"Now, beyond this door is the creator of our association. Every fighter is required to meet with him and arrange pre-event fight or flight response competing duos before they are granted access to the arena. You must address him as D.X, D standing for Director, and X standing for anonymous. If you are left with any questions, ask one of us after your meeting with him is over."

All the locks finished unlocking as the red door creaked open, "Please, go in."

Wufan glanced around the room as they door shut behind him, the first thing he noticed is that the room is dark, awfully dark and eerie, much similar to his office, he relaxed a little bit.

"Wu Yifan, good to see you again."

Wufan turned as he was faced with "D.X", the man being only slightly shorter than him, with a black gas mask propped on his head along with a sheer black suit. His name plate reading S.M Corp.

"We all thought you were dead."

Wufan coughed, "I practically am."

D.X strolled over to his desk and took out an inkpad as he started recording everything Wufan was saying, "Oh?"

"After the fight against the fire phoenix, I've lost my wings and ability to fly."

"Ah," D.X scribbled. "So you're a fighter now, then?"

Wufan nodded, "Yes."

D.X stood up and circled around Wufan, his dangerous eyes landing on Wufan's fighting features as he continued to take notes. "But what brings you here?"

Wufan wracked his brain for the lines that Jongdae had instructed him with on their last day of training. "Earth is bland, it is lifeless, it is emotionless and perfectly boring. There is no opportunity for me to fight there, I wish to come over here and redeem myself as a fighter."

D.X nodded, "And is there, any particular fighter that you wish to compete against which we can offer you?"

Wufan nodded, "Yes, there is. I would like to compete against Kim Joonmyun for my pre-event fight or flight response match."

D.X made a clicking noise at the back of his throat. "Ah, a boy up for a challenge! But are you sure that you're up for it? Joonmyun is much stronger than he use to be, as I observed during the 50 Planent International match 3 and a half weeks ago that he is actually quite weak. A past fleer even beat him, Jongdae, his name was, a fighter on your team. But you're much weaker than before, now that you don't have any flight powers, what makes you think you can beat him?"

Wufan stared intensely into D.X's eyes, looking beyond the gas mask and imagining a pair of interested, but frightened eyes staring back at him, anxious for a response.

"I'm a good fighter, D.X."

D.X narrowed his eyes at Wufan and gently massaged his forehead as he pressed a couple of buttons in his track pad. He was silent for a few minutes before he finally spoke up.

"Very well. Meet me and Team X in the south side arena at 12, Joonmyun will be waiting for you there."

Wufan nodded his head, "Thank you."

- - -

The first thing Wufan realized when he stepped into the arena is that D.X had been right.

Joonmyun is much stronger than he used to be.

The soft, and angelic boy that use to stick around after each practice back on earth was now gone, replaced with a man-like machine. Joonnmyun's appeared to be way more toned, his biceps pushing through his tight thermal sweater as the warm glow in his eyes are now gone, replaced with cold, and stoned orbs.

Wufan almost didn't recognize him.

The S.M spectators for the match are by the far side, shuffling pieces of paper in a plastic container.

"Joongmyun, Wufan, please step up on the platform." An intercom voice boomed from above.

"Now as tradition of the S.M fight or flight pre-event course, each new fighter participant is eligible to draw one of eight possible options from this box, 4 of each will benefit the drawer of the ballot, and 4 of them will benefit their opponent. Wufan, please draw a piece."

Wufan cleared his throat, "May I know what the options are?"

The S.M employee frowned, "Absolutely not."

Wufan dipped his hand in, and picked the smallest piece of paper.

"Oh that's a good one, you're lucky for a first time draw." The second fight or flight observer employee said as he motioned Wufan and Joonmyun into the resting room right after Joonmyun got a negative result. As the two employees started to close the door, they shoved a small pamphlet into Wufan's hands

Wufan glanced at the pamphlet that he was provided with when he sat down on the sofa.

It was an information booklet regarding every single event that has happened to Joonmyun ever since he joined S.M.

He scanned the page, every single detail, carefully typed out and handcrafted delicately on in soft gray ink...

August 1st, 2358 -- arrived at S.M; tested for fight response; competed against Choi EunKim; victory

August 2nd, 2358 -- underwent seduction strategy during second fight; no hormonal response; fighter position: 70th place

August 3rd, 2358 -- tried to destroy West view arena center with waves; held down and drugged

August 4th, 2358 -- snuck out with intruder #AE578YH; short and medium length black hair; real name unknown; previous flighter knowledge

August 5th, 2358 -- underwent pain reflex suffocation strategy during third fight; survived effortlessly; 54th place

August 6th, 2358 -- snuck out with intruder #HF729EL; spiky dirty blonde hair; initials K.M; no experience with S.M

August 7th, 2358 -- tried to drown self in the aquazon marine centre; rescued and deemed by D.X to undergo Supreme Machine operation

August 8th, 2358 -- Supreme Machine production campaign for test subject #QK129HR; real name Kim Joonmyun

He dropped the piece of paper on the floor.

Joonmyun...was a S.M already?

Wufan stuided Joonmyun from across the room; the strong, muscular-looking fighter had his gaze directly fixed in front of him. His chest remaining still and perfectly lifeless as he stared ahead. Wufan could hear a faint beeping noise.

Then it struck him, they had taken out Joonmyun's heart.

He was now just a machine, nothing but a cold-hearted, emotionless, machine.

- - -

Wufan focused his gaze on Joonmyun's figure across the room, all the human life sucked out of him, lingering behind nothing but a robotic controlled figure in Joonmyun's old body.

He's a Supreme Machine, how am I suppose to beat him with just the fight mechanism when my real ability is flight? Wufan wondered, this was not going to be easy. Not in a hundred years had Jongdae and the rest of the team predicted that Joonmyun would turn into a S.M so quickly after he got scouted.

There must be way, he told himself. Luhan, Kyungsoo, Yixing, Zitao, Jongdae, and Chanyeol had all been previous Supreme Machines, and yet they managed to escape, what was their secret

Wufan searched his hippocampus deeply for thoughts, scanning each and every fissure until anything related to S.M sprung up. He felt his cheeks redden as a mental image of Chanyeol moaning his name crossed his mind.

"...anyone capable of fighting, will react to certain dangerous situations with a general discharge of the sympathetic nervous system..."

Wufan paid closer attention.

"...the response will adapt to a general syndrome and regulate stress responses in order for you to become more aggressive and masochistic than usual..."

It was Luhan who had told him this.

"...This is extremely dangerous because so many fighters who constantly pick the fight response wear themselves out overtime and die because of extreme aggression, depression, or masochism wishing to experience pain or suicide...”

Wufan decided after ten seconds that all he had to do was tire Joonmyun out until the stress fight response comes in, causing his internal machine system to respond negatively and implicating extreme pain and suicide. The machine will then combust and erode internally, alIowing him to take the machine parts away and rescuing the human Joonmyun after the machine in him dies...

I'll fly across the south side and carry him to the lobby back to Chanyeol before we head back down the gated doors...

The tournament buzzer sounded. Wufan watched with alert eyes as Joonmyun started forming waves and gradually building up the water to crash onto Wufan, with no weapon or real flight power available for usage.

Wufan could only hope that a hint of human emotion was left in Joonmyun for him to rescue.

- - -

Wufan quickly ducked as the thundering waves threatened to tear his entire leg off his leg socket, he hissed as the water crashed onto him, his lungs giving out and his oxygen supply slowly decreasing

An aqua magnetic trident, literally the size of the arena itself, sprung up from Joonmyun's back as the water swallowed him whole. The entire arena descending into a deep, ocean blue colour

Wufan swam to the far side, dodging more of Joonmyun's water bullets as he ran along the border of the arena, snatching a saw from the weapons table and shoving it as forcefully as possible into Joonmyun's center control board.

The robot tumbled backwards a little bit, some of his waves faltering, but it still wasn't enough to finish him

And so Wufan used the one response on Day 7 that Jongdae had instructed him and Chanyeol with. He stretched his hand, concentrating the thoughts embedded inside his cerebellum. "Expand, expand, expand." He murmured, "Dilate, dilate, dilate."

The two S.M fight or flight training course observatory representatives could only gape in awe as Wufan's hands dilated to the size of the far two arena walls itself. With every wave and crash of water that the robot throwing at Wufan's side, he casually dodged them with the smash of his palms. Sending the water back to the heartless robot, trying desperately to elicit suicidal internal combustion thoughts into this internal system.

"Come on, come on, come on." Wufan muttered, this was taking longer than expected.

He could sense the robot eventually reaching his breaking point. Each wave and clash of water particles starting to make less and less of an impact as Wufan continued to dodge them with ease. He watched carefully at the robot's features, his mechanical chest spurting out flames and broken wires, the water washing away the electrical currents needed in order for the central machine system to function.

Suddenly, he sees the water crashing on top in the most gruesome way possible. The huge wave of liquid enclosing on him, threatening to drown him and diminish his oxygen supply for good.

As the waves got closer and closer, Wufan hissed at the initial waves that washed upon his left arm, the robot was now spraying acid.

Acid that will result with his fire...

Wufan shot up, the acid burning through his flesh and creating angry red splotches all over his skin. The scales beneath his arms threatening to rise as the robot tumbled down, falling into a pool of acid and broken wires littered all around him.

He zoomed over to Joonmyun's robot body, picking him up and crashing through the glass windows to the S.M gate.

Upon seeing this, the two S.M observatory workers only had a millisecond to react, they pushed the emergency S.M canon at the exact same time, the explosion resonating throughout the entire association.

"Special alert, special alert: Attention all workers, Please lock all gate doors and close all exiting entrances. We have found our ultimate fight or flight model, #WK116YF, POWER: FIGHT AND FLIGHT."

- - -

Wufan's fingers burned at the touch of acid left on the robot's skin as he swirled across the south side arena. He desperately wanted to drop Joonmyun's robot form on the ground and repair his damaging skin, if it wasn't for all the S.M tanker ships crouching in behind him.

And so he flew even faster, his breath coming into short puffs of smoke as his dragon form was beginning to kick in, the scales on his hands feeling even more sensitive towards Joonmyun's acid during his transformation stage. Wufan narrowed his eyes and zoomed in his peripheral vision at the S.M main lobby, only 400 m to go until he can reach Chanyeol.

Wufan bursts through the S.M lobby window, shattering billions of tiny pieces of stained glass as he looked around at the people that were staring up at him. Some in awe, some in fear, but most of them, in determination.

"CAPTURE HIM!" Wufan heard D.X's voice booming from the large red gated door.

Wufan circled around the celling as his eye's scanned every direction for Chanyeol, where was he?!

After another 10 seconds of searching, he sees Chanyeol rushing through the opposite side of the building away from the red gated door, panting desperately as his facial features and body shape completely changed. Wufan widened his eyes, what was happening?

He watched in horrifying silence alongside everyone else as Chanyeol changed from his Daekyung body back into his normal phoenix self, the flames from his back bursting into an angry red mosaic of lava as he flew over to Wufan's side and cracked a huge grin.

"Let's get the hell on outta here."

- - -

They were surrounded.

And it wasn't even the good kind of surrounded either, it wasn't a time where you could look to your left and right, shift your gaze a little bit and maybe find a way out.

The three of them were totally, completely surrounded.

Wufan looked up, maybe Chanyeol and him could...

But it was no use, thousands of helicopters hovered above them, buzzing and logding around like busy, busy insects. Recording Chanyeol and Wufan's every move, monitoring every flinch of a limb or an contortion of a reflex.

This time, they really had no way out.

Chanyeol looked to Wufan, gazing into the older boy's eyes as Wufan glanced back, still holding the broken Joonmyun robot in his embrace with acid chewing away his skin. Wufan reached out his other hand, careful not to get any acid onto Chanyeol's fingers.

Chanyeol held on as they walked up to D.X together.

"This is such a sorry sight," D.X bemused, "If I could cry, I would."

Wufan clenched his teeth and snarled, the dangerous glare in his dragon eyes kicking in. "Just tell us what you want."

"Now now, Yifan. Patience is a virtue, allow me to tell you a story first."

Wufan felt Chanyeol's fingers gently tremble inside his own, had the younger boy heard of this story before?

"I've been searching, searching for over 300 hundred years Yifan, searching so desperately every single day; having to sacrifice my workers to go down to your pathetic planet and scout fighters for me. Do you have any idea how agonizing this was for me?"

Chanyeol trembled a little bit harder.

Wufan only held Chanyeol's fingers tighter as he kept his head up and continued to listen.

"Each and every year at the fighting competitions, it was always fighter, fighter, fighter, fighter. I probably get 100,000 fighters for every flighter that joins my association. Now, do you have any idea how gruesome, this was, for me? And for everyone working for me?"

Wufan stared intensely into D.X's gas mask, "No, I don't."

"No, no." D.X held his hand up, "That wasn't a question for you, I'm asking the fire phoenix beside you."

Chanyeol was quivering at an uncontrollable speed now.

"You got guts, Park Chanyeol. Coming back to this place after the flight training you've been through, did you enjoy your time with me?" D.X laughed huskily behind his hidden mask.

Chanyeol shook, his lips trembling as he stood behind Wufan, holding onto his warm fingers as if it was his own shield of armour

"But no matter." D.X continued, "Because now, I have found the perfect prototype."

silence

"Wu Yifan, you are the epitome of the entire fight and flight response concept."

Shuddering gasps and whispers were heard across the room.

Chanyeol tumbled onto the floor.

Wufan quickly kneeled down beside Chanyeol. The younger boy staring up into Wufan's loving eyes, tears streaking out of his brown orbs and staining his red-tinted cheeks.

"Wufan-ah, no, no, no--" Chanyeol whispered out.

Wufan pulled in Chanyeol for a hug as he stroked the younger boy's back. "Shhh, Chanyeol, no, no, don't worry, it'll be okay."

Chanyeol was crying now, his tears coming out like thundering waves not too different from what Wufan fought with half an hour ago. "But..but...they'll...they'll kill you, and.."

D.X laughed, his booming and bone-chilling laugh bouncing off the huge lobby walls. "Kill him? No, no, Chanyeol. How could I ever kill Yifan, he's everything that I've ever dreamed off! An Exogenesis dragon trapped inside a human body with the ability to perform both fight and flight responses at ease, I would have wasted my entire 300 years of immortality if I killed him."

Wufan pulled Chanyeol up from the floor as he held the boy close, Chanyeol's sobs littering Wufan's shirt in patches of tears as Wufan spoke, his powerful voice bouncing off the walls just as booming and explosive as D.X's.

"What do you want from me?"

D.X lifted the first half of his mask off as his mouth was showcased to Wufan. He smirked, a gentle array of teeth appearing as he softly tapped his fingers on the marble wood staircase.

"I will give you one of two options."

Wufan narrowed his fire eyes into dangerous slits, "I'm listening."

"Option #1, you can take Joonmyun in his robot form back to earth, all the way back to the EXO subunit so that you and your pathetic fleers can get a useless human fighter back. The moment you step onto earth, the robot will diminish and the human Joonmyun will be restored."

Wufan stepped closer to D.X, until he was only inches away from his gas mask.

"And the catch?"

D.X chuckled, "I get to keep the boy, and I'm making sure that he's not fleeing this time."

All feeling in Wufan's body has just gone numb.

He intertwined his fingers even tighter within Chanyeol's as he trembled slightly at D.X's threatening words. "And the second option is?"

D.X smiled, his perfect row of teeth similar to Chanyeol's showing, glistening by the chandelier light like precious little pearls. He walked up closer to Wufan, until their breathing was just mingling and centimeters apart. D.X softly whispered into Wufan's ears...

"Chanyeol and Joonmyun can go back to earth. You..."

"You have to stay... and you have to stay with me forever."

Wufan tried to keep his composure as fearless and emotionless as possible while he stared into D.X's mask. "And what if I say no?"

D.X snickered, "You won't say no, because you love Chanyeol. And that, is your greatest weakness, Yifan."

Wufan looked down and stared at Chanyeol, who was clutching onto his side and burying his face into Wufan's neck, sobbing, whispering soothing words to try and convince Wufan to not do it. "Don't do it." Chanyeol had whispered with emotion, "Let me stay, I've done it before." He choked back a sob, "Keep fighting, don't just give up, we can't let him win."

But no matter what Chanyeol said, or how much Wufan loved him, he already made up his mind. The previous words that Luhan had told Wufan echoed inside his brain, about how S.M played mind games, how they tortured fighters, how they killed for entertainment. Wufan loved Chanyeol too much, he couldn't let the boy go through all of that again just because he was too cowardly to stay. He needed to step up, he needed to sacrifice himself in the name of love and protect Chanyeol.

"How much time do I get?" Wufan asked D.X as he clutched onto Chanyeol's embrace even tighter.

D.X smiled, detaching the nosepiece from his gas mask, his entire face almost showing.

"10 hours. Meet us up at fire peak when your times up. Enjoy your last 600 minutes of being human, Wu Yifan."

- - -

He had carried Joonmyun's body to the EXO-J apartment, dropping Joonmyun gently in Baekhyun's arms as Baekhyun cried and pulled in Wufan for a bone-crushing bear hug.

"Thank you, thank you." Baekhyun had whispered hoarsely over and over again as he hugged Wufan tightly. "You really are the leader of EXO, as one."

Wufan smiled lightly, he didn't tell Baekhyun that it was the last time anyone in subunit J will see him ever again.

When he retreated to the W subunit, it was obvious that everyone has already heard of the news. Luhan was slumped up against the wall drowning himself in his 10th cup of coffee as his fingers jittered, his bloodshot eyes and soft blonde hair dry under the afternoon sunlight. Yixing was slowly strumming his guitar, humming along to a tune as he closed his eyes and sang out a comforting lullaby. Zitao was near the punching bag, streaking marks of blood and sweat littered all around the mat floor as he punched and punched continuously. Wufan stepped in closer and took a good look, the adorable boy had taken a marker and scribbled 'D.X' on it before kicking it with more force each and every time.

And lastly, there was Jongdae. With his spectacles and encyclopedia buried up into his face as he sipped another warm cup of tea by the window. A screeching kettle nearby vibrating the sounds of ready-and-boiled-hot-water around the lifeless gynasium.

Wufan cleared his throat, "W team."

It was Zitao who came up first, he buried his face deep within Wufan's shoulders and held on until Yixing had to pull him away; sobbing uncontrollably and wiping his tears mixed in with smears of blood, whimpering out words like "Don't leave", "Take me with you", and "We need you."

Yixing was next, he casually walked up to Wufan, offering a handshake as his other hand pointed to his still broken jaw. Wufan chuckled, guess he did hit Yixing pretty hard after finding out about the drug hormone abuse. The left side of his cheek still stained a deep crimson colour. Just as Wufan was about to shake Yixing's hand, the musician pulled Wufan for a hug, embracing the W leader tightly and softly stroking his back.

"I'll miss you, Wufan, stay safe."

Wufan nodded as he hugged Yixing back just as passionately. "You too, man."

When Jongdae walked up to Wufan, he had taken his glasses off; Jongdae's eyes swam with emotion as he walked up closer, and gently planted a kiss on Wufan's nose.

"I have great faith, Leader W, that you'll come back to us one day. Stay strong, we'll be waiting here."

Wufan smiled, Jongdae always knew the right thing to say.

Luhan was the last one to approach Wufan. He stood up from his slumbering position against the wall, coffee mug still in hand. And ghosted his cappuccino breath extremely close to Wufan's face, and whispered:

"I always knew that you were capable of having both responses. I just knew. But I never would have thought that S.M confirmed this fact before I could, I'm sorry I couldn't save you."

Wufan looked at Luhan's doll face as the telekinetic tried desperately to hold back a sob.

"Hey, hey, now...don't say that." Wufan soothed Luhan as he softly stroke the boy's golden hair. "You helped me so much through this Lu, you have no idea."

Luhan struggled to hold back another tear.

Wufan bought Luhan closer to his embrace. "You're one of the best teammates I've ever had. Thank you for helping me, being there for me, and trusting me, even when I didn't trust you; even when I was a cold-hearted bitch and didn't trust any of you. I don't deserve to work in the same team as you guys, really. Just know that I'm grateful for everything that you've done for me, and I always will be."

Luhan nodded slowly as he backed up from Wufan's arms, and planted a soft kiss on his left cheek.

Wufan gazed around the gymnasium, and frowned. The one person that he wanted to see the most wasn't here, had he retreated to the J apartment when Wufan wasn't paying attention?

"Where's Chanyeol?" He heard himself ask in a worried and small voice.

Luhan smiled sadly, "You know exactly where he is."

- - -

Fire peak has always been the most beautiful before sunrise and right after sunset, it was one of those sceneries that Wufan never got tired of looking at. He loved the soft morning air with lukewarm heat leaking through the mist as the sunrays gently danced upon his face. It was so calming; so alluring in the way that a simple ecosystem could calm down his mind better than any person or drug.

Well, he couldn't say that anymore, since he had found something that is better than fire peak. He had something that portrayed his whole entire life and showcased all of his emotions in front of him; he had found something that gave him a purpose to continue living his life.

He had found Chanyeol.

Wufan approached the very top of the lava rock, his features focused in tunnel vision again as he stared at the phoenix boy's back.

His heart was on fire.

And so he walked up behind the boy, and gently placed his arms around Chanyeol's shoulders. Intertwining their fingers together by Chanyeol's lap and carefully stroking his thumbs.

Chanyeol turned around, their mouths bruising together into a crushing kiss the second Wufan laid eyes on the boy's face.

On top of the fire peak, during the moment of the afternoon sunset, this time of day carried extra heat into Wufan's veins. His entire body was flushed red, beating hurriedly along with the rhythm of his heart. It was hot, too hot, unbearably hot as he tore off his wife beater and unbuckled Chanyeol's belt. The two of them laying on top of the hottest rock all across the planet, suffocating and drowning inside each other's heat.

Chanyeol threw his head back and moaned, his soft pink lips stretching into a small circle as Wufan licked his fingers using all the salvation he had left in his dry and crackling throat. Slowly inserting one digit softly inside Chanyeol's cavern, the younger boy moaned against Wufan's ministrations as the older boy continued to devour Chanyeol's lips; the two of them dancing a passionate fire dance within each other's embrace.

Wufan held on tight onto Chanyeol's porcelain hips, fingers leaving dangerous marks behind as he grinded his hips up and down, pushing his throbbing organ inside Chanyeol's wet heat. The younger boy threw his head back, exposing his delicate neck for Wufan to bite and claim all around with sensual and angry kisses. He sunk his teeth into the flesh, tearing away pieces of small skin cells as the two of them only rocked harder into each other. Setting up a brand new pace and pattern that only the two of them shared. Wufan moved his wet mouth towards Chanyeol's nipples, gently sucking on each one as Chanyeol threw his head back and moaned even louder, finally giving in and shooting ropes and ropes of hot wet semen all across their sweaty and flushed red bodies.

Wufan came only shorter after Chanyeol. All the energy inside his body drained from him as he snapped his hips one last time, and felt his toes and insides curl with absolute pleasure as Chanyeol sighed against him. Mop of brown hair dropping down to Wufan's shoulders, gently sucking on Wufan's delicate skin.

He could only stare lustfully into Chanyeol's gaze as he checked his watch.

He had 5 hours left.

And Wufan had his mind set on making his last 5 hours on earth, the best 5 hours of his life, with Chanyeol.

- - -

He glanced at his watch again, time was ticking fast, he only had 10 minutes.

Chanyeol must have obviously known this himself, as he snuggled even closer to Wufan's body and crushed their lips together. A tiny string of saliva breaking them off when Chanyeol pulled apart, and stared up into Wufan's eyes.

"I really wish that you didn't have to go."

Wufan felt his heart clench at Chanyeol's soft pleads; he slowly looked down at the younger boy's innocent and delicate face. So full of life, so full of joy, and so full of hope.

"Yes, but Chanyeol, it's better if I go instead of you. You already had your torture, it wouldn't hurt me that much to try and be a S.M for awhile too."

Chanyeol closed his eyes, tiny droplets of tears littering his cheeks as he shifted in Wufan's lap, staring directly into Wufan's golden eyes and kissing his eyelashes. "Yes...but unlike me, you won't get a chance to escape. You're everything that D.X has ever dreamed of, you won't turn out be a fleer like the rest of us, you'll be gone forever."

Wufan frowned slightly at Chanyeol's words and lifted Chanyeol's face up by the chin, "Here, Chanyeol, look at me, I have to tell you something."

Chanyeol looked at Wufan with watering eyes.

Wufan took a deep breath.

"It's been six years. Six years since my human father left me, six years of not knowing how to love or how to appreciate people. Six years of living in the darkness within the confinement of my own heart. Six years of shutting people out and trusting no one."

Chanyeol glanced at Wufan eagerly, he knew where this is going.

"But then... you came. I don't know, it's just something about you. Your aura, your fire, maybe your happiness and your enthusiasm, but there is just something about you, that attracts me so fucking much. Ever since the first time I laid my eyes on you back in the parking garage at the 50 Planet International Century Leader Meeting, you were all that's ever been all my mind."

Chanyeol's pupils started to shine.

"It was confusing for me, at first, since I never let anyone in, and I never got to experience what love is. But you taught me that it's okay to let loose and open up my heart. You taught me how to think of others before myself; and you taught me how to control my powers, my anger, my aggression... You taught me so much, Chanyeol-ah. And it doesn't even matter if I'm going or not, because I'll always be with you."

Sparks were now forming alongside Chanyeol's eyelids as he smiled and kissed Wufan gently.

"You taught me how to love, and I thank you for that. And I thank Xiumin, wherever he might be right now, for convincing me to take him to the meeting so he can see Joonmyun, and talking to him in washroom for two hours. I thank Xiumin for making me wait in that parking garage for him; all because, it bought me to you."

Chanyeol smiled so wide that his teeth was almost blinding.

"I thank you, Chanyeol. The boy on fire, the fire inside my heart."

A horn sounded off in the distance, with several tanker ships crossing into the horizon, shining their red lights at Wufan.

It was time to go.

Chanyeol stood up and jumped into Wufan's arms, holding him close as Chanyeol inched their lips closer and kissed him for one last time; before Wufan slowly pulled away and softly stroked Chanyeol's cheek.

"I love you," he whispered. "Please wait for me, I'll be back."

Chanyeol watched with a content smile as Wufan walked into the tanker ship, waving goodbye as the iron gates closed before him. The machine slowly disappearing back into the afternoon sunset, off in the distance, into the S.M planet.

Chanyeol was helplessly in love.

- - -

"when I look into your eyes, it's like watching the night sky, or a beautiful sunrise,
i wont' give up on us, even if the skies get rough, i'm giving you all my love,
'cause even the stars they burn, some even fall to the earth , we've got a lot to learn,
no, i won't give up."

- i won't give up [jason mraz]

- - -

a/n:
- oh my god this is like the weirdest and longest fic i've written in my entire life, please forgive me ;~;
- fyi: i'm planning to write a luhan/sehun and kyungsoo/joonmyun sequel to this
- i also need to add new friends on lj, so drop by the intro page and introduce yourself so i can add you
- thanks for reading, please comment also! i love you all, really

EXO: Fight or Flight Response (3/4)

vindicatexo — Wed, 27 Jun 2012 01:11:12 GMT

pairing: Kris/Chanyeol (mentions of Xiumin/Joonmyun & Kyungsoo/Joonmyun & Sehun/Luhan)
rating: NC-17
genre/au: EXO superpowers! AU, thriller, action
word count: 30,000+
summary: In which EXO is a fight club, well beyond the realms of our possible imaginations 300 years from now. Immersed in a world filled with endless hatred and bloodshed, would your response be fight, or flight?
disclaimer: I don't own anything except for the storyline and ideas; all characters are property of themselves, and maybe...S.M.

Day 1: August 14th, 2358 [Fight or ~~Flight~~ Training]
Countdown until release: 9 days and 10 hours

Response 1: Acceleration of Heart and Lung Action

It's noon when they finally start training, the soft thuds of rain splashing against Wufan's black painted windows when he slowly opens his eyes. He dragged himself up and threw on a pair of sweat pants, seeing that everyone has already arrived in the gymnasium.

"You're late." Luhan snapped.

Wufan shrugged, "You're lucky I'm even here, I normally don't wake up until 4pm."

Luhan rolled his eyes, "This whole entire thing was your idea and you're not even going to try?"

"Who cares, it's just catecholamine drug symptoms we're working on in the early stages, shouldn't be too big of a hassle... where's Chanyeol?"

"He went to get some lunch. Unlike you, the rest of the world woke up 4 hours ago."

Wufan headed to the dining hall.

- - -

"The symptoms involved today that you must overcome is acceleration of your heart and lungs; being the easiest one to control since it's fairly mild, and only present as an emotional cause. The recommended doses are 3mL of hormone injections with 10mL of water and 1.5mL of mineralocorticoid receptor centrifuge solution. Zitao already got it ready for you guys, good luck."

Jongdae passed two shot glasses to Chanyeol and Wufan, the clear liquid glistening in the mild afternoon sunlight as Jongdae continued to talk.

"You must pay attention to your heart beat and breathing patterns, the symptoms should pressure you to have minor heartaches and trouble breathing. But the faster you learn to control it, the faster it stops. The symptoms will last for approximately 24 hours before the next fight training dose is released, understand?"

They both nodded.

"We've agreed to keep both of you locked up in a room with no human contact except each other; so that you can get use to the feeling of having to suffer through drug symptoms together similar to when you undergo the actual drug testing in S.M. The two of you are not allowed to leave the room until tomorrow at 12:30pm. Luhan will come down and get you guys when the time comes."

"Any questions?" Zitao asked enthusiastically.

"Just one." Chanyeol piped up, "Which room will we be staying in?"

Jongdae scratched his chin. "Yixing suggested Wufan's office since you two shouldn't be disturbed so you can work on your group work dynamics; and I couldn't agree more."

Wufan gritted his teeth, that son of a bitch.

- - -

"I think your office is the most depressing thing I've ever seen."

"Thanks."

Everywhere Chanyeol looked, it was black black black and more black, just sheer black, pure black, solid black, nothing but black black black.

"How are we suppose to see anything in here? Even your windows are painted black."

Wufan snorted, "Your power is fire, if the darkness really bothers you, then just light something up."

Chanyeol winced, "I can't, it's raining."

Wufan's ears perked up.

"Oh, so there are other forces that can defeat your powers."

Chanyeol made a face, "Obviously."

"And it's really cold in here too."

Wufan stood up and walked to the far corner while touching his hand on the walls. "Not really, I guess the response is probably starting then."

"The symptoms are suppose to be acceleration of heartbeat and trouble breathing, not coldness."

Wufan walked back, "Unfortunately for you, I guess you're stuck with a third symptom too."

Chanyeol didn't say anything.

The two sat in silence for about 10 minutes before the symptoms kicked into Wufan's system.

At first it was mild, easy to control with just a little bit of a ragged breathing, but as time caught on, Wufan felt like he was suffocating. Due to the lack of oxygen to his brain, he found himself feeling dizzy and not being able to think straight. Along with his accelerating heartbeat pounding thunderously within his chest, threatening to burst his pulmonary veins and arteries along with his trachea.

He looked to the side, Chanyeol wasn't doing much better.

The boy's breathing remained fine and steady, but his lips were trembling uncontrollably. Beads of sweat dripping down from his nose littering the ice cold floor, his breath coming in ghostly whispers of fog into the office air as he rocked back and forth, trying to rub his palms together to create warmth.

But Wufan was having a whole entire different problem.

As the symptoms continued on, Wufan's quickening heartbeat trying to pump oxygen throughout his system as quickly as possible was clenching tight. His lungs wanting to burst wide open as he short circuited, and simply couldn't breathe anymore.

"Chan..Chan...Ch-" He gasped.

Chanyeol immediately rushed to Wufan's side, he looked genuinely concerned with wide eyes, beautiful pupils fixated on Wufan's features. Stroking over his forehead and cheek to see if he has a fever, wanting to make sure that he's okay.

"What's wrong? Are you cold?"

"No..no--" Wufan stammered, "Need, oxygen."

Chanyeol panicked, what was he suppose to do? He had no idea how to provide Wufan with more oxygen and there certainly weren't any oxygen tanks readily available to be used around here.

"Erghhh, ehhh--" Wufan made a strangled voice in the back of his throat as he collapsed onto Chanyeol's lap. Entire body limp and stiff, emotionless and completely lifeless.

He was almost out of air.

Chanyeol dipped his head down near Wufan's ear, and slowly inhaled and exhaled near the older boy's face, trying to surround the area of Wufan's aura with as much oxygen as possible so he could at least have the energy to sit up. Or at least, the energy to survive until 24 hours is over and the symptoms have worn off.

Chanyeol continued to share the same breath with Wufan. Breathing in and out near his face until the older boy opened his eyes, and grasped onto Chanyeol's head like it was his only hope of survival.

"Keep going--" Wufan managed to moan weakly, his lips pressed into a thin line and cold sweat breaking out from his damp forehead.

Oh god, now he was cold too.

Chanyeol ghosted even closer to Wufan's face, until their mouths were only inches apart, and slowly breathed out each puff of air directly onto the older boy's lips. He focused intently on providing Wufan with as much oxygen as possible; while turning his head closer to Wufan's ear every 3 seconds to breathe out the carbon dioxide so Wufan wouldn't be affected.

Eventually, Wufan had enough strength to sit up. He wiped his forehead drenched with cold sweat and glanced at Chanyeol.

The younger boy's eyes were hazy, they were warm with a hint of a spark but it revealed signs of exhaustion. Chanyeol had shared his last breath with Wufan before he felt his lungs give in too, collapsing on the floor, shaking uncontrollably as his body temperature reached below the absolute lowest.

"Wu..fan, Wu.. I--"

"Shhh," Wufan found himself whispering, stroking Chanyeol's forehead and bringing him closer to his embrace in order to share some of his remaining body heat with Chanyeol. "Don't worry, I've got you, I've got you."

The next day, Luhan opened the door promptly at 12:30 pm to find Wufan and Chanyeol huddled into a corner, holding onto each other for dear life. Falling asleep within each other's embrace, sharing the same breath.

- - -

Day 2: August 15th, 2358 [Fight or ~~Flight~~ Training]
Countdown until release: 8 days and 10 hours

Response 2: Paling and Flushing

Wufan shifted uncomfortably in his seat, he wasn't too intent on Luhan staring at him intensely during Jongdae's explanation of the second response.

He had found out from Chanyeol that when Luhan came to wake the two of them for the next training day, he saw them huddled together and embracing each other just like their position from the previous night. Chanyeol simply brushed it off as he replied nonchalantly that the only reason they did it was because it was necessary for survival, but Wufan preferred to think deeper into it; and it bothered him greatly how Luhan was thinking deeper into it too.

The telekinetic fleer wouldn't stop glancing at Wufan and Chanyeol's way every 5 seconds, as he continuously shifted in his seat and eventually left.

"You two are unbelievable, the symptoms yesterday were suppose to be acceleration of heartbeat and trouble breathing. But somehow you guys also ended up suffering from hypothermia, that is not one of the symptoms associated with the fight response."

Wufan rolled his eyes, "Well then, what is it?"

Jongdae coughed, "It's actually one of the symptoms of the flight response, you two had the exact opposite reaction from what is suppose to be right. That is not what we're looking for. You're gonna have to step up your game today or else we'd have to prolong the symptoms test for another week."

Wufan gritted his teeth, no way in hell is he going to suffer through this bullshit for another 16 days.

"Let's just get this over with." Wufan muttered as he headed down to his office.

- - -

"Oh by the way, Jongdae told me to tell you that he doesn't appreciate it when he's trying to explain the symptoms to us and you just walk away."

Wufan turned around, "And what do you want me to do about it?"

Chanyeol pouted, "Just let him finish talking next time. But it's okay, he didn't really mind today because these two symptoms are pretty mild."

Wufan raised his eyebrows, mild? As if.

"Jongdae said that it's just paling and flushing, our bodies will first not have enough blood flow, so we might feel a bit suffocated just like last time. And we'll also be a little bit cold as well. But since it's not raining today, I should be perfectly fine."

"Yeah? And what's the second response?"

"Uh....flushing of skin after 12 hours, it's half and half really, so our skin should get really hot. Which this time, is a problem for me since I'm already on fire." Chanyeol joked.

Wufan rolled his eyes, not funny.

No words were exchanged between them for the next 12 hours as Chanyeol simply stared at the screamo and rock band posters amongst Wufan's walls. His skin flushing a lighter colour than normal; not bothering him at all as he simply lit his eyes on fire to keep warm. Wufan, on the other hand, was having a little bit more difficulty.

If he wanted to stay warm, all he had to do with transform into his dragon form, but he couldn't bring himself to do that. Not here, not in front of Chanyeol. He's been told before by Xiumin that his initial transformation stages after at only 3 days is gruesome since his wings are dry and cackling, and the entire building shakes when he has to spread his entire body out. But it's been almost 2 and a half weeks since his official full transformation, and Wufan wasn't too intent on transforming into his alter form right now, at least, not here.

So he stayed like that, huddled on the floor, slightly paling skin with trembling blue lips. But Jongdae was right, this wasn't too bad.

The real problem occurred at approximately 1:15 am.

To Wufan's relief, the paling symptom causing his skin to turn white as snow stopped, but a whole new problem arises.

It was now the flushing syndrome; and Chanyeol was bothered by it the second it started.

It had been quiet, with the two of them sitting apart at opposite sides of the room minding their own business. When suddenly, small whimpers and gasps were heard from Chanyeol.

The boy's skin was hot, hothothothot, so hot that the air around him seemed to have an eerie red glow to them. It was too unbearably hot for Chaneyol as he continued to roll around on the floor. Trying to soak up the coldness of the concrete with no avail, the flushing of his skin caused his entire body to be uncomfortable, raging with fire threatening to burst through.

More whimpers were heard from Chanyeol when suddenly, his shirt burst into fire.

This fact didn't bother Chanyeol, as he has burned himself numerous times before. But the heat radiating off of him was suffocating Wufan as well, gruesome memories of the fight seeped into his mind once again and at that moment, he felt almost as hot as Chanyeol.

Chanyeol growled and tore his long sleeve shirt off, revealing only a black wife beater underneath as his skin lit up the entire room.

Wufan felt his cheeks redden, he wasn't sure if this is due to the flushing symptom, or his quickening heartbeat and smitten thoughts.

Chanyeol seemed a bit better after tearing his shirt off, the scrappy remains of his burned sweater littered on the office floor. Wufan stayed as close to the far wall as possible, trying to absorb the cold heat from outside by leaning against the concrete and constantly fanning himself every now and then.

Suddenly, Chanyeol's pants bursted into flames.

Chanyeol yelped, jumping up and quickly striping of his blazing jeans, now nothing but a heap of burning ashes. After 2 awkward minutes, Wufan just stared at Chanyeol's jeans thrown on the ground, not really knowing what to do or say.

He looked at Chanyeol, the boy was now only wearing a wife beater and his boxers.

godfuckingdamit.

The first thing he noticed was that the boy was skinny, like really fucking super skinny. And the bruises littered all over his legs that Wufan saw a couple of days were now glazing red, oozing out pus the colour of blood from Chanyeol's skin due to the heat.

He frowned, why does he feel so hot all of the sudden?

"Sorry," Chanyeol spoke up. "My sweater and jeans acted as a barrier of the heat between me and you. And now that I took them off, you're gonna have to suffer through the flushing symptoms along with my body heat."

Wufan shuddered. Yeap, definitely like the fight all over again.

"Whatever, let's just go to sleep, stay far away from me."

Chanyeol nodded, "Will do."

It's approximately 3:27 am when Chanyeol's wife beater bursts into fire.

- - -

Day 3: August 16th, 2358 [Fight or ~~Flight~~ Training]
Countdown until release: 7 days and 5 hours

Response 3: Inhibition of Stomach and Upper-intestinal Action: D~~igestion~~

"Congratulations, only 7 more days to go." Zitao smiled at lunch.

"Not so fast," Jongdae said as he walked in. "The full symptoms are kicking in now, the next 7 days will be torture."

Wufan and Chanyeol winced, last night's heat crisis was bad enough when Jongdae said that "it was mild".

"Today you'll be receiving an under dose of glucocorticoid hormone. Which means that you'll lose the collective ability to properly digest food and nutrients. The overwhelming hunger will be difficult to survive through since it'll make feel like you haven't eaten in days. So I suggest that you two take lot's of water bottles down there to keep hydrated. Other than that, we'll see you in 24 hours."

Wufan shrugged, he survived days on without eating, this shouldn't be too bad.

- - -

He was wrong, of course.

Because this was torture.

Wufan's stomach churned and churned and churned, but with no avail did the empty pit inside of him get sated. Grumbling noises came from inside of him and he could only wince as the emptiness swallowed him whole. He has never felt so hollow before in his entire life. This under dose was deadly.

Judging by the way that Chanyeol was clutching his stomach, Wufan could tell that he wasn't doing much better. The boy was sitting huddled in a corner, his lips pressed into a thin line as he rocked back and forth, staring into absent space with his stomach churning just as badly.

Wufan sighed and walked over to his desk, pulling out a pack of candies from the drawer, and handed one to Chanyeol.

Chanyeol looked up, his big eyes swimming in curiosity as he took one and popped it into his mouth.

"Wouldn't this be considered cheating?" Chanyeol asked.

Wufan shook his head, "I don't care, I'd rather not die of hunger. And these blood sugar candies helps me regulate my mood swings at points. I eat these all the time, no reason why we can't now."

Chanyeol reached into the bag and grabbed another candy, gently hitting Wufan's shoulder along the way. The two continued to share candy for the entire night. And being like this, Chanyeol realized that he saw Wufan in a new light. He saw the older, more aggressive flighter as someone different than just a fight club member.

He saw Wufan's soft side.

"Only 23 hours and 45 more minutes to go, Wufan."

Wufan nodded, "Only."

- - -

Day 4: August 17th, 2358 [Fight or ~~Flight~~ Training]
Countdown until release: 6 days and 14 hours

Response 4: Mydriasis

"Unfortunately Chanyeol, this one might be bit of a problem for you. So here, take these heat glasses."

"They are specially designed to keep the fire in your eyes under control when they threaten to burst. Today's symptom is the dilation of the pupils. Careful to keep yourself under control or else you'll burn your entire face."

Wufan winced deep inside. He kind of felt bad for Chanyeol, these responses were not treating him very well.

But Chanyeol nodded solemnly and took the heat glasses, already walking away from Jongdae as he waved goodbye.

- - -

"I'm sorry."

Chanyeol turned to face Wufan, the heat glasses hiding his big brown eyes. "What for?"

"I'm sorry that you have to go through the fight response with me. I know that it must be hard for you, being an extremely powerful flighter...to this."

"It's okay," Chanyeol murmured. "My training for flight with S.M was just as bad. This kind of stuff is mild compared to what they make you do over there, I'll survive."

Wufan nodded slowly, he suddenly felt deeply worried, how was Joonmyun and Xiumin doing with all this torture in reality?

After 3 hours, Wufan felt like his eyes were going to pop out of their sockets. They felt dry, but wet at the same time as it threatened to get bigger, pupil dilating and absorbing more light. He squinted his eyes at Chanyeol, how was he doing?

The younger boy was turned away from him, but Wufan could tell that he was suffering. His body was shaking uncontrollably every few seconds...and wait, is that smoke?

Wufan rushed to Chanyeol's side and shook him until he sat up. He stared into the darkness of the heat glasses, noticing tiny red sparks behind them, and smoke slowly seeping out.

"Take it off, Chanyeol."

"No, it's too dangerous."

"I don't care just take if off."

"No."

"It's hurting you! Take if off!"

"No!"

Wufan sighed, being angry was not the solution.

He scooted closer to Chanyeol, holding his hand and gently stroking the boy's burning cheek. "Chanyeol-ah, please take them off for me."

After a while, Chanyeol hesitantly obeyed, and took the glasses off.

Wufan gasped at the sight.

Chanyeol's eyes were on fire. The fire was spreading all the way across his pupil to his eyebrows, sparks and smoke flying in every direction; radiating warm heat onto Wufan's skin and tickling his pupils as well.

Suddenly Chanyeol's left eye gave out, the dilating pupil releasing so much heat that a huge boom exploded, with Chanyeol falling to the ground in pain. Wincing as he tried to put on the heat glasses again while holding his fire eyes.

Wufan rushed to Chanyeol's side on the floor and held him tight, all the while stroking the boy's face gently and blowing cool air from his mouth onto Chanyeol's eyes. He opened his black windows and sat near the windowsill in the cool summer night air, fanning Chanyeol's eyes occasionally.

"Wu, fan..I..."

"Shhhhh, Chanyeol, just close them, just sleep, it'll help."

So Chanyeol closed his eyes, and tried to sleep.

After 20 minutes of uncomfortable shifting with Chanyeol still in Wufan's arms, the older boy could tell that he wasn't falling asleep. And that his eyes were starting to burn again.

"Wufan ge, I...I can't fall asleep."

Wufan looked down at Chanyeol, his eyes were angry red, blazing with gushes of fire as his pupils contracted every now and then, shooting smoke up in the air. This boy needs to fall asleep right away, what do people in the olden days do to fall asleep?

Chanyeol must have read Wufan's mind because 10 seconds later, he whispered, in the quietest and softest way possible. "Sing me a song, Wufan-ah."

Wufan frowned, sing? He wasn't good at singing. In fact, he preferred to not sing since his voice is really deep and lullaby's don't suit him. Besides, all the songs he listens to are screamo and rock songs, he didn't think that those songs were very suitable to sing to help someone sleep.

Eventually Wufan agreed, he desperately wanted to help Chanyeol survive this response. "Okay," he said, "What should I sing?"

Chanyeol managed to crack a weak grin, "That song, that song... that I sang your car, the song that made you smile."

Wufan could only nod his head as Chanyeol fell into his arms and closed his eyes, the warmth of his body heat resonating deep into Wufan's veins.

"When I look into your eyes..it's like watching the night sky...or a beautiful sunrise..."

"There's so much they hold, and just like them old stars..."

"I see that you've come so far, to be right where you are, how old is your soul?"

Wufan coughed, his voice cracked and he sounded terrible. There is no way that his singing was soothing enough to help someone fall asleep.

Chanyeol sat up and frowned slightly, "Wufan ge, why did you stop?"

Wufan glanced at the boy's eyes, with only a hint of light left in them. "Because... I'm not good at singing. It sounds bad."

Chanyeol shook his head furiously, "No, no... don't worry. I like your voice, I think it's beautiful, please keep going."

Wufan cleared his throat as Chanyeol laid down on his thighs and closed his eyes, he started singing again.

"I won't give up on us...even if the skies get rough..."

"I'm giving you all my love, I'm still looking up...."

"Cause even the stars they burn...some even fall to the earth..."

"We've got a lot to learn...god knows we're worth it..."

"No, I won't give up..."

- - -

Day 5: August 18th, 2358 [Fight or ~~Flight~~ Training]
Countdown until release: 5 days and 19 hours

Response 5: Auditory Exclusion

"Unlike the other ones, this one is more of a psychological response. It has been used for many centuries to distract fighters, most of them resulting in despair and insanity. Essentially, the inner hair cells in your ear by the cochlea will stop vibrating, so no sound waves will be passed to your semicircular canals to detect the vibrations and promote sound signals to your temporal lobe. However, the influences under this particular dose states that you will hear voices within the tympanic membrane and eustachian tube through the sympathetic nervous system; resulting in a loss of hearing and possibly mental sounds of death. Today you two will have to work on how to deal with each other when you're both in psychological and emotional fear. But if you try to comfort one another, it'll go by quicker. Any questions? Comments? Concerns?"

"Oddly yes," Chanyeol said. "What are the mental sounds of death, exactly?"

Jongdae walked away with his mug as he replied, "The sounds that your hippocampus has learned to hate overtime. Otherwise, the sounds throughout your entire life that you never want to hear again will appear in this response."

- - -

Wufan immediately deemed this as the worst response up to date.

If it was anything, the one sense that Wufan treasured and relied on the most was his hearing. He always found himself to be way more alert in terms of sound rather than sight and smell. His highly developed sense of hearing has helped him win many fights in the international competition. Even if he listens to a shitload of screamo and rock music, Wufan's hearing is still excellent.

He had learned to deal with people crying, screaming for help, and the sounds of death overtime. Wufan doesn't flinch when a person gets killed, nor does he care when he hears the sound of someone dying; he has learned overtime on how to be perfectly emotionless and block everyone out. No, he still refuses to be attached to anyone on this team.

Except Chanyeol.

But Chanyeol wasn't really part of this team, so Wufan made an exception for him.

It had started out easy enough, sounds of people crying out his name and begging for him to spare his life as the memories of him killing all the previous fighters sprung up into his mind. Upon hearing this, he didn't even flinch. If he survived the first time hearing these agonizing cries, surely he can survive the second time.

Chanyeol, though, wasn't doing too well.

The boy was trembling, rocking back and forth as he broke out into cold sweat and glanced around the room anxiously. Quietly whispering: "No, no, I didn't kill him." Every now and then, his face scrunched up into a painful expression, trying to block the thoughts away.

Wufan frowned, he desperately wanted to go comfort the boy, but he decided not to.

The one thing that has been lingering on Wufan's mind ever since day one is his feelings for Chanyeol. Wufan didn't like him or anything; but like Luhan said, how is it possible that he's been cold hearted with everyone around him for such a long time, but then when... Chanyeol shows up, everything changes? It greatly puzzled Wufan to many extents, he didn't know Chanyeol well at all. He doesn't know about his background, nor does he know about Chanyeol's experience at S.M, he doesn't know the capabilities of the boy's powers and he certainly didn't know how it's possible that Chanyeol's flames can kill him when he's half dragon himself. So then, why does Wufan feel the need to constantly comfort Chanyeol during all these responses? Is it the hormone doses that's affecting him? Or is there truly something about this boy that draws him close?

Exhausted and tired from all these questions, Wufan leaned against the floor and fell asleep.

He woke up in cold sweat, trembling and shaking uncontrollably.

The response was here, he had heard it, he had heard the one thing that he hated the most.

The last thing his father said to him before he left.

No, no, no, stop, stop, stop. Wufan was starting to panic, the last time he heard these words were 6 years ago. The harsh tone of his father's voice hadn't been present in his memory for almost 5 years. He refuses to hear him now, he refuses to remember when he tried so hard to forget before.

"You're...not...my...son..."

No, no, no, no, please don't.

"You're...a...monster..."

No, no, no, please don't do this, he pleaded.

"Don't come back to us."

No, no, no, go away! Wufan squeezed his eyes shut, trying to forget.

"Goodbye, Kris."

That did it.

He lost it, all previous thoughts of control abandoned as Wufan fell to the floor, sobbing uncontrollably with his fingers quaking, absorbed in his thick brown hair and trying to pull the roots out. The last words that his father had said to him, the last words that his family passed on before they left him forever. The reason why he chooses to be cold-hearted, the reason why he chooses to never love again, the reason why he enjoys the darkness. No, no, no, it was all coming back to him...

He cried even harder. Trying to block out all the sounds in his cochlea; he thrashed around, holding onto his hair as if it was the last thing alive, trying to think about the pain within his hair roots as he pulled on them violently. Thinking about anything, anything except those voices...

A warm pair of arms held him close.

They stayed like that for almost 10 hours.

He opened his eyes, and in front of him, was Chanyeol; looking just as dishevelled and terrified as himself. Plugging his ears using candy wrappers from two nights before and gently stroking Wufan's face.

Chanyeol pointed to a sheet of paper on Wufan's desk as he helped him stand up and walk over to the other side of the room.

And on the paper it said:

"I know that you can't hear anything if I try to say it from an external environment, but just know that, I'll be here."

Wufan felt his heart clench.

But this was reality, he thought bitterly. As his father's voice vibrated back into his nervous system again, threatening to break him down once more.

"Don't come back to us."
"We don't want you."
"You have no one."

"No", Wufan murmured quietly. "You're wrong, I have someone."

"I have Chanyeol."

And as he said the last sentence, Wufan isn't sure whether or not it's a good or bad thing that Chanyeol can't hear his words.

- - -

Day 6: August 19th, 2358 [Fight or ~~Flight~~ Training]
Countdown until release: 4 days and 3 hours

Response 6: Tunnel Vision

"You guys are half way there."

Upon hearing these words, Zitao clapped his hands excitedly and patted Chanyeol on the back. "Well? How does it feel to be half way done?"

"Thrilling." Chanyeol muttered.

"Ecstatic." Wufan grunted.

"Are the sensory responses going well?"

Chanyeol shrugged, "So so, they are just as bad as any other response."

"Glad to hear it," Jongdae mused. "Because today's response is another sensory trauma experience as well."

Yixing smirked as he stood up to take a shower after lifting weights, "Tunnel vision, boys."

- - -

So far this response is the least worrisome out of all the ones Wufan has been through, which he is highly glad for. He sits at his desk and stares at the black windowsill, fingers drumming along to Cry of the Afflicted's new song.

Since Wufan's office is dark, and tunnel vision allows the subject to only see certain things in a field of view, Wufan was highly used to this response as he's been living in absolute darkness at the lowest level of the apartment building for at least 3 years since he moved in. Even if he can't see anything beyond what he's focused on, everything is black in his office anyways.

It's raining again. The late August rain trickling against the window as thunder roared above, the entire room was dark and eerie.

Chanyeol was shivering.

Wufan could only see Chanyeol's face, contorted into a painful expression as he rocked back and forth. Clutching his clothes tighter and trying to preserve heat.

No, don't help him. Wufan thought to himself, You can't get attached, you have to refuse it, just ignore him.

And so Wufan ignored him.

After 4 hours, Wufan woke up from his nap and looked around. The sky was awfully dark, it seemed as if it's almost midnight when in fact, it was only 5 pm.

He looked at the floor, and there was Chanyeol, huddled in the corner, shivering in a tight little ball, his glassy eyes focused on the floor.

Ignore him. Ignore him. Ignore him.

But the thoughts of response one flooded into Wufan's mind. And just like that, every other thing that Chanyeol did for Wufan ever since training began followed. How Chanyeol risked his own life by sharing oxygen with him. How Chanyeol tightly embraced him to give him heat even when he, himself, was stone cold. How Chanyeol encouraged him to let go of his fears and try singing soothingly for once. How Chanyeol pushed away the screaming voices deep inside his head to help Wufan get through his thoughts, comforting and holding him the entire night until the remains of his father's voice have vanished.

Why am I so stupid, Wufan thought.

He leaped to Chanyeol's side, knocking over his desk chair as he plopped down on the spot beside the shivering boy, and embraced him into a tight hug.

"Took..took...you, long enough."

"I'm sorry, I'm sorry, I'm so sorry." Wufan whispered soothingly as he stroked the boy's smooth hair, placing a small kiss on his temple.

"Why must you always be like this when it rains?"

"It's just...just...power struggle...the rain...washes away my heat."

Wufan frowned, his had fire powers too, how come this didn't happen to him?

"Hold me closer." Chanyeol murmured softly as he snuggled closer into Wufan's arms.

And so Wufan did, he clutched Chanyeol tight. Holding onto the boy's thin hoodie as if it was his own. He rubbed his face against the nape of Chanyeol's neck and softly blew hot air onto his cold skin.

"Wufan!" Chanyeol laughed weakly, "That tickles, stop."

When Chanyeol turned around, his big brown eyes were hazy, unfocused, but still searching, searching for something. He stared into Wufan's eyes, both of their gazes equally shy and unwavering.

Staying like this, being in Chanyeol's embrace like this, staring into his big brown eyes this up close for once, Wufan found beauty and trust in the boy on fire.

In the boy that he had only met about a week ago.

But in that moment, it just felt so right.

Wufan inched closer, and closer, until his breath was mingling among Chanyeol's nose. The tunnel vision effect kicking in and only allowing him to stare at Chanyeol's lips, and only Chanyeol's lips. Nothing else in the world, just his Chanyeol, and his Chanyeol's cold, blue-coloured lips that were slowly quivering.

And then Wufan realized that this is how a first kiss should be, in which you only focus on the person's lips, and absolutely nothing else. Where the person you want to kiss is the only thing that you see, the only thing that matters.

Wufan smiled softly, this was the perfect response for a first kiss.

"Thank you Jongdae." he whispered.

Chanyeol then closed his eyes.

Wufan leaned in.

The initial press of lips was cold, cold like winter snow but still left a warm and tingly feeling deep inside Wufan's heart. Chanyeol's lips were trembling, due to the coldness or his nervousness, Wufan didn't know, but he didn't care. As he slowly shifted his position, he intertwined his fingers in Chanyeol's soft brown hair, feeling the boy shiver and moan underneath his touch.

So they continued on like that, Wufan and Chanyeol taking turns sucking on each other's lips. Sharing a single warm breath in between their soft and sensual kisses, with Chanyeol embroidered deep within Wufan's arms. Pushing him up against the wall and holding his face close, tongues softly swirling around each others hot and desperate mouths, only to stop and take a breath when they both couldn't do it anymore.

Before Wufan drifted off into deep slumber, he heard Chanyeol shuffling beside him, softly creeping up to his chest and placing a small kiss on his lips.

"I'm glad we got this response, Wufan."

Wufan smiled and planted a kiss on Chanyeol's lips which were now warm, "Me too."

He hasn't slept this well since 6 years ago.

- - -

Day 7: August 20th, 2358 [~~Fight~~ or Flight Training]
Countdown until release: 3 days and 10 hours

Response 7: Spinal Disinhibition

Jongdae obviously knew what had happened between them because the stupid smirk plastered on his face just gave it away.

"How was tunnel vision, Wufan?"

Wufan tried to keep as composed and as emotionless as possible, "It was good, easiest one so far."

"Good to know," Jongdae piped. "Because tonight, it's your turn to suffer instead of Chanyeol."

"Spinal disinhibition, they call it, otherwise known as the inability to move your spinal cord. Leading to malfunctioned brain circuits and also problems with your limbs. This response actually use to be a flight mechanism, but it has been switched around in the recent years."

Chanyeol grinned, "Finally something I can deal with."

"Well maybe not." Yixing offered from the back. "This response is actually two in one, liberation of nutrients such as fat and glucose that causes muscular action will also be present, so you two are going to see each other transform."

Wufan dropped his black coffee, what did Yixing say?

"Exactly," Jongdae nodded. "Which is precisely why this response will be 48 hours instead of the normal 24. Chanyeol, you'll transform in the initial 23 hours. And Wufan, you'll transform at the last 23 hours."

Wufan frowned, "What about the extra two hours?"

Jongdae smiled, "You two will transform together then."

- - -

Chanyeol was seated at Wufan's desk, tentatively staring at some of his I Set My Friends on Fire posters while listening to 'Astral Rejection'.

"I like this band." Chanyeol laughed, "Especially the name".

Wufan was strolling around the dark office, hands in his pockets as tried to brainstorm ideas to push Chanyeol out of the room before his transformation starts. He couldn't let the younger boy see him transform, he just... couldn't.

Chanyeol noticed Wufan's tenseness as he frowned and put down the headphones, casually walking up to Wufan and taking his hand. "Hey, what's wrong?"

Wufan pushed him away, "Not now, Chanyeol."

"You don't have to hide it from me, you know that right?"

Wufan looked at Chanyeol quizzically, how did he know exactly? Did he mention his despair regarding transformations before? He didn't think so.

"I have no idea what you're talking about."

"Oh." Chanyeol laughed, a small chuckle escaping from his lips. "Well you might not, but I do."

Wufan turned, a curious look decorating his handsome and darkened features.

"Have you ever wondered how I beat you so easily?"

Wufan smirked, "Only a little too much, I think about it all the time."

"Have you ever wondered why the rain affects me so much?"

"Every time you shiver. Yes, I do."

"And lastly, do you know why you can't stand my fire?"

"No, but I would love to know."

Chanyeol smiled. "It's because I don't need to transform, I'm always like this."

silence

"You mean, you're a fire phoenix 24/7?"

"That's right, I don't need to waste time on transforming. That's why I beat you so easily. You were trying to transform and attack, when I was already transformed into a phoenix. That's why your human form couldn't harm me, that's how I won."

Wufan was silent, "But what about the rain?"

"Well since I'm a phoenix all the time, the rain washes away my powers because my aura is still back on the fire peak. Whever the rain touches my aura, it drains out my powers. I only placed my aura there since not many fighters go there, but it gets dangerous after 4 am. Mainly because S.M scouts go there sometimes before sunrise to summon the association ceremonies."

Wufan nodded, he's heard about the ceremonies, and how Baekhyun almost got dragged into it once. Being forced to use the fire on the peak as a light source to brighten up the flame throwers.

"That's why I had to leave the time you asked me questions, it was almost 4."

It all made sense to Wufan now, why Chanyeol leaved so abruptly and had told him to go ask Luhan about Fight or Flight instead of answering it himself.

"So, I suppose there is also a reason on why I can't stand your heat?"

Chanyeol nodded, "Well I like said before, I'm in my phoenix form and you're in your human form, so you can't stand my heat. But unlike you, I don't actually turn into a phoenix. My outer appearance shows that of a human, but my inner appearance, is still an animal."

"Was that a skill that S.M taught you? How to look human all the time?"

Chanyeol smiled, "Wow, you sure do catch on fast."

Wufan sighed, it would be nice if he could forever stay human as well.

"So what you're saying is... this entire response is already over for you, since you're a phoenix inside a human body all the time."

"I guess so."

Wufan groaned, "It would have been helpful if you told me that before."

Chanyeol shrugged, "Like I said, couldn't just trust you that easily."

Wufan raised his eyebrows, "What makes you think that you can trust me now?"

Chanyeol laughed, "We kissed didn't we."

Wufan could only chuckle in agreeance.

He woke up with a sudden blaze of heat vibrating his core.

Oh no, it's starting.

At first, Wufan couldn't move at all, his spinal cord numb and his brain being fuzzy. He had no idea where we was, nor did he remember why this is happening. The dizziness inside his brain made him unable to think properly, and pain. Pain, pain, pain, all within him. His biceps hurting like hell with the rest of his muscles contorting, constricting, and then contracting, threatening to rip open his clothes. The dragon scales eventually raising from his inner core.

He could only hope that Chanyeol wasn't looking.

The transformation this time was a thousand times more painful, and longer than any other transformation he's been through. Mostly because he couldn't think, and had no idea what symptoms were kicking in. All thoughts were blocked from his cerebrum and central nervous system as he tried to blink, and properly breathe in and out. But even breathing turned out to be a hassle as Wufan found himself trapped in between his human form and the dragon form. Both states tugging on each other, refusing to let go completely.

He roared, flames escaping from his throat as his dragon jaw and teeth appeared, the collars of his shirt completely popping. His tail whacking the entire desk and array of electric guitars off from the wall display, creating an entire cacophony of noise.

"Wufan, look at me."

He turned, a voice had called his name, but it was his human name? Who was there? Who was calling him?

"I'm right here."

He turned around again, a boy with brown hair and soft white skin was looking up at him, smiling like a blinding sun.

"What do you want." He snarled.

"The secret, to control yourself, is to think of every dragon characteristic that you have. That way, all the human memories will fade away. And your hippocampus will struggle to find your human characteristics. Therefore, it'll bring you back into your human mind, so you can transform back and forth quickly."

"Why does this matter to me." He leaned even closer to the boy, until his large teeth was threatening to rip his head off.

"Don't talk, that's a human thing to do. Just think..."

"Who are you." He growled again.

"Fire phoenix, nice to meet you."

He found himself calming down at the name, a phoenix in a human body?

"Now, what's your name hm?"

"Kris." he replied.

"Okay good, and what's your species?"

"Exogenesis dragon, purebred."

"Excellent, what are you powers?"

"Flying and breathing fire."

"Lastly, who did you kiss last night?"

Kiss? Wasn't that a human thing to do?

human.
human.
dragon.
human.
human

All 10 huge window panes in Wufan's office smashed into pieces as his wings stretched, and disappeared back into his spinal cord and lower abdomen.

"Welcome back." Chanyeol smiled.

"You," Wufan huffed. "I kissed you."

- - -

Day 9: August 21st, 2358 [~~Fight~~ r Flight Training]
Countdown until release: 24 hours and 37 minutes

Response 8: Erectile Dysfunction

"Last day!" Zitao cheered.

Chanyeol grinned, his perfect row of teeth coming into full view as he chased Zitao around the gym, smearing cake all over the younger boy's face. In celebration for near-the-end of their fight or flight responses, Jongdae had bought in a cake and held a small party near the cardiovascular training machines. Congratulating Wufan and Chanyeol for their nice progress.

When the small party was over, Yixing and Luhan dissipated into the kitchen to clean up. While Wufan and Chanyeol followed Jongdae into the dining hall for their last day of instructions.

"Regarding what I said before about how some of the symptoms were really gruesome, I lied. Because this symptom is the absolute worst."

Chanyeol whined, "Are you serious? Another one?"

Jongdae nodded. "Now this response isn't actually part of the drug test, but it may be part of the fight, I'm not sure. I can't guarantee if Wufan will go through it or not when he fights Joonmyun, but S.M might pull this trick if we don't plan this well."

Wufan stood up and patted Jongdae on the back. "A little extra preparation doesn't hurt, since we can never be too sure, what is it?"

"Well," Jongdae mused. "Have you ever heard of females?"

Wufan scratched his head, what are females?

"Centuries ago, there actually use to be two genders on earth, male, and female. Females were responsible for bearing children and continuing the reproductive cycle. But ever since the power struggle occurred and everyone could be born from the the tree of life branching off into different powers, the government decided that there was no use for females anymore and killed them all."

Wufan nodded, "Females...okay...uh, what do they look like?"

"Can't really say," Jongdae recalled. "I've only ever seen one female in my entire life, and that was during the S.M pre-event fight. In which they pulled the 'Girl' trick on me."

Chanyeol frowned, "What's the 'Girl' trick?"

Jongdae shivered, "Seduction."

"What they do is pretty brutal," Jongdae explained. "Before you fight, they'll send you to into a common room to allow you some time to calm down. Around the last five minutes before the match starts, the representatives will send a female into your resting room, and the female will try a variety of different methods of seduction to try and distract you. And they do this so that when you fight, you won't be able to concentrate. It's quite sad really, S.M convinced the other planets to only leave 10 females alive in the entire universe, and yet, they're used for something so vulgar and wrong."

"Okay..." Wufan questioned, "But how are we going to reenact this? We don't have a female."

Jongdae laughed, "Wufan, you don't need a female in order to be seduced. S.M only uses them since it's been proven that you're more likely to feel flustered in the presence of a female compared to a male. But since you kissed Chanyeol, I'm sure that he will be a suitable replacement."

The noise that came out of Wufan's throat in the next second was definitely one from his dragon form.

- - -

"So um, you're just suppose to stand there, and seduce me?"

Chanyeol walked around the desk, "I don't know, I'm not even sure what seduction means."

"But..." Wufan started, "I don't get it, what exactly is suppose to come out of this?"

Chanyeol shrugged his shoulders. "I'm not sure either, but according to Jongdae, we have to practice a concept known as 'Erectile Dysfunction'. Where I seduce you, and you don't feel flustered enough to do...things."

Wufan raised an eyebrow. "Things?"

"I think Jongdae means sex."

"Ahhh." Wufan hummed.

"Okay so, I guess we can start by kissing."

"Sounds good." Wufan agreed as he scooted closer to Chanyeol on the floor and leaned in.

It started out innocent enough, with Chanyeol sitting on Wufan's lap as he slowly stroked the older boy's jaw. Hot fingers splayed across Wufan's face, leaving sparks tingling on his skin. But when Wufan gave in and eventually moaned, his mouth contorting and welcoming more of Chanyeol's warm touches, Chanyeol took the chance to gently slip his tongue inside. Probing the inside of Wufan's mouth with his wet cavern; gently licking his teeth and moving his hands down to Wufan's chest. Softly grabbing his pectoral muscles and grinding against him.

The throbbing tightness within Wufan's jeans threatened to pop out the buttons as Chanyeol continued to slowly and sensually grind himself onto Wufan's clothed lap. His hot fingers yanking out strands of Wufan's hair through the tightness of their body contact. Wufan tried to breathe, he tried to pull away from Chanyeol's grip as the feeling was too overwhelming, the heat deep inside his body ripping him apart. Wufan growled, he desperately grinded back onto Chanyeol, pushing the younger boy even closer to him as he sucked forcefully on Chanyeol's pink lips, biting the soft skin and eliciting a soft murmur from Chanyeol.

Chanyeol then pulled away.

"No, no, Wufan...we can't..." Chanyeol distanced himself from Wufan's tight grip as he struggled to breathe properly. His cheeks tinted an adorable pink colour and eyes full of unwanted lust. "This isn't suppose to be part of the erectile dysfunction response. This is the opposite...let's wait...let's wait until the actual symptoms start, and then we can try again."

Wufan grabbed Chanyeol by the collar and shoved the younger boy onto the floor, "Too bad, I don't care if the symptoms haven't started yet, I want you."

"No, no--" Chanyeol moaned helplessly. "This isn't the point of the response! We have to learn to control the proper part like Jongdae said, just...just wai--"

But Chanyeol couldn't finish his sentence as he tried to suppress a moan, with Wufan on top of him, hands gently stroking Chanyeol's delicate nipples peaking through this shirt while licking the shell behind his left ear.

"Doesn't matter." Wufan whispered hungrily. "Jongdae said that the seduction is done with females anyways; you're a male. I can do whatever I want with you."

Chanyeol shivered, this voice... this voice that Wufan was speaking in, it was almost as if Wufan was the actual one doing the seduction instead of himself.

"But, we can't jus--"

"Shhh..." Wufan cooed as he planted a soft kiss on Chanyeol's clothed erection, "You talk too much."

Chanyeol stopped talking and started moaning immediately when he felt Wufan's hot lips surround his dick.

They fuck desperately for the rest of the time before the response kicked in, with Chanyeol moaning Wufan's name endlessly as he comes into Wufan's mouth. Or when Wufan released his seeds deep within Chanyeol's ass. Marking the younger boy as his own; holding onto each other as if it was the end of the world.

He later realizes that Chanyeol and him completely abandoned the concept of erectile dysfunction in the 12 hours that they fucked.

He doesn't regret it.

- - -

Day 10: August 22nd, 2358 [Last Training Day on Earth]

Countdown until release: 57 minutes and 28 seconds

"You're ready." Jongdae smiled as he pulled Wufan and Chanyeol both into a small and somewhat awkward hug.

"Wow, I can't believe that it's over!" Zitao sobbed, "I'm going to miss you guys."

Luhan rolled his eyes, "Zitao don't be so pessimistic. The longest they'll take is 48 hours, right?"

Chanyeol nodded eagerly, "Right!"

Jongdae ushered Wufan and Chanyeol to the door as he held out his hand in a firm handshake.

"See you guys in two days."

one | two | three | four

MASTERLIST

vindicatexo — Mon, 25 Jun 2012 23:56:07 GMT

All stories and posts enlisted in this archive are works of fiction, despite sometimes being inspired by real life events. My works are all licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommericial-NoDerivs 3.0 Unported License. If you ever wish to translate, repost, or redistribute any of my works, please message me privately or comment on this post below with your intended story to translate. To request a story or to suggest prompts, please do so here.

I currently write stories for the bands EXO and Muse, along with some extra stuff occasionally.

Trigger warning: [!!!]
Personal favorites:▲
The most recent stories are listed first.

♔exo

Apprenticeship of Our Love
PG-15 | Chapters: One | pairing: Kris/Chanyeol

Post university life proves to be the exact reservoir that Chanyeol is hoping to avoid; because he knows very well in his mind that, Kris won't be his for much longer.

Eighteen Steps to Paradise

Rated G | drabble: 998 wc | pairing: Jongin/Kyungsoo

It's eighteen steps to heaven and only three to the parchment ground that surrounds the rotten cobblestones, but Kyungsoo decides to stay.

▲ Airbag

Rated G | drabble: 1,800 wc | pairing: Kris/Chanyeol

Perhaps he just needs someone to be there, not necessarily broadcasted to the public, but still someone to save him from this suffocating world, someone to hold onto. Someone who'll give him a reason to smile.

[!!!] Hate Crime
Rated R for mentionings of rape | 11,000 wc | pairing: Tao/Baekhyun

College AU: Discrimination and multicultural assimilation across campus is a daily routine for Byun Baekhyun; until he meets a mysterious student by the name of Tao who helps him escape the racist society he's trapped in, and shows him that people are more than he ever thought out to be.

[!!!] Invincible
Rated R for explicit sexual concepts | 12,000 wc | pairings: *Kris/Chanyeol, Kris/Baekhyun, Kris/Tao/Lay

Kris wu, a billionaire philanthropist and businessman finds himself living in a perfectly bland and tasteless life. That is, until he's introduced to the local boy band 'Fourescent'.

▲ Fight or Flight Response [Fight Club/Power AU]
NC-17 | 30,000 wc | pairing: Kris/Chanyeol

In which EXO is a fight club, well beyond the realms of our possible imagination 300 years from now. Immersed in a world filled with endless hatred and bloodshed, would your response be fight, or flight?

♔Muse

Help Me Define Hopelessly
PG-13 | 2,167 wc | pairing: Matthew/Dominic

Suffering from an extreme lyrical block doesn't seem to chalk up any hope, but Dominic might just be able to help Matthew with that problem.

Handcuffs and Hyper Music
NC-17 | 9,000 wc | pairing: Matthew/Dominic

In which Dominic gets a little bit too extravagant with his Halloween costume, and Matthew is left in the dark to pick up the pieces of his personal self destruction.

▲ Operation Breaking Point [AU]
General → NC-17 | Chapters: One , Two | pairing: Matthew/Dominic

Rookie police officer Matthew Bellamy wasn't expecting a case as twisted as this, especially since falling in love with a criminal was never the right thing to do.

♔Extras

Krisyeol Analysis [Fandom: EXO]
Not fanfiction | Three parts | pairing: Kris/Chanyeol | Last updated: 06/28/12

Includes explanations, pictures, links, videos, gifs, and everything related to Krisyeol since March 2012 debut to the middle of June 2012.

Meeting Kris' ex-gf & opinions on his leave [Fandom: EXO]
Not fanfiction | One part | No pairing | Last updated: 05/27/14

Discussion on meeting Kris' ex-girlfriend (she's only one of the two that he's dated after high school). How her story made me come to some realizations, and my opinion on all the recent drama with Kris and EXO.

EXO: Analysis of Krisyeol Part II

vindicatexo — Sun, 24 Jun 2012 05:10:42 GMT

Continuation of Krisyeol Analysis from part i continued.

here is part i 1/2 in case you missed it
here is part i 2/2 in case you missed it

Part II: Top 5 Reasons Why you should Ship Krisyeol

1. Happy Virus Disease

At first, Kris' cold-looking face and cool attitude deemed him as "mysterious" and "sexy" to many exotics when EXO first debuted. To this day, many EXO members when asked questions about 'pre-debut days', will say that they thought Kris was kind of scary at first. Even Chanyeol thought so! But as time passed, everyone soon realized that Kris had one of the nicest smiles that could brighten up the entire universe. And it just so happens to be that, whenever Chanyeol is around, Kris' sunshine smile is revealed.

Now pretend that you're chatting with your friend about your crush or something. Most of the time, we will like someone because they bring out the better side of us, they inspire us in terms of achievements or to become a better person, or...they just make you feel happy. Kris and Chanyeol's relationship is an excellent mix of every condition that you could gush about to your friend regarding why you like that new guy/girl. Chanyeol elicits Kris to smile brightly and act goofy when he normally doesn't, he brightens up Kris' days and makes everything especially special when they're together. As mentioned before, Kris can also bring out the serious side to Chanyeol, which is a nice contrast. Because Chanyeol and Kris are both the lead rappers, they can share tips with each other on how to switch up their rapping styles or listen to music together, this would be an example of an achievement-wise inspiration. And lastly, with absolutely no doubt, Chanyeol makes Kris happy.

Take a look at this gif:

I've seen a plethora of different Krisyeol gifs thanks to tumblr, but this one forever remains my favorite. First of all, Chanyeol's reaction upon seeing Sehun's aeygo is possibly one of the stupidest, funniest, cutest, weirdest, and just everything 'est' expression I have ever seen. The way he smiles with his huge array of perfect teeth, how he claps his hands on his thighs due to over-excitement, and how he jitters his body due to his weird actions. Looking closer to the left, you can see Kris in the corner, observing, but cracking a small smile at Sehun's fail aeygo. If you follow his gaze, you can see that his eyes eventually land on Chanyeol instead of Sehun, he's smiling because of Chanyeol's reaction, his cuteness, hyperness, and so forth. Do you see what I mean when I say Chanyeol makes Kris happy and bring out the better side of him now.

A comment posted on the SMTOWN Taiwan introduction video basically summed up the entire concept of Kris and Chanyeol bringing out the sweetness in each other's contrasting personality pretty well. Wouldn't you agree?

2. Chanyeol's Security Guard

I've mentioned numerous times before in this entire analysis that Chanyeol clings onto Kris for protection and support whenever EXO is able to reunite as one, this definitely is another reason why the Krisyeol ship has sailed.

I don't know about you guys but I find that the person you cling onto for protection, is usually someone that you care about deeply. Because there is usually a mutual agreement and a feeling of safety regarding the person that 'protects' you, the Krisyeol ship is extremely precious since Chanyeol's chooses Kris as the person out of 10 other members, and not to mention staff as well, to be his ultimate protector. Furthermore, Chanyeol usually follows Kris around when they're together, whether it's at the airport, stage, or even recreational places. The fact that Chanyeol looks up to Kris so much as a protector and friend is incredibly heart-warming, even if you don't ship them as a pairing, you should definitely respect their friendship and how much they care for each other.

*gif credit to youliah @ tumblr

3. "Exclusive" & "Mysterious"

This next reason, personally, is the biggest reason why I ship Krisyeol, and I think most of you guys will agree with me.

Biggest reason: They're separated.

*cue dramatic gasps and fainting*

Yes, that is exactly why.

Ever since ancient story telling, there always has be a ritual in which a mysterious air to something will be 'alluring' and 'undefinable', which makes the plot interesting and leaves the audience hanging by their seats.

This analogy for Krisyeol is no exception.

Sure, we can all go ship Taoris hardcore, maybe even Krislay, Krishan, Krismin, oh! And also don't forget Krischen. We can ship ALL of those, but none of them can give you the same satisfaction compared to shipping Krisyeol. The other 5 members of EXO-M are around Kris constantly, they live together, see each other everyday, probably even more than their families at this point. So with all the moments possible, it's nothing new, it's nothing overly special, it's just...daily bandmate interactions.

But with Krisyeol, it's a whole different story. Because they don't get to see each other everyday, it makes the moments that they share special. Because they're not always performing on the same stage, it makes the performances they get to do memorable. Because they don't always get asked the same questions on certain interviews, it makes their responses valuable. The list goes on and on.

I would rather ship a pairing that is not in the same subunit, but in the same group. Simply because it's something thats not common in the kpop industry. Most of the time, you would probably expect the major ships to be extremely close together at all times. Essentially, Krisyeol is an inseparable pairing, they're INSEPARABLE when they're together, which is a short amount of time. That itself, beholds more meaning to me than any other ship I have ever indulged in.

Look at that little smirk plastered on Kris' face, I wonder what 'mysterious' ideas he has for Chanyeol later?

4. Perfect, Distant, Naming Coordinate

EXO's journey all the way from their trainee days up until this point has been anything but an easy journey. There has been tears shed, possibly blood drained, and endless defeats. Amidst all this chaos, two beautiful friendships were born from the start.

a. Taoris:

[video link Tao & Kris crossing the street]

b. Baekyeol:

In previous interviews, EXO-K members have talked about how right when Baekhyun joined the company, him and Chanyeol became friends instantly. The two were always inseparable and shared great memories together.

- - -

You might be frowning again at this point, why are you telling me this about Baekyeol and Taoris when it's suppose to be a Krisyeol analysis?

Trust me, there's a point to this.

Often times, fangirls/fanboys believe that if a pairing has been friends from the start, it's naturally right to assume that they're capable of going beyond that. However, it usually is the exact opposite. A friendship from the start as strong as Taoris and Baekyeol will not be jeopardized by simple 'fanservice'. Now, I'm not saying that Krisyeol is totally real and that they'll end up dating, I'm merely saying that there's a higher, more plausible chance of Krisyeol compared to the other 2 ships. Since Kris and Chanyeol practiced together but were not super close during pre-debut days (although not enough sources can confirm this). The mysterious air that surrounds them as discussed before springs up again.

We have just covered the 'distant' portion as depicted in our title in the paragraph above. Krisyeol is distant, up to a certain extent since they're not in the same subunit...now moving onto the naming.

The next point I'm going to make may be controversial to some people because it may not really seem like a point at all, but I know some other Krisyeol shippers who agree to this, so I'm going to mention it.

The naming of the couple pairing, in my perspective. Is VERY important.

Now this is why I don't particularly like Baekyeol or Taoris; because in my mind, I can see Chanyeol topping, but not Baekhyun. In terms of Taoris, I can see Kris topping, but not Tao. Therefore, shouldn't the ships be called Kristao and Chanhyun instead of the other way around? Based upon this observation, Krisyeol, is the perfect OTP name.

5. Collaboration Opportunitie

As mentioned previously in both part i 1/2 and part i 2/2, being the lead rappers of EXO gives Kris and Chanyeol an advantage when it comes to rap. As promised in the Yin Yue Tai interview by Kris, the two will definitely perform together more in the future and possibly collaborate in terms of official album music. From the analysis of Krisyeol in Disneyland, we can also see that Kris and Chanyeol share similar tastes in music, all the while being able to learn different rapping techniques from each other in order to improve.

Song collaboration opportunities for EXO as one is rare as of this moment, but they definitely will occur more in the future. One of the main reasons why this particular reason is a good one to ship Krisyeol with is because music is an universal language of conveying emotions and thoughts. Just imagine if Kris and Chanyeol had a collab in rapping something regarding the topic of 'love', that definitely has to cause some new Krisyeol shippers to appear, right?

But taking a step away in dreaming of Kris and Chanyeol rapping more together in the future, one thing that is already set in stone for us, is the rap lines that they get to perform.

Having almost the exact same role but being in different subunits gives Kris and Chanyeol the opportunity to rap the same lines in their songs. A predominant example being 'History'. So when we listen to both of rap separately, it feels as if one is with the other, as if one is not complete until Kris or Chanyeol is there to fill it up, and if we were to listen to them rapping in 'History' at the exact same time, it's even more breathtaking and beautiful because you here their deep voices rumble together, in perfect unison and rhythm.

Analysis of Krisyeol Part I Continued

vindicatexo — Sun, 24 Jun 2012 04:38:59 GMT

Continuation of Krisyeol Analysis from Part I

Here is Part 1/2 krisyeol analysis in case you missed it

*photo credit @weibo

Part I: Fancams, interviews, explanations, general events continued

10. Era: SMTOWN LA 2012 Concert (Date: May 20th, 2012)

The actual SMTOWN concert provided us fans with tons of interactions, and not only between EXO members this time, but between just about every single SM artist possible. And as predicted, who does Kris go to despite all the sunbaes and noonas around him? He goes to Chanyeol. Because Kris and Chanyeol didn't perform any songs by themselves unlike the showcase, everything was set in stone and there was no opportunity for any major moments to be outlined. However, it's after the performances, in which all SM artists line up, that the real shell between Kris and Chanyeol breaks through.

If you would like to see a general outline of all the Krisyeol moments after the performances at SMTOWN LA 2012 this fancam captured them all very nicely with specific moments described in the description box, credit goes to theultimatedodo @ youtube.

- - -

All Krisyeol moments enlisted:

1. 1:08 - Donghae, Kris, and Chanyeol jumping around in the back
2. 2:49 - Kris and Chanyeol are together while Amber comes and shows them a cute pea plush from Toy Story
3. 6:08 - Kris and Chanyeol holding hands
4. 7:13 - Tao, Kris, and Chanyeol blowing a balloon (OT3)

a. Kris and Chanyeol holding hands:

If you watched the fancam and paid attention around 6:08, you can see Chanyeol jumping excitedly up and down while Kris is walking alongside him, and smiling as shown in the picture above.

This Krisyeol moment is extremely precious because it demonstrates a sense of trust and security in this pairing. The SM artists chose who they wish to walk with, it is most likely that the EXO members would pick each other since they're only a rookie group and are not comfortable enough to walk with their sunbaes yet, and who does Kris choose out of the other 10? Chanyeol, once again.

Kris wants to be seen with Chanyeol, he's comfortable with the fact that he's walking beside his bandmate, but also someone that is similar to him in terms of musical abilities. Chanyeol, on the other hand, is more than happy to walk with Kris, since he is the member that he goes to whenever EXO-M and K are able to unite. Chanyeol's hyperactive side directly contrasts the calm and collected outlook of Kris, which is both interesting and cute at the exact same time, guess oppposites do attract.

b. Taorisyeol interactions:

*picture credit to GALAEXO

*gif credit to hokaid-o @ tumblr

Besides Sekaihan/HunhanKai, I have to say that Taorisyeol is probably the next most loved OT3 in EXO, and examining some of the pictures above, it's not hard to figure out why.

But something that a lot of people noticed is that, Kris usually the one in between Tao and Chanyeol, which is why Taoris and Krisyeol are two very controversial ships. At this point, fans don't have enough information or footage to deem that Tao and Chanyeol are close. Of course, every member in EXO is close with each other since they all trained together, but Tao and Chanyeol haven't had too many moments together to the public eye yet. Kris, however, has had numerous moments with both Tao and Chanyeol; so it's no surprise that he comes in between them while celebrating. Plus, as I mentioned before, Chanyeol brings out the silly side in Kris, just look at the three of them blowing on that red balloon! Another observation one can make is that Luhan and Sehun are standing together. Just about every exotic knows that Luhan and Sehun are the closest in EXO, and to have the two of them standing beside Taorisyeol just shows that Kris must be very comfortable standing in between Chanyeol and Tao throughout the concert.

c. Special moments:

*gif credit to the respective owner

There is a very special reason why I chose to have these two gifs represent special moments in the Krisyeol ship at SMTOWN LA 2012. Firstly, Chanyeol is walking towards the main stage amidst all the balloons, but he turns back and looks at Kris in the eye, all the while holding his gaze. Right when Kris looks up, you can see him slightly smile. Over the course of this analysis, I have noticed that Kris cracks a smile at certain things, either when he feels pleased, happy, or just amused. Most of the time, he has a little smile whenever Chanyeol interacts with him, he's almost like a smitten teenager that refuses to acknowledge the fact that he's desperately in love with someone, but just keeps it to himself and practices skinny love. The first gif is very special since it demonstrates the small and kind glances that Kris and Chanyeol share in their friendship.

In the second gif, our beloved OT3 shows up once again. As I mentioned before, Tao and Chanyeol don't have too many moments together but they both share a fair amount with Kris. In this case, I believe that it's same to assume that Kris is the glue holding Tao and Chanyeol together. Taking a look at the second gif, Tao and Chanyeol are not aware of each other, they're looking at opposite directions amongst the crowd. When Kris shows up and puts his arms around both Chanyeol and Tao's shoulders, the two younger boys notice and both stare at Kris. This mere action essentially conveys that Kris is very comfortable with both Chanyeol and Tao, and since Chanyeol isn't even part of Kris' subunit, the friendship Krisyeol shares is something that one simply can't ignore.

11. Era: Airport moments (Date: May 22nd, 2012 & others)

Kpop stars travelling around airports is a weekly routine, and you're lucky if your favorite star or group is stopping at your local airport. For this analysis, I'm not going to analyze all the Krisyeol airport interactions by date because there are too many, and also because it will look extremely unorganized and messy. Instead, I'm going to post the videos and pictures that I have compiled below and make observatory statements later. The main one I'm going to focus on is dated from May 22nd, Kris & Chanyeol at Incheon airport: Here is the fancam if anyone is interested in watching.

Another video depicting this particular day at the airport can be found here. We can clearly see that Chanyeol follows Kris and clings onto him as a sense of protection. Fans have observed over the course of various fancams and pictures circulating within airports, that Chanyeol likes to have someone to cling onto in airports, probably because he needs a feeling of security around him wherever he goes. Another would be when he's walking on the streets, making sure that he always has his cap on.

In the photos below, we can see Chanyeol clinging onto Sehun, his fellow bandmate in K. But when the M subunit is around, who does Chanyeol choose to cling onto out of all his possible options? That's right, Kris hyung. Because of this fact, Krisyeol shippers are able to witness various different footages of Kris and Chanyeol walking together in the airport.

And of course...my personal favorite:

From this pictures, fans can draw conclusions that Kris and Chanyeol enjoy skinshipping, just like all typical friends; a little body-to-body contact never hurts anyone. But since we're starting to see more and Krisyeol moments ranging from holding hands to arms on shoulders, the inseparable friendship between these two rappers just keeps getting more juicy as EXO continues on.

Lastly, I would like to talk about this gif:

The gif is derived from the airport video link I posted above, but it has already made an ever-lasting impression in my mind. Chanyeol's nickname is 'Happy Virus', and he's fully aware of it, while Kris' nickname ranges from 'Bitchface' to 'Angry Bird'. Which are basically names opposite of Chanyeol's personality; and it is in this particular gif, where I notice that Chanyeol's contrasting personality once again shines alongside Kris. This moment is special since Kris has previously acknowledged his familiarity with Chanyeol's sense of humour and how he's a warm person. Chanyeol's happiness wherever he goes radiates off onto Kris, once again supporting the opposites attract theory.

12. Era: EXO MCD Backstage Cut (Date: May 31st, 2012)

If I'm correct, this is the second time that EXO has performed on the same stage with the exception of the showcases, and all the members are extremely excited to be reunited and performing together as one. Watch this video first, then proceed to read the explanation

- - -

a. Chanyeol's bright personality:

I'm not even going to try and hide it, but my ultimate bias in EXO-M is Jongdae, and my ultimate bias in all of EXO is Chanyeol. So at the 1:18 mark, when Chanyeol and Jongdae had an interaction, I was super excited. Okay now back to Krisyeol...

We can see that Kris is lingering around the back, and has his signature 'bitchface' glare on when he approaches the camera. Chanyeol and Jongdae are laughing about something when they notice Kris, and upon seeing Kris, Chanyeol immediately straightens up and says: "This is EXO-M's leader, Kris." To which Kris bows politely and says hello.

I realize this moment itself may not be incredibly significant since it's just two members casually interacting, but the important detail to notice here is that Chanyeol turns just a little bit more serious when he senses Kris' presence filmed by the camera, so he naturally assumed that the right thing to do was to straighten up and introduce Kris. From this observation forward, we can sense that Chanyeol greatly respects Kris, and that he puts in an effort to maintain the leader's upright image, even if thats not what he really is behind camera.

b. Other ships:

As mentioned numerous times in this analysis, Tao would most likely go to Baekhyun in a reunion with K, and this video didn't disappoint us as it was proven once again! Around 1:32, the footages switches to Baekhyun and Tao, in which Baekhyun compliments Tao on his outstanding kungfu skills and his 'body line', I don't know about you guys, but this definitely allowed the Baektao ship to sail for me. Furthermore, Chanyeol also sneaks up behind and says "Take it off". Now this phrase said by Chanyeol elicits two observations. One, we can see that there is less of a serious atmosphere presented by Chanyeol when he is around Tao and Baekhyun, they fool around more since they're closer to being the same age. But with Kris, Chanyeol puts away his childishness display at points and follows Kris' personality. Second, the Baektao ship has been presented, but what about the Chantao ship? Has that occurred at all? Well possibly, considering how Chanyeol did tell Tao to "take it off and show us."

- - -

And of course, ninja Krisyeol shippers edited the video footage and created hilarious remakes based upon the situation, this is one of my favourites.

13. Era: SMTOWN Taiwan Introduction (June 9th, 2012)

From reading the header, I'm assuming that most of you probably already know what I'm talking about. Because in my eyes, this is one of the most memorable Krisyeol moments up to date.

The fancam is can be found here, but I'm sure most of you already saw it. At the 2:06 mark, Chanyeol starts his introduction. We can see Kris looking at Chanyeol with a grin plastered on his face as he does a little 'thumbs up' movement after Chanyeol speaks. After Chanyeol says: "I really really really super super love you guys." Kris is seen once again around 2:17 with a stupid grin, all the while gazing into the audience and nodding his head.

Now if it wasn't for what Kris said next, this moment wouldn't have been nearly as memorable.

Kris: "Hello everyone! I'm EXO's Kris! I super super really really REALLY love you guys!"

Kris' cute emphasis on his 'really' stirred up some discussion within the fandom. I'm going to summarize the discussion next and list my own theories.

Theory #1: Friendly Competition

Kris seemed even happier after the rounds of introductions, some people say that he was genuinely pleased since he put more emphasis on the 'really' and outdid Chanyeol, while others think that they probably planned it ahead. Whatever it may be, we can see a smiling Sehun after the crowds cheers (the loudest) for Krisyeol, because Sehun was obviously enjoyed the friendly competition as well.

Theory #2: Kris Spaces Out

I don't completely support this theory, but I don't exactly refute it either. During the Seoul Showcase at the end of March, Kris did temporarily stop paying attention at one point and had to ask Leeteuk to reiterate the question, which means that it's possible that he could space out during questions and answering times. However, it is unlikely for Kris to space out during a time like this, especially with the flashing lights and the wild cheers, and since he knows that he's going to have to talk eventually, he's probably on high alert to speak. Furthermore, being the leader of EXO-M is a tough job since he has to answer most of the questions, so it's unlikely that Kris will stutter or have trouble expressing his thoughts, which is why I don't think Kris spaced out, and that he in fact, really did have a friendly competition/inside joke moment with Chanyeol.

To give you a better visual representation of this footage, here is a picture:

*editing credit to shawoled @ tumblr

The second picture here has got to be my most favorite Krisyeol picture up to date. Judging upon Kris' face, you can tell that he loves being around Chanyeol. His smile displays a sense of happiness and security as he gazes at Chanyeol, with an open-toothed smile that can be almost classified, as a lover's gaze? If no fanfics have been inspired by this picture yet, then there is seriously something wrong with fanfic authors these days.

13. Era: SMTOWN Taiwan Ending (June 9th, 2012)

Similar to the SMTOWN LA 2012 ending, the SMTOWN Taiwan 2012 ending for Krisyeol shippers was just as awesome.

Here is the video.

It started with a Taoris interaction, which isn't really surprising considering the situation. Tao has his arms on Kris' shoulders as they're walking along. Kris later detaches from Tao around 0:12, he thens spins around, and spots Chanyeol holding hands with Xiumin in front of him, around the 0:16 mark, Kris goes in between Chanyeol and Xiumin, breaking apart their handholding and holding Chanyeol's hands instead.

Upon seeing this, the fanfiction author in my mind went wild, so many possibilities can be inspired by this moment! Although I do feel kind of bad for Xiumin since he looked like he was having fun, and Kris just had to come in between them. But there definitely is an air of protectiveness in Kris whenever it concerns Chanyeol. He can't stand the fact that someone else is holding onto Chanyeol's hands as they walk down the walkway. Who knows? Maybe Kris and Chanyeol will make it a routine to walk down together in every single walkway moment in future SMTOWN concerts, one can certainly dream, right?

Because protective boyfriend Kris is always the best Kris

Fan Observation

"[Krisyeol moment @ SMT Taiwan] At the ending, Chanyeol was walking around on the stage, and Kris was walking behind him. Later, Kris quickly walked toward him, and held his hand. One of the Fan shouted “KrisYeol” in Chinese, and Chanyeol looked at the fan and pointed at himself : ME? while Kris dragging him away."

quote source: http://fyeahexo-i-ship-them.tumblr.com/

*sorry, previous picture has been removed so I took it down

14. Era: SMTOWN Taiwan return to Hotel (June 9th, 2012)

Video link is here.

Around 0:38, we get a glimpse of Chanyeol and Kris standing together. And as per usual, Sehun is standing beside Luhan. EXO K&M couple ships reuniting once again! Kris and Chanyeol then lead the bow at 1:10, which was actually quite fail because everyone else did afterwards. The two must have talked beforehand to agree when to bow, which is only adding onto their cuteness as friends and team mates.

On that last note, this wraps up part i of the Krisyeol Ship Analysis, now moving onto Part II

part ii of krisyeol analysis

Analysis of Krisyeol Part I

vindicatexo — Sat, 23 Jun 2012 23:03:16 GMT

This analysis will be broken down into 2 main parts; I will first showcase every single possible fancam and fanclub activity that was made available to the public eye ever since their debut regarding Krisyeol; I will then analyze each and everyone of those events and state how this impacts our beloved ship. I sincerely apologize if you don't like the way I organized this, but I prefer to give everyone an overview of all the moments they had together, and then draw out conclusions from the moments that I have observed in the end, enjoy!

*photo credit to exoisderplicious @tumblr

I've always received comments and questions from different groups of exotics, or sometimes, even non kpop listeners, asking me why I ship Krisyeol. The questions range from "How could you, they're so awkward!" to "Pfttt ship Baekyeol and Taoris instead." So that got me thinking, why do I ship Krisyeol? Even if they don't have too many moments together for the public eye to see, why do I love them so much? So I decided to dedicate this entire post to the analysis of Krisyeol and reasons why you should ship them, every step of the way carefully outlined and observed...let's journey into the Krisyeol fandom together!

Part I: Fancams, interviews, explanations, general events

1. Era: Teaser & MV release (Date: December 21st, 2011 - March 1st, 2012)

Everyone's ultimate ship in EXO is Hunhan, and it's not hard to figure out why. SM practically made us ship them. The one teaser they had together was one of the most romantic songs on EXO's mini album and they also had screen time together on the 'What is Love' MV as well. Furthermore, Luhan and Sehun also had a photoshoot with Kai, Jonghyun, Sulli, Krystal, Seohyun and Yoona at W Live with SM Fashionistas; and the cameraman didn't cease to focus on the Sehun and Luhan interaction, forming yet another moment for fans to ship. Usually in a fandom, when one major ship is born, the other ships soon follow, but the main one will always be in centre attention.

Now you might think, why am I telling you this? Well, can you imagine if Kris and Chanyeol was in Luhan and Sehun's position? Often times, the company itself dictates the ships, no matter which way you come across it. Without the Hunhan teaser, even if Luhan and Sehun are inseparable by the hip as EXO goes on, less people would ship Hunhan. Maybe not a whole lot less, but still less. SInce Kris and Chanyeol never got the opportunity to film a teaser or participate in a photo shoot together, this is one of the reasons why the Krisyeol ship wasn't too popular from the start

However, Kris and Chanyeol do have various clips together in the MAMA music video and promotional clip. Similiar to Kyungsoo having 'Earth' as his power in correspondence with Chen's "Thunder" power. Chanyeol's fire phoenix is in correspondence to Kris' "flight" power. Because Chanyeol and Kris both are the lead rappers, they also have almost the exact same lines in the History MV as well; this is our first initial look at Krisyeol, setting out officials clips for the other moments to come in the future.

2. Era: EXO Showcase in Seoul (Date: March 31st, 2012)

EXO's showcase in Seoul was STUNNING. Especially since it was their first showcase and the members were nervous but hey, they did exceptionally well and performed great songs even if it was just mini releases from teasers. And from this point on, the 'Ayo Waddup Krease' moment was born.

In the Two Moons performance by Kris and Chanyeol featuring Lay and Kai, th greatest moment of Krisyeol shipping history, has officially been released. Exotics made remixes, edits, gifs, posts, chats, forums, everything possible to discuss this moment. It was the hilarity at the time and the way that Chanyeol pronounced Kris' name, along with how Kris responded, that created a huge buzz in the fandom. However, it's not completely enough for people to start shipping Krisyeol, but it was enough for people to recognize that this ship might possibly exist in the future.

3. Era: EXO Showcase in Beijing (Date: April 1st, 2012)

Now the Chinese showcase created more familiarity with the members because this is the second time around, so if any questions towards the more personal side are asked; the members will know how to respond better and hopefully disclose some more personal answers.

But for Krisyeol, right away I noticed that they must be very close in person, because they have a telepathic eye communication language that close friends or brothers have. Go to this video if you want to see it, it starts around 8:45.

Basically, the EXO members are all introducing themselves to the fans, and after Chanyeol speaks, he discretely looks at Kris, maybe for support? For being proud that he didn't mess up his Chinese? We don't know. After Kris introduces himself, Chanyeol looks down and holds a small smile, he then stares at Chanyeol again, but Chanyeol is averting his gaze, and when their gazes meet momentarily, the both look away again. The problem with this is that it reminds greatly of how Jr. High kids practice skinny love. You both have feelings, you both like each other, but you're unwilling to admit it. Of course, at this point it would be incredibly stupid to assume too much, but the way these two interacted without even speaking, is enough to sail the Krisyeol ship.

The video continues with more footages, go to 34:57, while Kris is addressing the audience, Chanyeol also looks at him and nods, while slightly smiling. Of course, this is a mere gesture to show support, but also a confirmation of their obvious friendship. And now, to the point of the no return. The official spark that was observed throughout this whole video, skip to 48:52, Chanyeol is talking about Kris as an introduction game that the group is involved in. And right when the MC says: "So what does Chanyeol think of our leader Kris?" You can hear the crowd go wild, cheering like crazy; meaning that the fans already recognize Krisyeol as friends and great bandmates. Throughout the explanation, Chanyeol tried to look at the audience, averting Kris' gaze, but Kris was staring at Chanyeol the whole entire time, not smiling, but crinkling his eyes and using his signature 'bitch face' smile. Chanyeol started out by saying that Kris was very tall, taller than himself and that he seemed a bit scary at first, but turns out to be a really cool guy. And that he's really charming, a nice leader. Now I would like you to dictate your attention to keep watching the video, you'll also notice that Kris cracks a smile every now and then, all the while holding a thumbs up and smiling at Chanyeol, telling him that he's satisfied with the explanation. Perhaps the two of them already knew before hand that Chanyeol was going to have to talk about Kris, but whatever might be, this cute, and very short interaction did not disappoint.

If possible, even more moments arise from the Beijing showcase! One of the most controversial topics in the EXO shipping pairs will be discussed next, and that is, Baekyeol? Taoris? Baektao? Krisyeol? OT4? If you keep watching the video, right after Chanyeol talks about Kris, it's time for Kris to go back up the line and talk about Tao. At this point, the fans go wild once again. Kris and Tao are an inseparable pairing of course, they belong in the same subunit. However, Kris' explanation of Tao was much longer than Chanyeol's explanation of Kris and Tao's explanation of Baekhyun. So it seemed like he had more memories with Tao since he was providing more information. But, since Tao had to talk about Baekhyun, explaining how he was charming and gentle much like himself, the Baektao pairing is present. Since Kris consistently talked about Tao and complimented him based upon cuteness and personality, the Taoris pairing is also present. And since Chanyeol had to talk about Kris, the Krisyeol pairing is of course, also present.

The last point to be made from this video still goes back to our ultimate ship in EXO planet. Hunhan, like I mentioned before, SM practically made us ship them, but the MCee's and broadcasting stations make it quite obvious who they ship as well. For example, after the string of introductions were done, the MCee immediately said that he wanted switch up the game a bit and choose whoever he wants as the person describing someone and who gets described. He then chooses Luhan to talk about Sehun, in which Luhan blushes and looks down while the crowd cheers the loudest of the entire night. With the remains of the Hunhan ship following EXO everywhere they go, the Taoris, Krisyeol and Baektao ship of the night was soon forgotten

4. Era: Seoul Showcase photos (Date: March 31st, 2012)

As mentioned previously, SM is responsible for setting many ships, and the official SMTOWN Facebook pages provides some of the greatest OT4 pictures that we have ever seen, all prior to March 31st at the Seoul showcase. But for the purpose of keeping intact with the dated ordering of things since we just introduced the concept of OT4 in this analysis timeline of Krisyeol, I will post the pictures here instead of at the March 31st mark.

Now based upon my personal experiences, I know for a fact that this photo caused quite some stir, if you have twitter, tumblr, asianfanfics, weibo, or livejournal account; you'll probably know why. Pictures and discussions on twitter and tumblr, many fans sent personal messages to the official EXO-M messages boards to gush about the adorableness of the picture. Furthermore, I've also seen many fanfics that alluded to this picture in the story, and who can blame the fanfiction authors The major point here is that Tao is wearing a bathrobe, and the two of them are in a hotel room. No matter how innocent someone's mind may be, there are endless possibilities and stories behind this picture, which is exactly why a picture will say a thousand words.

5. Note: Sorry but this part got removed, and the SMTOWN facebook pictures has been removed from their official page as mentioned in segment 4, so it's not possible for me to link the photos.

6. Era: EXO-M Yin Yue Tai Interview (Date: April 20th, 2012

Here is the full English subbed interview if anyone is interested in watching it, I recommend that you watch it if you haven't already so you can fully understand the explanation of this interview in the analysis.

The interview itself mostly revolves around EXO-M, so no Krisyeol moments were present until EXO-K was mentioned. Essentially, the MCee bought out a hexagonal shaped board with the six EXO-K members names in order for the EXO-M members to randomly select one, and talk about them. Much to my disappoint, EXO-M wasn't too intent in the random ordering of the members in the game so they just chose the names in order. And oddly, Luhan received Sehun while Tao received Baekhyun and Kris received Chanyeol, which gives me the haunting suspicion that the broadcasting station did this on purpose. Especially since Lay got Kai, whom he enjoyed talking about since they're both the lead dancers of each subunit. But if we were to pair one member from EXO-K with Tao, it would definitely be Baekhyun, and if we were to pair anyone from EXO-K with Kris, it would definitely be Chanyeol. Nevertheless, no matter what the situation is, Luhan will always be with Sehun, which is exactly why I think that this entire game was scripted. But of course, no matter, let's get straight into the interview.

If you skip to 27:30, Kris picks Chanyeol as the second hexagon, and right when the MCee says: "Ohh, Chanyeol." Kris makes an "Ahhhh" noise, as if he's expecting Chanyeol's name, and he smiles a little secretly.

- - -

Here is the entire segment broken down for you:

MC: Are you close with Chanyeol?
K: Yes, yes I am.
MC: Are you the closest with him? (I'm assuming that the MCee meant closest as in with EXO-K members)
K: Yes.
MC: What kind of person is he?
K: He's a very bright, and lively person, very hyperactive and funny.
MC: Does he joke around and fool around to make others happy?
K: Yeah, he's not a cold person, he's very lively in general. Since I'm older than him, he's my younger brother.
MC: So you'll have to invite him to go out eating with you? (Chinese tradition that the older male always pays for the younger male when they go out to eat)
K: I guess I have to, haha.
MC: What's his role in the subunit?
K: He's also the rapper, just like me.
MC: So you two can both go practice tongue twisters right? (Tongue twisters are mentioned because it was also part of the interview where Luhan had to teach Chen a Chinese tongue twister)
K: *laughs and nods*
MC: So who's the better rapper?
K: Different styles.
MC: Ahhh, different styles, so what's his style?
K: His rapping is very fast, while mine is more rhythmic

MC: Do you two have chances to work together in the future?
K: Yes we do, we already worked together at the showcase in which we performed a song from our album.
MC: Oh I see, so it's kind of like a duet rap.

K: You could say that *nods*

Now what I'm essentially trying to convey here is that if this interview happened to be scripted, which it most likely is, this confirms for everyone that the broadcasting media knows that Kris would be the closest with Chanyeol in EXO-K. They can rap together, dance together (since they're both awkward), and who knows, maybe in the future, even model together since they're both so tall.

Another important point here is that Kris and Chanyeol have a mutual understanding that they are close with each other, as Chanyeol stated before in the Beijing showcase that he's close with Kris and deems him as a cool person, Kris also confirms here that him and Chanyeol are very close. Friendship, it may be, more than that, it may be...but what caught my attention the most was Kris' confirmation of the difference in style between him and Chanyeol. A little friendly competition between rappers never hurts anyone; but since the boys have different rapping styles, this allows them to spend more time together and learn from each other all the while being able to share musical interests.

7. Era: Absolute Chanyeol & Be Human (Date: April 23rd & April 29th, 2012)

Ah. Fanfiction.

If you're a kpop fan, you most likely read at least one fanfic in your lifetime. And it was probably involving a pairing that you liked. Very rarely, does a fanfic go beyond livejournal, twitter, asianfanfics and tumblr, in which bloggers promote fanfics they like with their followers on social networking sites. I started my fanfiction reading journey with SHINee, and I was helplessly obsessed with reading Jongkey, and occasionally, Jongho. But in my 1.5 year of being a hardcore SHINee fan, I have never come across a fanfic that has made this much of an ever-lasting expression in the entire fandom. '

Leadernim's 'Absolute Chanyeol' one-shot with a sequel named 'Be Human'.

'Absolute Chanyeol' & 'Be Human' inspired edits by tb-cont @ tumblr

source http://tieba.baidu.com/p/1679724508

But if we were to step away from the two fanfics that Leadernim revolutionized in the EXO fandom, a lot of other popular fanfics also evolve around Baekyeol and Taoris. The fact is, there are less Krisyeol fics than some of us shippers would like, and it sometimes may cause distress. But no worries, the number of Krisyeol fanfics are also catching up! If you would like to read some good Krisyeol fanfics, check out RukiRukia's "I'll Protect You" at AFF, an Stupidrhapsody, Quirknblurb & Wakinghyde for Krisyeol livejournal fics to read.

8. EXO-K The Star Interview: Chanyeol responds! (Date: May 11th, 2012)

"Even as a man myself, I think that Kris is a really handsome man. Contrary to what Kris hyung is worrying about, I'm doing well. Hyung took really good care of me but after being separated for almost a month to promote, I miss you very very much, I want to see you soon so we can practice together." - Chanyeol [The Star Interview]

Quote source source http://exotown.blogspot.com.au/2012/05/exo-was-born-in-very-peculiar-way-as.html

This particular quote is very touching to me, and for several reasons. Every single exotic believes that Kris is extremely good looking, and he really is, of course. But for Chanyeol to admit something like that in an interview along with 'Even though I'm a man myself' shows courage and consideration for his hyung. Chanyeol is a sensible boy, he's obviously very cautious with what he must say during interviews because EXO will be instructed to adhere to certain rules as a group. However, for Chanyeol to publicly state this in an interview, displays his admirations and liking towards Kris, his hyung.

Many of the K members have also expressed how they miss their other half, but Chanyeol's words "I miss you very very much, I want to see you soon" is very touching. An observation I made from this quote derives from SMTOWN Taiwan...I'm not saying that this is exactly what happened, but I thought it was just a cute observation so I'm going to share it.

Remember this?

Chanyeol: I really really really really super super super love you guys!
Kris: I really really really really super super super super loves you guys!

really really, super super, very very.

Looks like our beloved twin towers has a special love for repeating certain words twice, hm?

But in all seriousness, Chanyeol's response to Kris' praise did not disappoint Krisyeol shippers, it only made our ship even stronger than before since we can note an air of awkwardness around the two boys during interviews. But when it comes to being together, such as having fun in Disneyland or being together at the airport, the time that the two get to spend together is very special and important, just like how Sehun immediately goes to Luhan when M&K unite, Chanyeol immediately goes to Kris, and vice versa.

9. Era: Disneyland: SMTOWN LA 2012 (Date: May 19th, 2012)

With all the fanservice, fansignings, cute introductions at showcases and Genie AR Show with EXO-K so that citizens can interact with the members...one couldn't possibly have thought that EXO can get even more adorable. But they do. They go to Disneyland. Now anyone going to Disneyland will feel their inner childishness being unleashed, and with EXO, it's not an exception. There were MANY Krisyeol moments available for us to fawn over, and I salute all of the ninja fangirls that were able to capture them for us. So right here, I present to you, all the Krisyeol footage captured at Disneyland, and the explanations that go along with it.

a. Listening to music together; waiting to leave Disneyland

*gif credit to kriswus @tumblr

*fancam courtesy of japananimelover @youtube

Some exotics have pointed out that maybe Chanyeol was listening to 'Power' by B.A.P with Kris based upon the hand movements he was making. This video does an explanation of how fans came upon this conclusion followed by the exact fancam. Kris seems to be enjoying himself as the two are listening to music together and making pleasant conversation.

Now this brings up my next point. While waiting to leave Disneyland, everyone was present. Kris could have chosen to interact with any of the other 10 members, or maybe the SMTOWN staff. He could have spoken to all the other 5 members from EXO-K besides Chanyeol. Heck, he could have even clung onto Tao. But who does he stay with? Who does he choose to enjoy the hot weather with out of everyone? Chanyeol.

This particular fact has so much meaning for me, to look at the body language of Kris as they interact, and to witness their friendship. Not entirely presented by words, by represented by actions and their friendship to share music and their interest of rap together.

b. Baekhyun/Kris?

They're cute, aren't they? But don't worry Krisyeol shippers, the best is yet to come

*gif credit to yolkchan @tumblr

*fancam courtesy of loveexo @youtube

Once again, as I've stated previously... Kris could have chosen anyone to walk with really; but no, he picked Chanyeol. The arm around shoulder thing is unnecessary, but no, he still did it. The shoulder around arm move can be classified as either a gesture of close friendship, or affection. Whatever it maybe, this particular moment must have at least caused some more Krisyeol shippers to spring up. The main point here is that Disneyland was an enjoyable time for EXO. However, the only person that Kris was seen interacting with more than anyone else is Chanyeol, and vice versa for Chanyeol to Kris as well. When EXO is reunited and our boys have some pressure away from the official broadcasting cameras, we can confirm that Kris goes to Chanyeol for bonding time with teammates, and Chanyeol appreciates his efforts by going to Kris as well.

part i of analysis continued